Full text of "Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for promoting useful knowledge"

See other formats

r?S -'

3L i ,<a£s^ *

...

W'V

:m>

'rbraro of the Museum

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

The gift of Du

No. fey* .

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

FOR

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXIX.

JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1891.

PHILADELPHIA:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY MAC CALLA & COMPANY.
1891.

March 6, 1891.] L [Brill ton,

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXIX. January to June, 1891. No. 135.

Vocabularies from the Musquito Coast.

By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 6, i8gi.)

Through the kindness of the Rev. W. Siebarger, a missionary of
the United Brethren, now resident on the Musquito coast, I have
obtained several new vocabularies from that region, which offer
points of interest to the ethnologist.

The most important of these is a list of words from the language
of the Ramas tribe, the first and only specimen of their tongue that
I have encountered. These people live on a small island in Blew-
field lagoon. They number at present about two hundred and fifty
souls, all of whom have been converted to Christianity, and all of
them are able to speak and read English except a few very old per-
sons. Their native tongue is rapidly disappearing, and in a few
years, probably, no one will be left able to use it fluently and cor-
rectly.

In physique they are described as large and strongly built ; in
temperament, submissive and teachable.

Their language has always been reported as wholly different from
that of the Musquito Indians, who occupy the adjacent mainland,
and this is shown to be correct by the specimen sent me. It bears,
in fact, no relation to any other tongue along the Musquito coast.
It does not, however, stand alone, constituting an independent
stock, but is clearly a branch, not very remote, of a family of lan-
guages once spoken near Chiriqui lagoon, and thence across to the
Pacific, or nearly that far.

To this stock I have, in my classification of American languages

PROC. AMER. PniLOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. A. PRINTED APRIL 10, 1891.

Brinton.]

[March 6,

assigned the name "Changuina," from its principal member, the
Changuinas, who resided on the river of that name flowing into
Chiriqui lagoon. It is said that some few villages of the stock may
still be found about the headwaters of this stream.

My chief source of information about this family is derived from
the small work of A. L. Pinart, published in Paris last year, en-
titled Vocabidario Castellano-Dorasque, Dialecios Chumulu, Gua-
laca y Changuina. M. Pinart knew of no members of the stock
north of the Chiriqui lagoon, though Blewfields is more than two
hundred miles to the north of it.

The following is the list of the words sent me. The orthography
is German.

Rama.

Man,

nikikna(

Tongue,

kup.

Woman,

kuma.

Tooth,

siik.

Sun,

nunik.

Hand,

kuik.

Moon,

Ivkan.

Foot,

kaat.

Fire,

abung.

House,

knu.

Water,

sii.

saiming.

Head,

kiing.

puk sak.

Eye,

up.

pang sak.

Ear,

kuka.

kun kun beiso.

Mouth,

kaka.

kwik astar.

Nose,

talk.

Of these the subjoined present more or less distinct Changuina
analogies:

Rama.

Changuina.

Sun,

nunik,

kelik-u.

Fire,

abung,

kebug-al (fire-brand)

Water,

sii,

si.

Head,

kiing,

kin-unuma.

Ear,

kuka,

kuga.

Mouth,

kaka,

kaga.

Nose,

taik,

Oakai.

Tongue,

kup,

kuba.

Tooth,

siik,

su.

Hand,

kuik,

kula, kuluk.

House,

knu,

ku.

One,

saiming,

umai.

The words for man and woman, nik-ikna and ku-tna, may have
been borrowed from the Musquito, tva-ikna and ma-iren.

The numerals in the Changuina stock appear not to have been

1891.]

I Brinton

well defined, as they differ in all three dialects. The Changuina
proper helps itself out with the Spanish : umai, one ; umai-dos, two ;
i/mai-lres, three. The Guaiaca dialect has ku-e, one; kit-mat, two;
ku-mas, three. In both, "five" is " kul-male,n a hand, which
corresponds to the Rama kwik-astar.

The Rama words for "two" and "three/' puk-sak, pangsak,
belong to a series of numerals which had an extensive adoption
by several diverse families in Guatemala and Costa Rica, and prob-
ably are of South American origin. They are distinctly traceable
to the Cuna or Darien language, in which we have, 2, poK-ua,
2„pak'-ua, and these reappear in the Guatuso of Nicaragua. This
is evidence that the Ramas reached their island after they had
adopted these Cuna words. This was probably after the Conquest.
We know that in 1674-81, the Governor of Costa Rica, Don Juan
Francisco Saenz Vasquez, marched against the Changuinas on ac-
count of their turbulent character, and severely punished them.
Perhaps at this time the Ramas entered their canoes and sought
refuge along the coast, far to the north of their ancient seats.

My informant adds a few words of the Cuna or San Bias language,
picked up by him on the coast, as follows :

San Blas.

Man, tula, siradi.

Woman, hoam.

Sun, lata.

Moon, nu.

Eye, ibia.

Ear, auar.

Hand, aregena.

Comparing this with the Vocabulario Castellano-Cuna, of A. L.
Pinart (Paris, 1890), if appears to be a tolerably pure dialect of the
tongue.

Mr. Siebarger also furnishes a vocabulary from the Twaka In-
dians. These natives live in a number of scattered hamlets about
the headwaters of the Tungla or Princeapula rivers. The latter
name is a compound of "Prinzo," the name of a tribe, and the
Musquito anala, river.

From an inspection of the list, it is clear that they belong to the
extensive Ulva stock, as I have assigned them from previous evi-
dence in my classification of "The American Race." *

* The American Race : A Linguistic Classification and Ethnographic Description of the
Native Tribes 0/ North and South America (New York, 1£91).

Foot,
1,

San Blas.
naga.
kuenohikua.

4,
5,

pogua.
pagua.
pakawa.
atali.

Brinton.]

[March 6,

TWAKA.

Man,

all.

Tongue,

taki.

Men,

mui.

Hand,

tingki, or tingma,

Woman,

yall, wana.

Foot,

kallni.

Sun,

ma.

House,

Jioni.

Moon,

waiku.

Hill,

assam.

Star,

yalla.

as.

Earth,

sau.

bo.

Sea,

kuma.

bass.

Fire,

ku.

araunka.

Water,

wass.

singka.

Head,

tunuk.

tieskoas.

Eye,

makpa.

tiesko-bo.

Ear,

tappan.

tiesko-bass.

Nose,

nangtak.

tiesko-araunka.

Tooth,

annak.

10,

sallap.

Mouth,

matikpas.

The word tiesko in the numerals 6, 7, 8, 9, is explained as a form
of tingki, "hand." The numeral for "five," singka, sounds sus-
piciously like the Spanish cinco ; but I find it also in other Ulva
dialects. For "twenty" the Twaka expression is mui aslui, " the
man one time," i.e., all the fingers and toes counted at once.

Their expression of welcome, "How are you?" is parrasta,
which explains the name of the Parrastahs, a tribe on the Rio Mico,
belonging to the Ulva stock.

The plural suffix is balna.

Their term for God, or the Supreme Deity, is Ma papangki, "Sun-
father," which indicates that they are, or were, sun-worshipers.

The Twakas locate the seat of man's life and emotions, not in
the heart, as most nations, but in the liver; and they have in con-
mon use such expressions as :

issmg sawram,
issing pini,
issing sani,

liver split = angry,
liver white = kind,
liver hlack = unkind.

In this they differ from their neighbors, the Musquitos, who employ
in such expressions the word kupia, heart.

1S91.] ° [Allen.

On a New Species of Alalapha.

By Harrison Allen, M. D»
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 16, 1891.)

Atalapha teliotis, sp. DOV.

Ears rounded much smaller than head. The internal hasal lobe longer
than broad, and without posterior projection. The external basal lobe
longer than high, without notch at the base anteriorly. The hem occupy-
ing notch is half the height of the auricle and is ample. The tragus is
coarsely crenulate on the outer border, slightly narrowed at the tip, which
is not turned forward. The external surface is without a trace of ridge,
and the notch at the base above the small basal lobe without a tubercle.
Snout and lower lip quite as in other species of the genus, except that the
chin-plate is somewhat wider.

Skull with groove on centre of face-vertex continuous with the anterior
nasal aperture. Sagittal temporal ridge sinuate. The first upper premo-
lar exceedingly minute, scarcely half the size of the corresponding tooth
in other species ; it can with difficulty be seen even with the aid of a
lens. The lower premolars are nearer of a size than is the case in other
species, the first being fully half the size of the second. The third lower
incisor is rounded, minute, and without cuspules.

The membranes are much as in A. noveboracensis, but the terminal
phalanx of the fifth finger is longer, and ends with a free end on the mar-
gin of the endopatagium. The membranes are attached to the foot at a
point midway between ankle and the base of the toes.

The prevalent color of the hair is dark chestnut above, but lighter
below. The base on the body is everywhere black, and the shafts buff.
No ashy tips are anywhere seen. The ventral half of the side of neck is
white. The hair is scanty along the ventral surface of the forearm and
the proximal ends of the last three metacarpals. The dorsum of the inter-
femoral membrane is furred only at the basal third. The remaining
characters as in A. noveboracensis .

This species is readily distinguished by the shape and small size of the
ear and tragus, by the attachment of the wing-membrane to the foot, and
by the peculiarities of the premolars in both jaws, as well as those of the
third lower incisors. It agrees with a southern variety of A. noveboracensis
(A. frankii) in the partially free dorsal surface of the interfemoral mem-
brane.

The specimen was forwarded to me by Mr. J. G. Coopsr, of the Cali-
fornia Academy of Natural Science, in a bottle containing an example of
A. noveboracensis, and it resembles this form so closely in coloration that
at first I mistook it for an immature example of the species last named.

Allen.] V [Jan. 16,

The specimen is in poor condition. After decomposition had set in, it had
been preserved for a long time in strong alcohol.
Habitat unknown, but it is probably Southern California.

Measurements.

Head and body (from crown of head to base of tail) . . 38 mm.

Length of arm 22 "

" forearm 37 "

1st d'o-'t / Length of first metacarpal bone 2 "

( " first phalanx 4 "

0 | -.. .. J Length of second metacarpal bone 40 "

" first phalanx G "

Length of third metacarpal bone 40 "

first phalanx 14 "

" second phalanx 15 '

" third phalanx 2i "

{Length of fourth metacarpal bone 38 "

" first phalanx 10 "

" second phalanx 8 "

1 Length of fifth metacarpal bone 32 "

" first phalanx 7 "

" second phalanx 7 "

Length of head 12 "

Height of ear from head 4 "

" base of external lube to tip 6 "

' ' tragus 3

Length of thigh 14 "

" leg... 1G "

foot 6 "

tail 39 "

Width 2d interdigital interspace 2 "

" 3d " " 10 "

" 4th " " 28 "

Difference between 3d and 4th interspace 18 "

Length of forearm 37 "

Thus the manal formula is 2-10-28-37, the difference between the third
and fourth interdigital interspace 18, and is much the same as in A.
noveboracensis.

The measurements of the body and of the metacarpals are within the
range of these which can be made on specimens of A. noveboracensis.
The second phalanx of the third finger is longer than the second ; the
second phalanx of the fourth finger is much shorter than the first ; the
second phalanx of the fifth finger is of the same length as the first. In
these respects the measurements are in contrast with those of A. novebora-

e^Z?-**-^

1891.] * [Moi

censis. The thigh is shorter than the leg, while both are smaller than is
the species named. The foot is shorter, while the tail is slightly longer.

Atalapha is the most aberrant of any of the genera of the Vesperti-
lionidse, as this family is at present denned. It presents features in com-
mon with the Emballonuridse, the Molossi and the Phyllostomida-. These
remarks are appropriate at this place, since in A. teliotis the general plan
of the ear is as in Emballonuridse ; the shape of the wing, especially as to
the strength of the first metacarpal bone, the shortness of the fifth metacar-
pal bone as compared to others of its series, the rigidity of the phalanges of
the fifth digit, the arrangement of the lines in the fourth interdigital space,
the flexibility of the lips, the great height of the internal tuberosity and
of the length of the epicoudyle of the humerus, the reverted distal ulnar
rudiment, the posterior deviation of the coracoid process, the presence of
a distinct lateral lobe to the cerebellum, the number of the upper incisors
(being restricted to two), and the general shape of the wing are as in
Molossi ; while the complete tympanic bone (forming a ring at the upper
margin), the pisiform bone being pal mad and articulating with ihe fifth
metacarpal bone, the pal mad distinctness of the metacarpal bones, the
shapes and relative proportions of the ectoturbinals, the presence of
numerous vertical raised muscle-bands on the endopatagium, the angle
of the lower jaw not being deflected, but remaining in axial line with
that of the horizontal ramus, the genus resemble the true Phyllostomida;.

Notes on Hebrew Phonetics. By J. Cheslon Morris, A. M., M.D.
{Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 6, 1891.)

It might seem extremely rash for one whose acquaintance with Hebrew
scarcely extends to a knowledge of its letters to offer any observations
upon them in the presence of those who have made an exhaustive study
of the subject ; yet I do so, as thinking that one who occupies "the room
of the unlearned," and is looking at the matter from a distance rather
than from the dust-obscured atmosphere of the conflict of opinions, may
offer some hints which may prove of value, even though they may not be
wholly new.

In commencing the study of Hebrew characters, one is struck with two
facts : 1. That there is said to be no character representing a pure vowel
sound. This, I believe, is not the case with any other known alphabet.
2. That a change was made during the Babylonian captivity of the Jews,
substituting the present square characters for the more ancient form.
Let us inquire, first, why this wras probably done. At this time the sacred
records were subjected to inspection of their conquerors, containing, as
they certainly did, many things which would be more or less offensive to
them, and calculated to cast ridicule if not bring persecution upon the ex-

Morris.] O [March 6,

iles. What more natural than for those -who had charge of these records to
endeavor to conceal their contents by such a veil as opportunity afforded,
viz., that the ancient phonetic value of the letters had been lost and the
meaning of the words so obscured that only those initiated by long study
of the Jewish sacred mysteries and traditions could read them? In this
way we have accounted for the rise of the school of the Talmudists, the
study of the Mishna and Gemara, and the origin of the Kabbala. No word
was to be pronounced as written ; it had an inscrutable meaning only to be
learned by the initiated and transmitted by the use of points added to the
letters. Add to this the inherent difficult}'' of representing the sounds of
any people in the vocabulary of another race ; as instances of this, take
the substitution of "1" for "r" by the Chinese in learning English, or
the difficulty a Frenchman or German has in acquiring our " th," or the
Greek 0 ; or, as more to the point, the substitution by the uneducated
German Jew of " sh " for pure " s." There is something in the physical
structure of the vocal orgins of each race which is reflected in the voca-
bles used by it. In the Hebrew race as met with to day this ringing
nasal character strikes us all forcibly.

After these introductory thoughts, we are struck with the fact that one
of their Hebrew letters, the J/, ngain, is so variously pronounced as to
make one seriously question its true phonetic value. Its place in the
order of the alphabet, as compared with the Phoenician and Greek, is that
of the Greek omicron ; its form in Phoenician and in the old Samaritan
is o. In many Hebrew dictionaries this value is given it. Take, again,
the \ vau, its place that of the Greek F, digamma, its phonetic value that
of the Latin v, or English ou. May not our double u, w, represent this,
as well as the German », fow? The sound of T), quof, is lost to Western
languages, except so far as represented by q, to which we add a u to make
it vocable to us. The letters Q, samech, and \y, skin, are represented by the
Greek a, sigma, and c, xi, but are found in an inverted order in the alpha-
bet. [The confusion between these letters goes back to a far earlier
period when we find two of the Hebrew tribes disputing over Shibboleth
or Sibboleth.]

But the very first letter is a vocable which in all other alphabets is con-
sidered a pure vowel sound, a ; the fifth, he, is another, e ; the sixth, chayt,
is e, or ch ; the tenth, yod, is i, iota ; and, as above, vau = ou, or u (or
sometimes f or v), and ngain = o. We have thus all our usual vowel sounds
except y, which we know in French as ygrec, and substitute usually for
the Greek upsilon. In Hebrew we have two sibilants, zain and tsaddi, the
latter of which occupies the alphabetical position in Greek of upsilon. If
we now try to substitute in Hebrew, as ordinarily written, the above values
for the letters, we shall find we have a perfectly vocable language. The
names of men and places are given not very differently from our modern
pronunciation of them as elucidated by the pointed Hebrew, when allow-
ance is made tor the difference due, as above stated, to racial intonation.

1891.] " [Morris.

In some instances, two or three consonants are found together, tmt these
may be icgarded as familiar abbreviations for well-known words, just as
D. L. W. means for us Delaware, Lackawanna and Western R. R., etc.
In this way we may find that the Hebrew is really no exception as regards
the presence of characters indicating pure vowel sounds ; and, indeed, we
have the authority of Josephus for the statement that it does. Chief
among the words whose pronunciation was to be hidden was the name of
the Deity — it was forbidden — and many, long, and bitter have been the
controversies as to the true pronunciation of j""fin*> V0^ ha!/> vnu> ^"V-
Josephus says it was composed of four vowels.* He was a priest, and also
well versed in Greek and Roman literature, and we may well accept his
statement as reflecting the best learning of his times on Jewish matters.
It seems to me that this ought to settle the question.

As to the consequences which would follow from such a view, I must
leave them to those more competent to follow them out. It seems, how-
ever, to me that we would thus have better opportunities of comparing the
Hebrew sacred records with those of all other ancient nations, and of
clearing up much obscurity in ancient history and geography.

I would therefore suggest the following phonetic values :

N = a = a

!1 = /? = b

3 = r = g

1 = d = d

H = e = e

1 =F= f or vow or ou

or u

r = r = z

n =3? = eor£ = ch?

•j = ,v = th

♦ = i = i

ml = k = k

■?

= 1

D- lD final =

■ I J.

= 111

J f final =

= 11

= s

= 0

£, £"| final =

= p

V. V final =

= y

= q

1 =

= r

w =

= X

= t

y *| fina

And illustrate by

AN ATTEMPTED TRANSLITERATION OF GENESIS X.
ch ch ch

1. vale tuldt bni-ne xm em v ipt v iuldu lem bnim aer embul

Noah Shem Ham Japheth
v

2. bni ipt jrmr v mgug v mdi v ran v tbl v mxk v tirs

Japheth Gomer Magog Madai Javan Tubal Meschech Tiras

*See Josephus, "Wars of the Jews," Book v, Ch. v, 7.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. B. PRINTED APRIL 10, 1891.

Morris.] 1" [March 6,

3. v bni gmer axknz v ript v tgrme

Gomer Ashkenaz Riphath Togarmah

4. v bni iun alixe v trxix ktim v ddnim

Javan Elisha Tarshish Kittim Dodanim

5. male nprdu aii eguim barytin aix llxnu lmxpetni bguiein

ch z ?

6. v bni era kux v myrim v puth v knon

Ham Gush Mizraim Phut Canaan
ch

7. v bni kux sba vevilevsbte vrome vsbtka vbni rome xba vddn

Cush Sheba Havilah Sabtah Raamah Sabtechah Raamah Sheba Dedan

8. v kux ild at-nmrd eva eel leiut gbr bary

Cush Nimrod

9. eva-eie gbr-yid Ipni ieve ol-kn ianir knrard gbur yid lpni ieve

Jehovah Nimrod Jehovah

10. v tei raxit mmlktu bbl v ark v akd v klne bary xnor

Babel Erech Accad Calneh Shinar

ch ch

11. mn-eary eeva iya axur v ibn at-ninve v at-rebt oir v at-kle

Asshur Nineveh Rehoboth Calah

12. v at-rsn bin ninve v bin kle eva eoir egdle

Resen Nineveh Calah

13. v myrim ild at-ludim v at-onmim v at-lebim v at-npteim

Mizraim Ludim Anamim Lehabim Naphtuhim

14. v at-ptrsim v at-ksleim axr iyav mxm plxtim vat-kptrim

Pathrusim Casluhim Philistim Caphtonm

z? ch

15. v knon ild at-yidn bkru v at-et

Canaan Sidon Heth

16. v at-eibusi v at-eamri v at-egrgxi

Jebusite Amorite Girgashite

17. y at-eevi v at-eorqi v at-esini

Hivite Arkite Siniie

ch ch ch

18. v at-earudi v at-eymri v at-eemti v aer npyu mxpeut eknoni

Arvadite Zemarite Hamathite Canaanites

19. viei gbul eknoni myidn bake grre od-oze bake sdme v omre v aclnie

Canaanite Sidon Gerar Gaza Sodom Gomorrah Admah

v ybim od-lxo

Zeboim Lasha

ch ch

20. ale bni-em lmxpetm llxntm barytm bgviem

Ham

21. v Ixm ild gm-eva abi kl-bni obr aei ipt egdtil

Shem Eber Japheth

22. bni xm oilm v axur v arpkxd .v lud v arm

Shem Elam Asshur Arphaxad Lud Aram
ch

'!'■). v bni arm ouy v eul v gtr v mx

Aram Uz Hul Gether Mash

ch ch

24. v arpkxd ild at-xle v xle ild at-obr

Arphaxad Salah Salah Eber

1891.] H Lesley.

25. vl obr ild xni bnira \m eaed pig ki biuiiv nplge cary v xm aeiv iqlhn

Eber Peleg Peleg

2(5. v iqlhn ild at-almudd v at-xlp v at-eyrmut v at-ire

Joktan Almodad Sheleph Hazarmaveth Jerah

27. v at-edurm v at-auzl v at-dqle

Hadoram Uzal Diklah

28. v at-oubl v at-abimal v at-xba

Obal Abimael Sheba

2'.). vat-aupr v at-evile v at-iubb kl-ale bni iqtbn

Ophir Havilah Jobab Joklan

30. v iei nuixbm m-mxa, bake spre er eqdm

Mesha Sephar

31. ale bni-xm lmxpetm llxgtm barytm lguicm

Shem

ch ch

32. ale mxpet bni-ne ltuldtm bguiem umale nprdu eguim bary aer embul

Noah

ALSO OF JUDGES XII, 6.

v iamiu lu amr-na vblt v iarar sblt v la ikin 1 dbr bn v iaezu autu v ix-

Shibboleth Sibboleth

etbueu al mobrut eirden v ipl bot eeia maprim arboim v xnini alp.

On the Grapeville Gas-wells. By J. P. Lesley.

(Bead before the American Philosophical Society, March 6, 1S01.)

Mr. John Fulton, General Manager of the Cambria Iron Works, at
Johnstown, Cambria county, Pa., has kindly furnished me with the fol-
lowing particulars of one of the most important and significant episodes
in the strange story of Petroleum in Pennsylvania :

1. A report to him made October 12, 1888, by Edgar G. Tuttle, then
Mining Engineer of the Company. This gives : — (a) the number of
wells (27 or more) around Grapeville, in Westmoreland county, up to
that date sunk and piped by different companies ; — (b) the length and
sizes of the pipe line to Johnstown ; — (c) the pressures of gas at the well,
at the 4th, 8th, 12th, 16th, 20th, 24th, 28th, 32d, 3Gth and 39th mile, and
at the Cambria Works terminus.

2. A second report made to him two years later, February 25, 1891, by
M. G. Moore, now Mining Engineer of the Company. This gives : — (a)
the titles of eleven companies owning 85 gas-wells in the Grapeville dis-
trict ; — (b) an account of the drilling especially of the Agnew well ; — (c)
a table showing the decline of pressure at the Westmoreland and Cambria
Companies' wells, from 38G lbs. on April 29, 1889, to Go lbs. on February
2, 1891;— (d) a full table of the Co.'s thirteen wells, depths, dates of
striking gas, the initial pressure of each, subsequently observed pressure
at April 29, 1889, December 15, May 26, November 3, December 1, 1SH0,

Lesley.] *-" [March 6,

January 5 and February 2, 1891, the first six wells starting with 460 lbs.
and ending with 70 and 65 lbs. ; — (e) a diagram of the mode of piping the
Agnew well; — (/) a map of the country between Pittsburgh and Johns-
town, showing location of groups of wells.

Mr. Fulton was prompted to sending me the data described above by
his remembrance of my address, some years ago, at Pittsburgh, before the
American Institute of Mining Engineers, in which I reiterated my belief
on geological grounds in the comparatively speedy extinction of the rock
gas industry of the country. He adds : "You will notice that recently
one of the wells [at Grapeville] has been deepened to reach the 'Gordon
sand,' and that a small supply of gas was found in this second and lower
horizon of natural gas, but not enough to warrant any hopefulness of
its maintaining the supply. A part of our works are being supplied yet
with the natural gas from Grapeville, but it is weakening so fast that we
have got to supplement it with artificial gases " (February 26, 1891).

My warrant for publishing in the Proceedings of this Society these most
important geological and historical data is found in Mr. Fulton's words :
"I do not think that there is anything in this report that is so private or
confidential that it should not be made known; and you can therefore use
the matter in these reports as you think wise. At the Cambria works we
are using the Archer oil gas to take the place of the natural gas, and we
are finding this to be a very good substitute. As you know, the Archer
process consists in vaporizing fuel oil, and mixing at a very high heat
steam with the oil. We have also opened our mines again here and are
using coal in a great many sections of the works " (March 13, 1891).

October 12, 1888, the Westmoreland and Cambria Natural Oil Company
owned seven (7) wells, located principally along Brush Creek, northeast
of Grapeville, Westmoreland county, Pa. Three wells were connected
with the pipe line ; the others were held in reserve, two of them being
drilled to a thin crust of hard rock (silica) just overlying the gas sand,
which served as a hermetical cover to prevent the escape of the gas, even
at its high pressure in the gravel-sand rock beneath it.

This fact is important as explanatory of the retention of the gas in the
rock for past ages.

The wells are 1100 to 1400 feet deep, according to their locality in the
valley or on the hill, the gas rock lying nearly horizontal.

The pipe in the well is of 5 inch diameter.

The two wells, A, A1, on the map, were turned on full for the pipe to
Johnstown, the well R being turned on more or less as a regulator of the
supply at the Cambria works.

The pressure at top of well was 335 lbs., as the 10-inch main to Johns-
town would not stand a much higher pressure.

There seemed no difference in strength or volume of gas per minute
blown off (free) by one of these wells, in Mr. Tuttle's presence,
compared with that which he saw two years before at a free blow from a
well just north of Grapeville Station.

1891.] *■& [Lesley.

The gauges were noted often, so as not to permit the pressure to rise
much above 335 lbs. ; and when this seemed likely to occur well R was
shut sufficiently to reduce it again to 335. Formerly a weighted safety-
valve, allowing a free blow, was used. Saturday evenings wells A, A1
were closed, and only R used. " The gas in this field is not being wasted
as formerly, or as greatly as it has been in the Murraysville field ; and the
prospects are that the Grapeville field will last the longer of the two."

"I understand that the flowing pressure in the Murraysville field is now
[October 12, 1888] 250 lbs. The Grapeville wells have great volume.
When one is blowing off in the air and then is shut quickly, the gauge
runs up in fifteen or twenty seconds to 525 lbs. In some districts the wells
require a minute, and even longer, to reach their normal of 500 lbs. The
weaker or low-pressure wells require days to reach their normal
pressure."

As it is impossible to store or tank gas, wells are now drilled to within
a few feet of the gas horizon and " held " there. When the supply from
other wells weakens, these wells are sunk into the gas rock, one after the
other, to keep up the supply.

Wells that have broke through to the gas are restrained by a "packer,"
a thick, heavy rubber cylinder, 20 inches long, outside diameter £ inch
less than bore of well, fastened at the ends to the pipe going into the well
(see cuts). The end of this pipe fits into the end of another pipe, making
a "slip joint ;" rubber flush with the outer diameter of the pipe ; lower
joint generally perforated to admit the gas ; pipe A lowered into the well
(and, if necessary, pressed down) to slip into pipe B, bulging the rubber
packer against the sides of the well, and effectually stopping the rise of
the gas outside the pipes. It can then he controlled by a valve at the top
of pipe A, at the well mouth. Before this invention the gas could be held
only below a certain pressure, above which it would force its way between
the pipe and the sides of the well and blow the whole casing into the air.
The economy to a district of the new "packer " is evident.

"At present (October 12, 1888) there appears to be no weakening of
the supply, except when unusual and sudden demands are made on the
gas. If the supply weakens, or a greater supply is needed, more wells
may be added to the line. This may require the laying of more pipe, or
the replacing of the present 10-inch main by a larger one. The W. & C.
Company own about 20,000 acres, controlling a large part of the gas
field."

The companies and wells around Grapeville in 1888 were as follows :

Westmoreland and Cambria, 7 wells, drilled between 1885 and 1888,
three of them piped to Johnstown.

Carnegie, 6 wells.

tr'outhwest, 2 or more, piped to Connellsville, etc. (drilling also on
Brush Creek).

Greensburg Fuel, 2 wells, piped to Greensburg.

Jeanette Glass Works, 2, piped one mile west to the works.

Lesley.] •*-'* [March 6,

Philadelphia Co., drilling near New Salem.

Owners unknown, 8 or more wells.

The TV. & C. Co. have also seven wells (about 1400' deep), three miles
northwest of Latrobe, on a northeast and southwest line 2£ miles long.
The northern three have a 6 inch pipe to Latrobe. The other four have a
10 inch pipe running east by Deny Station, P. R. R., to Laurel Hill,
where it feeds into the GrapevilleJohnstown main about ten miles from
Johnstown. The flowing pressure of the wells supplying Johnstown is
200 to 275 lbs. per square inch. That of those supplying Latrobe, 90 lbs.

Trial wells east of this field have been unsuccessful, very little gas
being found.

Salt water flowed from some of the Latrobe group of wells.

The first aud most northern well, the Fowler, was drilled in 1885, the
last and southernmost, Miller, No. 3, in 1887. Their volume of gas does
not equal that of the Grapeville wells, and requires a much longer time to
gauge up to the same normal of 500 lbs.

The proposition at first made to land owners, to pay $40 or $50 for a 50
lb. well, and $1.00 extra for each additional pound, was not generally
accepted.

Pressures along the main at every four miles (taken in 1886 and 1887) show
the, loss of pressure by friction in a pipe of 10", increasing to 12", 10" and
20", thus :

For first 20 miles 3250', ten inch pipe of § in. wrought iron.

For next 12 miles, twelve inch pipe of j inch " "

For next 7J miles, sixteen inch pipe of T5,j in. cast

For last If miles, twenty inch pipe of (?) " "

In the first, column of the following table H. S. means High side. At
the 39th mile, the gauge is at " Reducer low side." C. "W. means the
Cambria Works at Johnstown.

Table of Pressures to Show Loss by Friction.

Distance

Size.

1880.

1886.

1887.

from well.

of pipe.

Nov. 13.

March.

March 15.

10 in.

155 lbs.

200 lbs.

320 lbs.

333 lbs.

149

182

313 i

320

132

170

285

295

120

148

255

261

112

129

208

212

100

166

168

12 in.

132

130

16 in.

H.S.

—

C.W.

20 in.

—

1891.] ■*■" [Lesley

Table of Wdls and Ownerships, February 25, 1S9L

Greensburg Fuel Gas Company 5 wells.

Southwest Natural Gas Company 9 "

Versailles Natural Gas Company 3

Youghiogheny Gas Company 3 "

Jeanette Glass Works 4 "

Manor and Irwin Gas Company 2

Westmoreland Specialty Company 1

Westmoreland and Cambria Natural Gas Company ...13

Carnegie Brothers & Company 11

Philadelphia Natural Gas Company 23

National Tube Works 6

Total number reported by M. G. Moore 85

The W. & C. Company's 13 wells are all piped to Johnstown. Their
depths and pressures at various dates may be found on a following table.
The deeper are on the hilltops. They all get their gas in the Gants sand
rock of Washington county. Well No. 12 was deepened with the design
to reach a lower gas sand horizon ; but the rope was cut by the sharp
sand driven up by the gas issuing from the Gants sand. Before the tools
could get through it they were lost, and fishing tools also afterwards ; so
the well was abandoned, and No. 13 (Agnew well; was drilled a short
distance south of No. 12.

This new Agnew well reached the Gants sand January 15, 1891, went
through it, and was cased with 8-inch pipe ; packed just above the top of
the sand ; supplied with another inner 6-inch pipe ; packed again at the
bottom of the sand ; and the Gants sand gas between the pipes laid into
the Johnstown main.

Drilling was resumed through the 6-inch pipe, and stopped, February
21, 1891, at 2700 feet. The "Gordon sand" was found at 175 feet be-
neath the Gants sand, was 35 feet thick, and gave gas at only 30 lbs. pres-
sure, which, however, in twenty minutes rose to 175 lbs., " when it was
necessary to discontinue the test ;" why is not explained. " While the
pressure in the Gordon is now (February 25) very much greater than in
the Gants, the volume is much less, as is clearly shown by comparing the
minvte pressures ; that of the Gants being 65, and of the Gordon only 30
lbs." [A diagram of the pipe and packing arrangement for passing
through the Gants sand, and drawing off its gas to Johnstown, is appended
to Mr. Moore's report.]

Below the Gordon sand, for 1070 feet to the bottom of the well, not a
sign of gas or gas rock was observable. [This only bears out all Mr. J.
F. Carll's observations, published in his reports on the oil regions, especi
ally his Seventh Report, 15, just published by the Geological Survey of
Pennsylvania.] The failure of the Agnew well to get a good supply from
the Gordon sand does not necessarily condemn it over the whole Grape-

Lesley.]

[March 6,

ville field, as it may be found in better condition in the central and north-
ern parts of the field. Carnegie Bros, have begun drilling two or three
wells to test the Gordon sand a little north of the centre of the Gants
field, a mile from No. 10 (Sylvis well).
None of the Latrobe wells are piped to Johnstown.

Grapeville. — Table of Minute Pressures at Various Dates.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13

Name.

Klingensniilh

Henry

Moore

Welker

Brown

Ferree

Minsinger . . .

Shutts

Kipple

Sylvis

Truxel

Byers

Agnew

1100
1133
1149
1144
1224
13L2
14G6
1468
1360
1357
1267
1350
1420

Feb. 13, '86
June, 1886

Oct.,

May, 1887
Aug.,

Nov. 21, "
Feb. 13, '89
Nov. 30, '89
Jan. 13, '90
Feb. 20, '90
Oct., 1890
Jan., 1891

CO
00

T-t

Oi"

00
lO

OO
tH

CO
CO

Q
250

180

>
o

100

6
o

O
95

460

390

380

260

170

105

100

'•

390

175

100

380

170

105

100

«.

390

180

100

<•

380

240

170

100

410

390

380

250

165

100

'•

260

235

170

105

100

225

180

100

125

70
65

70
40

75
60

188 '

2.200

107 '

' 2.355

36 '

' 2.525

30 '

' 2.100

7 '

' 4 lbs.

The steady decline in minute pressure from 386 lbs. on April 20, 1889, to
65 lbs. on February 2, 1891, predicts a speedy extinction of the use of
natural gas at the Cambria Works.

Calculating the average rate per day of the observed decrease we find it
to be as follows :

From April 29, 1889, 648 days, 331 lbs. 2 lbs. per day.

From Dec. 16, 1889, 413

From May 26, 1890, 252

From Nov. 3, 1890, 91

From Dec. 1, 1890, 63

From Jan. 5, 1891, 28
I take this opportunity to suggest that we have in the decline of gas
pressure in all wells of all gas regions the most cogent of arguments
against the theory that gas pressure is produced by the hydrostatic pres-
sure of the locality. For, it is self-evident that the hydrostatic pressure
must remain always tbe same, and therefore cannot be the vis a tergo
of a variable oil or gas pressure ; otherwise this last should also remain
constant to the last drop of oil and the last cubic foot of gas coming from
the well. The gradual decline of gas pressure in every well and all
wells is proof positive that it represents the gradual exhaustion of an in-
herent force of self-expansion not dependent upon any hydraulic vis a
tergo.

17
1831.] ll [Lesley.

Notes on Hebrew Etymologies from the Egyptian ANX. Enoch; Anoki ;
Enos. By J. P. Lesley.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 6, 1S01.)

Forty years ago, in my Lowell lectures on the "Origin of Man." I gave
my views of the Arkite symbolism embodied in the crux ansata, or ANX
symbol of life. They were not accepted; but I still regard that line of
investigation as one entirely germane to modern scientific research, and
capable of bearing good fruit, although my application of it to the crux
ansata is much less probable than I then thought it ; for the latest archae-
ological results are rather in favor of regarding that symbol as a rude
drawing of the human figure.

My present purpose is to direct attention to the influence which the
universal use of this symbol in all ages of ancient Egyptian history must
have exercised over the philology of surrounding races. Its name, ANX.
the living, the alive, life, etc., was certainly the most sacred word in the
Egyptian language ; in general and constant use in their religious litera-
ture ; on the lips of all their thinkers, and, in fact, of all classes of the
population of the valley of the Nile, in all generations ; and was em-
bodied as an element in the personal names of pharaohs, nobles, priests,
and common people ; the evidence of which pervades the monuments and
papyri. Every royal cartouche had the an% scrupulously written after
it, usually with the tat, to mean the ever •-living, the immortal. Pa an/ is
an instance of thy designation of a pharaoh (Pierret). The use of the any
inside the cartouche was later; for example, in the Ethiopian kingdom,
and by Psammeticus II and III. The granddaughter of Pianchi II was
named An/shap-n-ap ; the daughter of Takelot II, Anx-karama-t ; a
princess of the family of Psammeticus II, AnX-ra-nefer-het. Two places
or cities in Egypt are known called Xafra-anX and Aseska-anx, evidently
dedicated to the memory of the Kas, or spirits, of those monxrehs, one of
whom built the second great pyramid of Gizeh. A quarter of the oldest
capital of Egypt, Memphis, was known as An'X-taui, the life (or heart) of
the two lands, Upper and Lower Egypt.

The word was popularly used, like our word "viands," for food of any
kind that supports life. AnX-am was the name of a tree, used as we use
the word "live-oak ;" and Lepsius quotes a curious sentence of great
interest to Hebrew scholars : " Ra, the sun, who makes the tree of life
(am n-anX) green, producing things which issue from it," suggesting the
"tree of life" (Q**nn W> more properly the tree of living things) of the
garden of Eden.

The Egyptians seem to have used anXu, also, as the general plural
name for all flowers, the plainly living parts of plants.

The Egyptians called a mirror «/?/, because it represented the living
object presented to it. They called the two eyes anyti, because the life
of an animal is best seen in his eyes. But they gave, curiously enough,

PKOC. AMEK. PHILOS, SOC. XXIX. 135. C. PRINTED MAY 14, 1891.

Lesley.] *■& [March 6,

the same name to the two ears, and only distinguished the terms apart
in writing, by drawing the ideograph of eyes in the one case and of ears
in the other. The pharaohs had two high officials, one called "his eyes
iu the south," and the other called " his ears in the north."

But an'/ not only meant to live, to be alive, but had another deriva-
tive meaning, with a very remarkable application to the story of Enoch,
viz., to lift oneself, to rise up and stand, resurrection and ascension. This
meaning it retains in modern Coptic, as ONK, extulit, assurexit. An in-
scription at Edfu uses it for "the sun rising in the east." At Denderah
is a picture of a sacred boat, in which stands a lotus flower, from which
a snake is rising into the air, with the legend: "The snake ascends
(an/) from the lotus of the ship." On the sarcophagus of Besmut, at
Luxor, is read, an/-f, etc. : "He ascends like the ten stars." Another
inscription reads : " The stars ascend (an%u) in heaven." And at Esne :
" The stars ascend (an/u) to do their duty in the night." At Abydos, an
inscription to King Seti I, of the nineteenth dynasty (before the date of the
Exodus), addresses him thus: "Thou goest up ('/a-k) above the earth
like the bark of Orion in its season ; thou arisest (an/-ta) like the Star
Sothis" (see Brugsch's Diet., pp. 198, 199).

The Hebrew tradition that the Hebrews came out of Egypt agrees with
the fact that Moses, Aaron, Hur (named together, Exod. xvii, 10),
Miriam, Achsaph (Caleb's daughter), Manassah (Joseph's son), and other
early legendary personal names, are purely Egyptian. The intercourse of
the two peoples was always intimate. The kings Asa, Amon and Manas-
seh had Egyptian names. Before the exile, the Hebrew colonies in the
Delta were important. The Book of Genesis was not necessarily com-
piled at Jerusalem. The story of Joseph and Potipher's wife was based
on the D'Orbigny papyrus. Adam and Seth seem to be the names of the
two chief Delta deities Atum and Set. Noah and his wife seem to repre-
sent the Egyptian divine duad Nun and Nunt. There is nothing startling,
therefore, in finding the an'/ in the name Enoch, whose legend forms an
episode in the antediluvian list.

The occupation of Southern Syria by the Egyptians dates back to the
most remote times. The cartouche of Snefru, first king of the fourth
dynasty, builder of one of the great pyramids, is cut on the rocks of the
Sinaitic peninsula, at the turquoise and copper mines. The Hebrew
legend of the Anakim of the Hebron country gives Anak three sons with
Egyptian names, Ahiman, Sesai, Tolmai, fathers of the three tribes of the
Anakim. Whether there was any philological connection or not, the com-
pilers of Exodus seem to have seen the an'/, in the name Anak, and de-
scribed therefore the people as a giant race, analogous to the ghostly or
demoniac Rephidim.

Remembering the large Greek element in the Delta far back in the cen-
turies before Christ, and the Greek tradition that as Cadmus came from
Phoenicia and settled Bseotia, so Cecrops came from Sais in Egypt and
settled Attica, bringing with him the goddess Neith (Pallas Ath6u6), we

1891.] U [Lesley.

might confidently expect rnany Egyptian words and names in Greece. Of
these I will only allude to laachos (anch), son of Oceanus and Tethys,
who founded the Kingdom of Argos ; and the sacred rivers Inachos, one
in Argolis, the other flowins from Mount Pindus.

But to return to proper names in Hebrew ; perhaps the most interesting
of them all, in an etymological way, is that of Enos, the legendary grand-
son of Adam, in the second account of the creation in the fifth chapter of
Genesis, the chapter which contains the name of Enoch. The word Enos
is written, whether rightly or wrongly, {yi^fc^, and pointed so as to be
pronounced anosh. The same word, written and pointed in the same
way, occurs in the 55th Psalm and Job v, IT, with the meaning a man,
but usually appears in the Hebrew books with a collective meaning as
mankind. It occurs in Son of Man, Ps. cxliv, 3. Isaiah viii, 1 is directed
to write with a man's stylus, that is, in the vulgar or common or demotic
scrip, so that everybody could comprehend. Like Adam (man) it had no
plural. But in later days, as when the Book of Daniel was written, the
third letter had been dropped and the word became ansh, or emphatically
anxha, meaning man, mankind, man as man ; and this gave the common
plural anshim, men. It repeatedly occurs in this book in the phrase " Son
of man." A still further contraction of it gave the popular form AISA,
u'*N' man, with its feminine aislie, woman (as the Greek £>-, one, was
contracted into £eg, with a closer connection between the two languages
than Gesenius here suspected).

In the pronunciation of words we must keep in mind that until the age
of printing spelling has always been optional, and pronunciation local.
Words passed from ear to ear, not from eye to eye. The same word was
pronounced gutturally or dentally or lingually by different races and
individuals, and written accordingly. Words were clipped, and written
accordingly. Every Egyptian, Hebrew or Greek scholar knows this.
Whether the Anch was spelled with an aleph, heth or ayen, it remained
the same word. In one part of Egypt it was pronounced an/, in another
part ansh; just as the East Germans say ich, the North Germans ifc, and the
West Germans ish, for the English I, which the Greeks and Romans pro-
nounced eg-o, the Hebrews anoki, the old Egyptians nuk, and the Copts
anuk. By reference to Admiral McCauley's Dictionary, published in our
Transactions in 1882, you will see at the top of the first column, on page
22, ' ' Any, life ;" followed by " Ansh, to exist, to subsist." Other proofs
it is unnecessary to adduce to show the practical identity of the Egyptian
■An/, life, and the Hebrew Anosh, Ish, man, Enos.

As to the genetic connection of An'/ and the Hebrew Anoki, 1, the first
personal pronoun, I would approach the subject with all possible caution.
It is a fact that the pronoun was written Ani, without the k, especially in
what Gesenius calls the " silver age of the Hebrew," Eccles. ii, 1. 11, 12,
15. 18,20 ; Hi, 17; iv, 1,2, 4, 7 ; vii, 25. In Gen. xv, 7, and xxiv, 24, it
stands alone (including the substantive verb) for lam. Schwartze, in his
" Coptic Grammar," pp. 340, etc., seems to quite settle the fact that the final

Lesley.] A"v' [April 3,

guttural was not a characteristic element of the first personal pronoun.
And yet Gesenius seems to feel no hesitation in saying that the Hebrew
Anoki (ANKE) " is the primary and fuller form of Ani," being more fre-
quent in the Pentateuch (but in general more rare) than the shorter form
Ani; and in some of the later books, as the Chronicles and Ecclesiastes,
wholly disappearing, just as the guttural of the Saxon has been lost in mod-
ern English, and that of the Franks in modern French. He notices that
the form Anoki occurs on the Phoenician monuments and in the Chinese
NGO. The Sanskrit used only the guttural aha, like the Creek, Latin,
German, etc., while the Aramaic, Arabic, Abyssinian have lost it, and
use the shorter nasal form of the pronoun. It seems hardly possible,
therefore, to avoid the conclusion that AN"K was the primitive form of
the first personal pronoun, and that it stood in genetic relationship to the
Egyptian symbol of life, the an%. Whether the symbol was constructed
from the ideograph for 7 (a man with his arm bent pointing to his mouth)
or not, I leave to the judgment of others.

But Gesenius remarks somewhere that Anoki is used in some Hebrew
passages as an emphatic I myself. This would point to the constitution of
the pronoun as a dissyllable, with a final KA., the well-known hieroglyph
for the dead man's spirit.

I should like to draw attention to the identity of ani, the pronoun, and
ani, the Hebrew (and generally Shemitic) word for vessel, not only a
vase, urn, bucket, etc., for holding water especially, but also a ship. The
human frame was called a vessel (of wrath or righteousness, of mercy,
etc., etc.), and may easily have been originally regarded as the vessel of
life par excellence. Were this idea feasible, it might return us to my for-
mer arkite (ship-mountain-water) interpretation of the crux ansata.

On an Important Boring Through 2000 Feet of Trias, in Eastern Pennsyl-
vania. By J. P. Lesley.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 3, 1S91.)

Tlie Eastern Oil Company's trial bore-hole on the Stern farm at Revere
(Rufe's Corner), Bucks county, Pa., is 18 miles south of Easton, 16 miles
north of Doylestown, 7 miles west of Riegelsville, 5 miles from Kintners-
ville, 8 miles from Munroe, 10 miles from Durham furnace, 1^ miles from
Bucksville, 2£ miles from Ottsville, 4 miles from Ervina, and about 2
miles east of Haycock trap hill.

The following record was written from dictation of Mr. E. C. Rosenzi,
3414 Smedley street, Tioga, Philadelphia, February 25, 1891, Superinten-
dent of the Company.

This is the first deep boring in the Mesozoic belt of Pennsylvania,

1891.] 21 [Lesley.

known to me. Had my advice been asked 1 should have dissuaded from
a costly attempt to find oil or gas in this formation. The record of the
boring, however, is valuable to the geological student as the hole descends
through 2076 feet of nearly horizontal strata of gray and brown mostly
soft sandstone and shale, with some dark ("black") slate, one stratum of
which (called "anthracite coal ") produced an excitement in the district,
and was extensively published by the newspapers.

It is almost needless to say that a bed of anthracite coal in undisturbed
strata of Mesozoic age, and at a distance from trap, would be an incredi-
ble occurrence. The trap of the Richmond, Va., field only turns the bitu-
minous coal bed to coke.

It is also hardly necessary to explain that a "nine foot bed of anthracite
coal " anywhere in the brownstone belt of Bucks and Montgomery coun-
ties could hardly conceal itself underground. All the strata crop out to
the surface ; and such a stratum could not well escape exposure. Even
smaller lenticular bituminous coal seams like those on Deep and Dan
rivers in North Carolina, ranging in thickness from four feet down to one
foot, show somewhere at their outcrops. Even if the well record at this
point of it were clearer than it is, the fact of the existence of any con-
siderable coal bed (especially an anthracite bed) would have to be care-
fully verified, either by several additional trial holes, or by a shaft, before
being believed by any geologist versed in the characteristic features of
this formation.

Riegelsville is 166' above tide, and the Revere well mouth is supposed
to be about 200 A. T. Its record is as follows :

8' Alluvion From the surface down to 8'

102 Sandstone, brown Down to 118

15 Shale, red 133

5 Shale, bluish, soft 138

10 Shale, blue, hard 148

56 Sandstone, dark brown ; with coaly specks 204

7 Sandstone, brown, very fine grained 211

2 "Black slate," soft 213

4 Shale, blue, hard 217

223 Sandstone, red, very hard 440

Slate, purplish, very gritty, here.

4 Sandstone, brown, fine grained 444

31 Sandstone, gray, very micaceous 475

10 Sandstone, gray, hard rock 485

100 Sandstone, reddish brown 585

5 Sandstone and shale, gray 590

5 " Black slate," soft 595

32 Shale, reddish blue, very hard 627

44 Sandstone, reddish brown 671

21 Sandstone, brown, and blue shale, coarse and fine 692

Lesley.] ^^ [April 3,

53 Sandstone, brown, coarse and fine 745

55 Shale, brown 800

77 Sandstone, bluish red, hard ; with white clay veins . . 877

63 Sandstone, brown, fine grained 940

40 Shale, brown, soft. " Show of petroleum " 980

30 Sandstone, brown, hard. ' ' Show of petroleum" 1010

15 Shale, grayish black 1025

Shale, blue, here.

55 Sandstone, red-brown, hard 1080

70 Sandstone, red-brown, hard 1150

Here cased off the fresh surface water.

5 No record of this interval 1155

31 Shale, pink 1186

64 Shale, pink 1250

10 "Black slate, hard" 1260

90 Sandstone, red, " like the mass at 1150 " 1350

40 "Black slate, hard" 1390

Here, gray sandstone.

16 Sandstone, gray, hard ; with very minute white pebbles

as large as pins' heads 1406

3 " Sand perfectly black and gritty ; boring easy " 1409

31 Shale, light gray, gritty 1440

7 Shale, reddish

6 Shale, dark blue

42 Shale, light gray

12 Shale, reddish, hard and gritty 1506

39 Shale, reddish 1545

15 Sandstone, bluish gray, fine grained rock 1560

9 " Coal, ANTHRACITE " 1569

Here, in answer to my verbal objections to the notes in his well book,
Mr. Rosenzi explained that the thickness might be incorrect, owing to the
churning of the tools, but that it was in his opinion " certainly 5| feet ;"
and that the " coal " came up in fine specks (no larger than the head of a
pin) like all the other crushed and ground-up sand pumpings from the
well, from top to bottom. No larger pieces were obtained : and no
analyses were made. The well was worked in brackish water, which
afterwards became salt water. See below at 1616, where salt was first no-
ticed on the board walls of the derrick.

10' "Black slate rock, very hard " 1579'

25 Sandstone, gray, fine, softer 1604

6 Sandstone, brown, hard rock 1610

6 Sandstone, gray, fine, softer 1616

Here cased off the "salt water."

8 Sandstone, first dark, then light gray 1624

"Here salt water again and plenty of it."

1891.] *£ [Lesley.

I could get no clear idea of this from Mr. Rosenzi's description. lie
first noticed the salt as a deposit from water splashed on the derrick.
The salt taste was decided. He could say nothing about the flow, as the
well was always full of water, but I could not learn that any stream
issued from the mouth of the well.

16' "Black slate, coarse, mixed with minute specks of

coal, and minute light gray pebbles 1640'

9 Sandstone, coffee-colored 1G49

5 Sandstone, brown, very fine 1654

9 Sandstone, brown, very fine 1663

21 Sandstone, brown, very fine 1684

5 Sandstone, brown, dark 1689

10 Sandstone, gray, dark, hard 1699

5 Sandstone, gray, light, sharp 1704

17 Sandstone, brownish red, of usual character 1721

15 " Black slate " 1736 *

" Cased well against salt water in black slate, at 1736."

"The driller remarks that here came in genuine soft black slate, which
he recognized as the overiayer of the Oil Sand in Allegheny county, in
the Wild Wood district where he worked." Nothing could more forcibly
illustrate the ignorance of the well drillers as a class than this astounding
statement ; which is only exceeded by the ignorance of oil and gas specu-
lators as a class, and the stockholders of the companies which they form,
in giving ready credence to such statements from men whose only inter-
est is that of obtaining their daily pay for boring wells.

2' Sandstone, gray, fine, like 1604 1738'

14 Sandstone, brown, fine, hard , , 1752

28 Sandstone, brown, coarser 1780

Cased off salt water successfully at 17S2.

5 Sandstone, brown, fine •. 1785

5 Shale, gray, hard 1790

30 Shale, grayish black 1820

9 Shale, light gray, bluish, hard 1829

3 "Blue Monday," (a term used by the drillers in West-
ern Pennsylvania) 1832

26 Sandstone, bluish gray 1858

2 Shale, gray, hard I860

10 Shale, brown, soft 1870

8 Sandstone, gray, sharp 1878

82 Sandstone, brown (or red), hard I960

35 Shale, pink (or red), soft 1995

89 Sandstone, brown, coarse (February 21, 1891) 2084

I suppose that the boring is to be carried on to greater depth.

Lesley.] ^*Tt [April 3,

Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman, Assistant on the Geological Survey of the
State, whose Report on the Trias Brown Sandstone Belt of Bucks, Mont-
gomery and Chester counties, Pa., is not yet quite ready for publication,
informs me that the place assigned to coal in the above well record would
come about 11,000' below the top, or 10,000' above the bottom of his gen-
eral section of the formation ; the coal -bearing shales of Phcenixville be-
ing say 3500' or 4000' above the conglomerate base.

His long and exhaustive survey ot the district has resulted in giving a
combined thickness of more than 21,000 feet to these Mesozoic strata ; in
a demonstration of the duplication of its measures along the Delaware
river ; and in the discovery of both longitudinal and transverse anticlinal
aud synclinal flexures of considerable size. The latter system of folds is a
very remarkable phenomenon, seeing that the folds lie with their north-
ern ends abutting against (or riding over) the Durham hills, that range of
Azoic highlands which extends from Reading into Northern New Jersey.

Mr. B. S. Lyman said :

Although the precise position of the Revere, or Rufe's Corner, well-
boring has not been indicated within several hundred feet, it appears that
the so-called coal bed is part of a 600 or 800 feet thick series of generally
hard green and dark-red shales at something like 11,000 feet below the
top of the Mesozoic rocks, mainly red shales, of Bucks and Montgomery
counties, and 10,000 feet above the bottom of them, and 6000 feet above
the hard blackish shales of the Phcenixville tunnel.

With a sketch he showed the course of the outcrop, a mile or so in
width, of the green and dark-red shales, including the so-called coal bed
and one or two other blackish shale layers, with generally a gentle north-
westerly dip, from the Delaware river near Mil ford, N. J., along the east,
south and west sides of a basin to Rufe's Corner ; thence northwestward,
westward and southeastward, round Stony Point and Bucksville, in sad-
dle form, east of the Haycock mountain, nearly to Ottsville ; then in
almost a straight line southwestward for a dozen miles, past Perkasie and
Sellersville ; and five or six miles further southwest, though bending
slightly northward at Tylersport upon the southeastern disappearing end
of a rock saddle ; but near Sumneytown bending sharply round a more im-
portant saddle so as to reach Harleysville, half a dozen miles to the south-
east ; and there with a like decided bend in the opposite direction, but
with a wider sweep, turning southwest and then nearly west, passing a
little more than a mile south of Shwenksville, and so in a straight course
to the Schuylkill, between Linfield and Sanatoga and some three miles
below Pottstown.

The course of these comparatively hard beds is marked nearly every-
where by a decided ridge, particularly well defined between Ottsville and
Sumneytown, and tunneled through at Perkasie. As the beds are partly
green, their course is also indicated by the yellowish or greenish gray

1891.1 ^ [Lesley

color of the surface of the ground contrasted with the rod on either Bide
from the several thousand feet of red shales above and below, except
where trap replaces them above for a long distance from the Haycock
south west ward. The geological structure is also well shown by very nu-
merous observed dips and strikes.

Here and there among the harder beds, exposures have been observed
of a couple of blackish shale layers some three feet thick, perhaps identi-
cal with those of the boring. One was seen by the roadside near Rufe's
Corner ; two in a ravine a mile and a half north of Ottsville, where some
digging was done half a dozen years ago in a vain search for coal of any
economical value, though small traces of it appear to have been found ;
another exposure of blackish shales was seen half a mile west of Perkasie ;
and still another about a mile east of Harleysville.

It is, of course, extremely improbable that the beds with a known out-
crop of about sixty miles in length, cut across by numerous streams and
roads and by several railroads and even in great part by a tunnel, and fa-
miliar throughout every foot of its surface to the highly observant inhabi-
tants of the country, could have a coal bed of any value that should
never, until this well, have been discovered through any complete natural
exposure or through an occasional very noticeable outcropping or blos-
som. Indeed, facts observable on the surface, such as measured rock ex-
posures, combined with proper regard to their dips, strikes and relative
position and elevation, could no doubt give a very complete section of all
the beds pierced by the well ; and perhaps that will prove to be possible
even with the somewhat rough collection of materials already made.
From such observations on the surface, the character and thickness of
each bed is to be known far more precisely and thoroughly than could be
possible from any boring however careful, and beyond all comparison
with the results of an ordinary one. The difficulty of accurate informa-
tion from such wells is shown by the doubt in the present case whether
the so-called coal bed was nine feet in thickness or five and a half.

The well record, in spite of all the imperfections that must be expected,
has value as giving for a great thickness of rock beds a connected view
that may serve in some degree as a check upon the not very essential er-
rors that might arise in combining surface observations, especially those
rough ones hitherto obtained. But the chief importance of the record is
perhaps as an illustration of how ready men are to lay out thousands of
dollars for such explorations where the same number of hundreds would
by a surface survey give fuller and more accurate information.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. D. PRINTED MAY 14, 1891.

Bache.] ^ [April 17.

Possible Sterilization of City Water.

By R. Meade Bache.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 17, 1S91.)

It is an open question whether the characteristic acidit}r of
the digestive fluids is or is not efficacious in destroying patho-
genic germs entering the stomach. But it ought to be evident
on both sides that neither extreme can represent the truth, even
if the digestive fluids possess that general property. It is cer-
tainly, on one side, too much to assume that, not even in a per-
fectly healthy stomach, are those fluids sometimes capable of elim-
inating such germs from the sj^stem, and, on the other, that they are
alwajrs, in sickness or in health, capable of performing that task.
So little vitalized are micro-organisms in their resting-stages, that
it is easily conceivable that, when masked by food and water, and
when the human system is in a weak condition, many escape the
possibly destructive action of the healthiest digestive secretions.

It would, additionally, be an unwarrantable assumption, even
if the healthy stomach were proved to be able always to neutral-
ize the morbific action of pathogenic germs, that they find their
inevitable path and exit, with or without vitality impaired or
destroyed, dead or alive, through the alimentary canal ; for in
point of fact we know that one kind, at least partially, takes its
disastrous course directly into the lungs. When the infinitesimal
size of micro-organisms is considered, and when also is consid-
ered how varied is the character of the parts with which they
must come into contact upon passing the oesophagus, it will
readily be perceived that, even if they escape the sometimes
assumed destructiveness of the digestive fluids, they must often
be absorbed into the blood by other tissues as well as b}r those
of the lungs.

If so believing, we should perceive at the same time that it is
hopeless to contend, except by palliative sanitary measures,
against the invasion of pathogenic germs through inhalation ;
but that, on the other hand, especially as our food cannot be
sterilized wholesale, we should deeply consider the possibility of
contending with them by means of the wholesale sterilization of
water, which enters alone, or as the largest constituent, into our

1S91.] &* [Bache.

drink. That this has heretofore not been attempted is all the
more remarkable, because it is believed by many persons thai
some of the worst forms of pathogenic germs reach us through
the medium of drinking water. Inasmuch, therefore, as success
in sterilizing the drinking water of a large city might be of un-
told benefit to it, it would be well that certain experiments were
tried to that intent, upon the assumption that, be the pathogenic
germs in a particular water many or few, they become, when re-
ceived into the alimentary canal, whether or not large numbers
of them are successfully dealt with by the stomach, injurious to
the human economy.

Inherent in the Anderson iron process for the purification of
water is a danger which, therefore, cannot be eliminated. In all
processes there is a danger line which human foresight seeks to
avoid by a safety-margin, which, in the long run, and in the na-
ture of things, is a substantial guarantee against harm. But
there are processes such, from their character, combined with the
chapter of exigencies and the chapter of accidents, that they
have but a small margin of safety. I place the Anderson process
in this category, as an experience at Berlin, showing the danger
that may result from the overworking and freezing, or both, of
open filter beds, even if so acted upon and cleansed as they are
intended to be by the Anderson process, fully warrants me in
doing. Moreover, it should be incidentally mentioned that the
process is not applicable to the constitution of all waters, or
adapted to climates that have alwaj7s, or are liable to, severe
winter cold. It is said, however, upon excellent authority,
based upon the indisputable evidence of microscopic examina-
tion, that by the process micro-organisms have, under the limit-
ing conditions hereby implied, been neutralized in the proportion
of 50,000 to about 20, virtually in the proportion of 50,000 to 0.
But, coincidently with this result, which must obtain under
favoring circumstances, there also always exists danger in the
process through carelessness and neglect in filter cleansing, and
necessity without law of overworking the capacity of a filter.
As a finality in the process the ferric hydrate generated, blended
with organic matter, is precipitated in a flak}', coagulated condi-
tion to the bottom of the water, the sand filter-bed of the settling
reservoir, where, resting chiefly on the surface, the filter is there-
fore more readily than usual cleansed. The process therefore

Bache.] && [April 17,

makes no pretense to destroy the micro-organisms, bnt merely
to neutralize as much as possible their injurious action in the
human economy, simply by entrapping them. What I contend,
however, is that the best process of sterilization is that which
does not seek to entrap micro-organisms, with the inseparable
danger of their partial or almost entire escape alive, but that
which, with abstention from their purposive arrest, kills, and
allows them as free passage as possible to the stomachs of city
dwellers. It will probably be thought at this point, with a very
usual misconception, as that which we have in the Anderson
process has proved quite efficacious, whereas that of which I
speak is but an ideal, perhaps impossible of attainment, that I
am proposing to accept a shadow for the substance of a thing. I
would grant the cogency of the thought, had I ever intended to
make denial of the excellence of the Anderson process, and pro-
posed to offer a possibility in exchange for a reality. But,
having taken neither of these positions, I do but state the case in
the abstract, and the truth of it in that form being admitted
(and I do not see how it can be denied), I have but to add before
proceeding that, excellent as is the Anderson process, within its
acknowledged lines, it would still be well to consider if the ideal
one is not capable of accomplishment by the means which I am
about to suggest.

About two years ago it occurred to me that before experiment-
ing with bacteria, with reference to killing bacilli established in
the human body, and with reference to the sterilization of city
drinking water by electricity, I would pass a current through
some water containing protozoa, and observe how much is re-
quired to kill them. With this purpose in view I took a glass
tube of four inches in length and five thirty-seconds of an inch
in calibre, and partially filled it with water teeming with protozoa
from hay -infusion, which had previously been examined by me
under the high power of a one-tenth microscopical objective,
commanding a large field with an immersion lens, and depending
upon which of two eyepieces was used, magnifying from five
hundred and fifty to six hundred and fifty diameters. When
both ends of the tube had been plugged up with brass e}Te-screws
wrapped with paper, leaving their ends exposed in the tube, the
volume of infusion intervening between the ends of the poles
thus formed was only two-thirds of a cubic centimeter, and the

1891.] ~V [Bache

distance between the poles only three inches. The electro-motive

force at my disposal in nry galvanic battery — only about thirty
volts — was too small, and the resistance too high under these
conditions for me long to hope to affect the protozoa in the tube
by means of the current. The smallness of the volume of fluid
in which the electricity could find play, and the liberation of
hydrogen which could not escape or recombine, were together
the cause of this ; the resistance from the latter cause proceeding
by great leaps when a higher current was eventually employed.
With the infusion the resistance was far less than with pure
water, but still far too great to allow of much current, owing in
sum to the small volume of liquid and to the increased liberation
of gas in it as compared with that liberated in water. The cur-
rent was so slight that at this point of time I was satisfied that
if I were not able thus to destroy the vitality of the protozoa —
and that was proved by microscopical examination — a fortiori
it was not to be imagined that the vitality of schizomycetes in
water could be arrested, because 1 had assumed that they would
be more difficult than the other organisms to destroy, a conclusion
which I do not now think warranted by my final investigation
upon the basis of experiment. I therefore desisted from experi-
menting, and did not resume it until the work of Dr. Griffiths on
micro-organisms came under my eye, from which I learned that
he had killed bacteria with a very small current in media of a
fluid character. I then resumed my experiments upon the basis
of my previously enlarged experience, that a considerable volume
of water is needed for the play of electricity, and that even a
slowly increasing bubble of hydrogen in a closed tube, although
far from effecting embolism, nevertheless produces rapidly cumu-
lative resistance. Every one who deals with batteries or who is
well-read in electricity knows in a general way of these pheno-
mena ; I am merely referring to the exaggerated degree in which
they manifest themselves under the specified conditions. I was
well aware that for a given amperage, a given electro-motive
force, a given character of liquid, a given temperature, and a
given distance between poles, the resistance to a line of force ol
electricity is an absolutely fixed quantity. But as my final ob-
ject, as will eventually be seen, was to charge a large volume of
water so that upon being charged the electricity would concen-
trate with intense energy towards the opposite pole, it became

Bache.l "" [April 17,

necessary, even in laboratory experiments, to avoid action where
the phenomena appear in an exaggerated adverse form. I there-
fore next proceeded to deal with small but unconfined volumes
of liquid.

"With the Wheatstone Bridge, with an electro-motive force of
one hundred and ten volts, and one ampere of current, I found
the resistance at two inches between the poles, placed vertically
in a hay-infusion, in a round glass dish about five inches in dia-
meter, to be 1560 ohms. Making the liquid a little shallower,
the other conditions remaining the same, the resistance rose to
2120 ohms. In a very narrow, rectangular receptacle, the other
conditions remaining virtually the same, the resistance rose to
8000 ohms. The poles being then placed in water, not in the in-
fusion, in the round glass dish, the other conditions being the
same as those in the first experiment, the resistance became
18,400. Slightly increasing the depth of water in the dish, the
resistance sank to 13,000 ohms. These rude experiments were
followed by a series conducted with two beautifully finished
wooden, shellaced boxes, of exactly the same length and depth in
the clear, but one of them of only half the width in the clear of
the other. Thus was obtained with precision in the larger of
the-two (but, of course, the same consequence would have ensued
with the smaller), by alternately making it exactly one-half full,
and then full to the brim, the result that the volume thereby ver-
tically obtained reduces by one-half the resistance of the lesser
volume. Thus, also, by filling both boxes to the brim was ob-
tained with precision the result that double the volume of liquid
horizontally obtained reduces by one-half the resistance of the
lesser volume. Therefore it was demonstrated that resistance in
water, as well as in metal, is inversely proportional to volume as
determining cross-sectional area, whether increased by vertical
or horizontal extension ; that is, is inversely proportional to
cross-section, as dependent upon volume ; and that in whichever
of these two directions volume is gained, it introduces, propor-
tionally, freedom of propagation of the electric force in and about
the imaginary right-line joining the poles.

The result of a series of experiments, with the poles placed
apart at 2, 4, 6, 8, up to 12 inches, showed that the resistance,
whatever it may be, varies directly as the distance between the
poles, a result identical with that in electrically charged wire,

1891.] 31 [Bachc.

illustrating a law which should have been expected to hold good
whatever figure and volume the lines of force between the poles
might assume and occupy. The experiments clearly proved, too,
that the resistance of water is very much greater than that of
an infusion not seemingly dense.

There seems to be with some persons a belief that water is a
good conductor, because current electricity so readily discharges
itself by means of moistened surfaces. But current electricity
so discharges itself through a film of water covering non-con-
ducting surfaces in default of any other conductor whatever ;
and static electricity, for the same reason, readily vanishes through
aqueous vapor, because of the fact that the vapor impairs the re-
sistance of dry air as a dielectric. Yet electricity, in these two
manifestations, acts thus, of course, not from choice but from
necessity, taking, however imperfect, a path of conduction when
there is no other, and the better of two paths when they differ.
in proportion to their relative conductivity. Other persons
imagine that water is a worse conductor than it really is. Any
one who uses a hydro-rheostat well knows the highly resistant
property of water to the electric current ; but as free and in
large volume it is not practically so resistant as it is sometimes
thought to be, as any one may prove for himself by the rude ex-
periment of plunging in an ample basin of water the sponge of
one reophore of a medical galvanic battery, yielding from thirty
to forty volts, while the sponge of the other reophore is placed
on the back of the hand submerged in the water at the distance
of four or five inches. The hand, the most callous part of the
body except the heel, feels the current distinctly in every part,
and if it has but the smallest abrasions of the skin in places re-
mote from each other, the electric current makes them sting,
finally condensing strongly at the pole on the hand.

After trying the experiments described, I flashed one hundred
and ten volts through a glass tube, with half of a cubic centi-
meter of hay -infusion containing protozoa, with the poles half an
inch apart ; and also flashed one hundred and ten volts through
a looped wire going from top to bottom of a small bottle con-
taining four centimeters of the infusion. In neither case could
subsequent microscopical examination detect that the organisms
had been affected in the least. The whole of the current, of
course, passed through the organisms in the tube. In the case

Bache.] °* [April 17,

of those treated with the looped wire it was only the residual
force, which the wire did not carry, that they encountered. That
under these conditions the wire does not cany all the electricity
is shown in the forthcoming description of experiments, in which
the work of killing bacteria was successfully accomplished with
looped wire passing through fluid media, and carrying only a
very small force, but for a considerable time. With so much
electro-motive force as I used — one hundred and ten volts — I
could not allow the discharge through the micro-organisms to be
more than momentary, else they would have been destroj-ed for
certain by the concentrated products of electrolysis.

Two main conclusions seemed to me from the beginning of my
experiments to be justifiable. The first of these was that, inas-
much as protozoa have no nervous system, and do not seem to
be injuriously affectible by the electric current (barring its action
under conditions such as generate heat almost exclusively), we
are accustomed to think erroneously of the current as capable
of affecting and endangering all sensation and life, solely because
of our own possession, and knowledge of the possession among
other animals, of a nervous organization upon which stress may
be put by the current. It seemed to me that the last experiment
proves what is currently believed, that an animal protoplasmic
organism has, ipso facto of its being protoplasmic, no nervous
system. The second conclusion at which I arrived was that, if
protozoa of the kind with which I had dealt are not easily killed
by the electric current, it would be hopeless to think of destin-
ing schizomycetes, except by a force which, for the practical pur-
poses that I had in view, it is impossible to apply to them, espe-
cially as, in the pleomorphic forms assumed b}- some of them, it
is notorious that thej' possess latent vitalit}* difficult to extirpate.

I am still inclined to hold to the first conclusion, as justifiable
from my experiments as far as they have even now gone, that
animal micro-organisms, submerged in water or any other liquid,
are not susceptible to injury from electric current approaching
in force the highest that I used (which may be regarded as pro-
digious when the minuteness of the organisms attacked by it is
taken into consideration), and that perhaps they are not suscept-
ible to injury under those conditions from any current, however
high. But, as to my first conclusion, I have since found myself,
upon leading the work of Dr. Griffiths, egregiously in error

1891.] **d [Bache.

through the false inference that I had drawn that, because the
electric current did not destroy protozoa of the kind with which
I w:ts dealing-, therefore bacteria would not he destroyed by it,
at least within the bounds compatible with human life or well
being. It seems, however, that vegetable protoplasm, at least of
the fungus kind, acts differently from animal protoplasm under
the influence of the electric current. After reading the results
of Dr. Griffiths, I gladly reverted to the intention with which I
had set out in my experiments, of being able to suggest means
by which bacilli forming a nidus in the human body could be
destroyed and water supplied to cities could be sterilized for
drinking purposes.

The author to whom I have referred is Dr. A. B. Griffiths, Fel-
low of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. He remarks that the
full details of his experiments with electricity on bacteria are to
be found in Volume xv of the Proceedings of the Society. In
making the experiments he seems to have had no ulterior object
in view but the gaining of information as to what amount of cur-
rent would destroy certain micro-organisms. The wood-cut which
he gives at page 177 of his work, Micro-organisms, represents a
faraclaic, not a galvanic battery, as the generator of the electro-
motive force used in his experiments. At the beginning of mine
I used both the galvanic and the faradaic battery. The recep-
tacles in which Dr. Griffiths placed pure cultures of different
bacteria were simple, broad-based, short bottles, in which were
litted from top to bottom of each bottle a single loop of wire in
free electric liquid communication with the micro-organisms. lie-
does not in any case give the resistance in ohms of the media
employed in the cultures.

The bacillus tuberculosis was killed by 2.16 volts, the bacterium
lactis by 2.26 volts, and the bacterium aceti by 3.24 volts. The
electric current was allowed to pass for ten minutes, and the
temperature of the laboratory during the experiments was 16 C
(60.8 Fah.). In another series of experiments, bacillus tuber-
culosis was killed by 2.16 volts, bacillus subtilis by 172 volts.
and bacterium allii by 3.3 volts. The current, as before, was
allowed to pass for ten minutes, and the temperature of the labor-
atory was 17 C. (62.6 Fah.). In the first series of experiments
no growths appeared from inoculation in fresh nutritive media,
after an incubation of twenty-five days, with the thermometer at

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. E. PRINTED JUNE 1, 1891.

Bache.] " * [April 17,

38 C. (100.4 Fah.) ; and in the second series, similarly treated,
no growths appeared after an incubation of twenty days, with
the thermometer at 35 C. (95 Fah.). As before incidentally men-
tioned, all of these experiments were made with wire looped in
glass bottles. Consequently all the electricity that attacked the
microbes away from the wires was the residuum which the wires
did not conduct, necessarily by far the lesser portion ; and as the
minimum of force was not sought or obtained, what is needed
may be a mere fraction of the time and force actually employed.
"With so small a current as that used, and with the considerable
volume of the respective liquids employed — which latter point
the wood-cut shows — detriment to the organisms from products
of electrolysis may be deemed inappreciable.

It has therefore been demonstrated that certain schizomycetes
can be killed in a short time by a low current. Presumably all
others can be killed in an equally short time by an equally low
current ; which was the assumption with which I had set out at
the beginning of my own experiments, looking primarily to
destroying pathogenic germs in the human body, and secondarily,
to rendering them innocuous through the sterilization of water
for drinking purposes. I therefore ask myself why, if a very low
current, passing for a few minutes, can destroy bacteria in a bottle,
should not a much higher one, administered repeatedly for the
same time, be sure to destroy them in the human body ? Daily,
in the course of electro-therapeutic treatment, ten, twenty,
twenty -five, and many more volts are administered to patients,
avoiding only strong or continuous application of the current to
the pneumogastric nerve, on account of the inhibitory action of
the heart thereby provoked. But I will not pause just at this
moment to speak more fully to this point, but will here confine
myself to the main subject of this paper, clearly set forth by its
title and the tenor of the preceding remarks. Reverting to the
question of the sterilization of water for the use of cities, and
with the new light upon the subject, which, as it appears, I might
have gained for myself, but for having been diverted from my
course by a false inference, I am constrained to ask my hearers,
as I have asked myself in this case also, why the attempt should
not be made to destroy bacteria wholesale in the drinking water
of large cities by the method previously foreshadowed.

The means at our command seem to me ample. It is true that

1391.] 35 [Bache.

we cannot electrolize successfully a large reservoir of water, for in
that the electricity would be too diffused to be effective. It is true
that, in pipes from which water is flowing into or out of the reser-
voir, its germs would not be subjected to attack for more than a
second. It is true that the resistance that we should have to over-
come in water would be large. But, on the other hand, it is also
true that the electric current that we have at our command is
capable of indefinite increase. The electro-motive force of a few
thousand volts (there are dynamos that generate ten thousand)
thrown athwart a pipe of proper dimensions, would probably
paralyze every bacterium in its path, more than compensating by
force for slight duration in time as compared with the ten min-
utes adopted in the experiments of Dr. Griffiths, as to which it
is imperative to remember that they did not determine either the
amount of current, or of time required, for the destruction of
the bacteria experimented upon; and, consequently, it will be
observed, both force and time needed are probably very much
less than his experiments on their face apparently demonstrate.
If lines of water-delivery as well as those of water-supply
were subjected to the attack of the electric current, the severity
of it would be more than doubled for the organisms. It would
be immeasurably increased in severity ; for experiments at the
very beginning of bacteriological investigation clearly showed
that the best mode of destroying bacteria involves the principle
of repeating relatively moderate attacks upon them at intervals
such as find them partially recuperated, and assail them in this
the period of their least resistant vitality. The method to whieh
I allude is that of repeated boiling of slight duration at moderate
intervals of time. That they can bear this apparently severe
process at all shows the protective influence for them of any
fluid immersion within the chemical character that does not
wholly ignore the difference of habits among their different
species, and water seems to be a medium inclusive of them all,
The principle, involved in the mode of attack mentioned is the
same as that involved in the mode of destroying bacteria here
suggested. Taking it in connection with the facts that a reser-
voir represents a large volume of water, only a part or a few
parts of which are being momently drawn upon for supply, and
that many germs are constantly passing through natural phases
of relatively less vitality, infinitely below that in which they, it'

Bache.] ^ [April 17,

pathogenic, being received into a favoring host, so vigorously
form ptomaines, to their self-destruction as well as that of the
host, it would seem that, if upon issuing from as well as upon
entering a reservoir, the water were attacked in pipes from poles
all but encircling them, with an electro-motive force of a few
thousand volts, all germs must reach the denizens of cities sup-
plied from such a source, wholly innocuous, because they would
be dead.

It need hardly be said that, if the poles were placed opposite
to each other on a heavy metal pipe conveying water, the elec-
tricity, seeking lines of least resistance, would not pass through
the water at all, but around it, through the great mass of the
pipe. But it should be obvious that it is easy to adapt to the
place of electrical attack of a pipe a simple contrivance consist-
ing of a section of the same diameter as that of the pipe, insu-
lating the poles from each other, and both from the general line
of the pipe. A plan that might at the first blush appear to some
persons better, as not entailing thus radically breaking the con-
tinuity of the main pipe, would be to have two series of metallic
insulated screws, representing by position two opposing arcs,
the individual screws of which should enter and pass through
corresponding holes in the pipe, the ends of the screws being
uninsulated. But this plan would not do at all. The experi-
ments described have proved the resistance of water to be so
great that a large volume of it is required for electricit}* to pass
easily through it. Consequently, in overcoming the resistance
of water in a metal pipe with poles attached, in the form of in-
sulated perforating screws, part of the electricity would, in
making large excursions, be received and conducted to the poles
b}- the metal of the pipe, instead of reaching them entirely
through the water. But, if the pipe were interrupted by a non-
conducting section, of length to be determined by the diameter
of the pipe and the electro-motive force to be used, then those
excursive lines of force would eventually fall into the determinate
direction of the poles entirely through the water. We see this
action clearly illustrated in the previous experiment, where, in
open vessels, resistance to the current rapidly diminishes as we
increase the volume of the liquid. We see the same thing also
clearly illustrated in the case of the hand submerged in the
ample basin of water, where the remotest abrasions of the skin

1891.] 31 [Bache.

sting from the current, finally emerging with condensed force at
the pole resting on the submerged hand. In a pipe with a prop-
erly calculated non-conducting section, the lines of force would
play freely inside of the pipe, occupying and limiting there a
rounding imaginary space, varying in figure with every change
of force, but always, of course, having its apices at the poles,
approaching wrhich, and especially at which, would be concen-
trated their intensest energy.

If the full significance and legitimate outcome in conclusion
from the experiments that have been detailed have been per-
ceived, it will have been realized that, although water acts like
wire with reference to conductivity, through length, cross-sec-
tional area, and temperature — exemplifying the law of conduc-
tion by and resistance to the electric current, with reference to
volume, however disposed — the difference between wire and
water, notwithstanding that metal has great conductivity and
water very little, is enormous with reference to difference of
Capacity. We have but to determine, first of all, wdiat electro-
motive force is needed for the purpose of destroying germs in
water, assuming that the}7 are thus destructible, and then, upon
that basis, determine what the length and cross-section of non-
conducting pipe should be to accumulate and discharge the force
required. One could charge a constant stream of water in an
insulated pipe as never wire nor any congeries of wires nor any
metallic deposit on earth could be charged with electricity ; for
whereas all these would soon reach their utmost capacity for
localized energy, an insulated flowing pipe has back of it all earth
ready to receive and effectively return the force transmitted.
"We, however, need for our purpose at most only a small area of
that vast space. But yet it is true, and a striking exemplifica-
tion of the stated fact that, given a dynamo of far less than in-
finite power, with poles astride an estuary's living stream, so
wide, so deep, that the earth there would not fuse before a fiery
blast engendered by resistance, and connected as those waters
are with every drop in every brook, the encircling oceans, and
the interlying land, it would send its impulse thence over the
whole uninsulated globe, and backward, in myriad lines of force,
with all but synchronous and omnipresent thrill.

I stated at the beginning of my discourse that it is an open
question whether or not the stomach is capable of destroying

Bache.] ^0 [April 17,

pathogenic germs. In that, of course, is involved the other
open question, whether or not ordinary drinking-water is the
source of disease. I have properly spoken of the questions as
open ones, because so many persons are enlisted on opposite
sides that I cannot venture without arrogance to decide them
authoritatively. The tenor of the preceding remarks, however,
must indicate that, personally, I believe drinking-water supply
to be ordinarily one of the largest factors in the causation of
some zymotic diseases ; but lest I may have left it in doubt that
I hold that view, I here state it explicitly. I have, I confidently
believe, pointed out one way in which the evil may be abated,
and perhaps neutralized ; and this without disparagement of the
efficiency of subsidence basins in their adverse influence upon
bacterial dissemination. As to this (with the exception of treat-
ment with iron) the last remaining factor in the production of
pure drinking-water, I shall be glad to take a more opportune
time than the present occasion, when I have so long engaged the
attention of the Society, to prove directly, from niy still later
experiments and observations, what seems directly proved by
the statistics of prevalence of typhoid fever in Philadelphia
and elsewhere with reference to areas of different water-supply,
that subsidence basins are also an important factor in the health
of a city, not only relieving water of impurities in it, represented
by alluvial and effete matter in suspension, but also relieving it
in a measure of the impurity due to simultaneous deposition of
the bacterial bearers of poison to our homes.

As to our ability to destroy the bacillus tuberculosis in the
human body, by means of percutaneous administration of the
electric current, I hope that I may be allowed to say a final
word. I cannot see, as I have already remarked, wiry, if it can
be killed in a bottle with a mere fraction of two volts (as I have
shown by the experiments of Dr. Griffiths that it must have
been killed), it cannot be killed in the patient suffering from
tuberculosis, by the enormously greater electro-motive force
that the body is capable of receiving without detriment in a con-
centrated form. This statement, however, is not intended to
imply that the current would be capable of curing a case of tuber-
culosis which had involved caseous degeneration of the pa its.
If it did, it would also imply that to my mind electricity is
creative. Electricity, however, although not creative, includes

1891. 1 ^ | Lesley.

among its manifold and marvelous properties not only dynamic
power, but attributes regenerative of vitality, and with these two
it is capable, if the experiments of Dr. Grilliths are to be relied
upon, of killing the bacillus tuberculosis in the living human
body, in case the lesions of the disease have not seriously im-
paired electric conductivity in the parts morbidly invaded ; and
capable also of contributing to restore healthy function to them,
and thence normal structure. It remains for physicians to make
the essay here indicated at no expense or risk whatever. If the
treatment prove to have any virtue in it, it would apply to other
bacterial diseases besides tuberculosis.

In regard to the essay with reference to the sterilization of
drinking-water, experiments could be made at no great labor and
expense compared with the vast interests at stake in a large city.
Through microscopic tests would soon be set at rest the question
as to whether to any, and if to any, to what extent germs could,
by the means described, be destroyed in city water, and scrutiny
of the health of the city, within the lines especially of certain
diseases, through comparison of present with past records, would
in successive j-ears have its own independent and conclusive tale
to tell. I pledge Philadelphia prospectively in a bumper of pure
water more worthy of celebration than the best Falernian wine.

Obituary Notice of P. W. Sheaf er. By J. P. Lesley.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 3, 1S91.)

Peter Wenrich Sheafer was born at Wiconisco, in Dauphin county, Pa.,
March 31, 1819. His father, Henry Sheafer, was afterwards President of
the Lykens Valley Railroad Company, and Superintendent of the Lykens
Valley Coal Company, mining. the finest quality of anthracite coal, at the
west end of the Southern Anthracite Coal field. The discovery of the
Lykens valley coal bed in the body of the Pottsville Conglomerate was
one of the astonishing incidents of Pennsylvania geology, and enabled the
Sheafers, father and son, to establish a great trade in anthracite coal upon
the line of the Susquehanna river as far as Baltimore.

Peter Sheafer was engaged at various times in his long professional life
in following the outcrop of this interconglomerate coal around the edges

Lesley.] 40 [April 3|

of the Southern and Middle fields, but without finding it in an equally
good condition in any other parts of the region. He often expressed to
me his hopes and his disappointments regarding it. It was but an episode
in his career, for his large fortune was chiefly accumulated by the pur-
chase and exploitation of the Mammoth and other large beds overlying
the Conglomerate.

After leaving school, Peter took a full course at Oxford Academy, New
York, with the object of a better geological acquaintance with coal and
coal mining. But at that early date, the science of geology could hardly
be said to exist. In 1835, the New Jersey and Virginia State surveys,
and in 183G the Pennsylvania survey, were begun. Prof. H. D. Rogers'
first assistants were Mr. Booth, afterwards the chemist of the United
States Mint, and Mr. Frazer, afterwards Professor of Chemistry in the
University of Pennsylvania. The following year, Mr. Trego, Mr. Mc-
Kinney, Dr. Whelpley, and others were appointed assistants on the sur-
vey. In 1838, Peter W. Sheafer received his commission, while Dr.
"Whelpley had charge of the Southern and Middle field, and Mr. McKin-
ley of the Northern field. Henderson and I were the next year Whelp-
ley's aids, and I saw little or nothing at that time of Peter Sheafer, who
was busy with his own part of the field work, and was laying the founda-
tion of that accurate knowledge of the order and quality of each coal bed
which enabled him afterwards to make himself easily the principal practi-
cal mining engineer of the anthracite region. His mind and the training
of it was just suited to this work of his life. He had good judgment, in-
exhaustible liking and ability for work, a retentive memory, a quick eye
for money values, a peaceable disposition, great caution in undertaking,
and pertinacity in accomplishing the exploitation of properties. He made
himself personally acquainted with everybody and everything that hap-
pened or was likely to happen in the anthracite world, and kept himself
in constant intercourse with owners, investors, speculators, mining pros-
pectors, engineers, and railroad companies ; and, what was the key to his
fortune, never rode hobbies, or allowed himself to be turned aside into
other pursuits ; although at various times in his life he traveled far to
examine and report upon distant coal fields for those who employed him
as a professional adviser. I have known, also, of his reports on iron ore
properties and oil and gas lands. He was also a great collector of statis-
tics, and was the first to conceive the idea of a statistical coal pagoda, with
lines drawn across it at regular intervals to represent successive years, the
old legendary 365 tons of anthracite sent to market the first year forming
the apex of the pagoda, and its successive stories, bulging or being over-
hung according as the anthracite market received a greater or less addi-
tion to its ever-swelling volume of trade. He was for many years the
recognized authority for the statistics of the region.

In 1848, he married Miss Harriet Whitcomb, of New England, and set
up his home and office in Pottsville, the capital of the anthracite country.
For forty-three years this has been his happy, hospitable, and elegant

1891.] 41 [Lesley.

residence, and here his children, Louise, Arthur, William, and Harry
were born and educated, his sons becoming partners in his enterprises,
sharing the toils, the responsibilities, and the wealth of their father, and
fitted well to maintain the honor of his name.

In 1850 Peter Sheafer took an active and influential part in tbe effort
inaugurated by William Parker Foulke of Philadelphia and other gen-
tlemen to obtain an appropriation from the Legislature for publishing
Prof. H. D. Rogers' Final Report on the Geology of the State. Half of
the appropriation was to be spent in field work, to bring the Report up to
date, especially that part of it which related to the anthracite coal fields.
Mr. Rogers formed a corps, consisting of Peter Sheafer and his cousin,
John Sheafer, for underground surveys ; myself for surface topography ;
Edward Desor, of Neuchatel, for the study of the surface deposits, and
Leo Lesquereux, of Columbus, 0., for the study of the coal plants. This
work only lasted one year, and this corps was disbanded, but a good deal
of special work was done in the following year or two in other parts of the
State ; and the Report did not appear until 1858.

At the organization of the Second Survey of the State, in 1874, Peter
Sheafer's business interests were too exacting and important to permit of
his taking an active personal hand in it, but he did all that he could to
further the interests of the survey at Harrisburg and elsewhere through
the following fifteen years of the continuance of the survey ; and I am
happy to say that the intimate friendship which he and I formed in 1851
was confirmed and continued with unabated cordiality to the present
time. His son Arthur was commissioned as Mr. Ashburner's assistant
in the long and difficult survey of McKean, Elk, Cameron, and Forest
counties, where he exhibited great abilities for field and office work in-
herited from his father; and the greatest part of the "Report on Elk
County," with its illustrations, is from Arthur Sheafer's own pen.

Peter Sheafer was a genial and lovable man, a religious man, and,
what always struck me as very interesting, a man of poetical temperament,
and a reader of the poets. But he was never properly trained to express
his thoughts in a style of elegant composition. His business writings were
unexceptionable. His statements of business facts and contracts were sat-
isfactory, but he was unused to a logical, consecutive, well-systematized
and picturesque presentation of a subject. This is, of course, to be as-
cribed to his lack of youthful classical training. I have often thought of
him as that one of my friends whose life career best illustrated the advan-
tages and disadvantages of college discipline. For by not going to college
he gained more than he lost, and enjoyed great worldly and social pros-
perity at the very small cost of missing literary facility. I even doubt
that the lack of technical school training in his profession as civil and
mining engineer was at any time an obstacle in his path of life. He
learned enough to join his experienced father in earlier enterprises ; and
in after ones his intercourse with business men and technical books and

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. F. PRINTED JUNE 1, 1891.

Lesley.l 4 A [April 3

professional experts supplemented his own experiments and kept his in-
tellectual ability abreast of the public needs of each succeeding year.

My friend Sheafer was a silent man, I should say reticent, always smiling
and cheery in conversation, but seldom or never allowing even to his enthu-
siasm more than a momentary flash of expression. He had the confirmed
habits of a good listener ; and what he himself had to say was said in the
fewest words the theme permitted or the occasion demanded. He was
intently sympathetic, and loved to hear others talk ; his own contributions
being chiefly made in the shape of facts. No man better appreciated
those whom he loved or respected, and this he owed to his poetic tem-
perament.

One of the best instances of his ingenuity is his successful device for
gobbing up a mine by boring down to its heading from the surface and
causing a stream of water to carry down the bore-hole the fine slack or
braize coal from a neighboring dust-hill. The coal-mud thus introduced
into the abandoned workings is banked back behind loose brattices which
let the water flow through but retain the mud, which in some months
becomes solid and firm enough to hold up the roof ; and then the work-
ings are reopened and the mine is robbed of its pillars. The coal usually
lost by the crushing of the pillars is thus saved without danger to the
miners ; and the country is also saved from caving and settling ; which en-
tails a further profit, inasmuch as the coal beds above the one worked out
are preserved intact for future mining. Schuylkill county ought to erect
a statue to Peter W. Sheafer for this invention alone.

He became a member of the American Philosophical Society, July 17,
1863. He was a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania, of the American Insti-
tute of Mining Engineers, and of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science. His philanthropic feelings induced him to become
a member of the American Colonization Society.

His death took place at Brown's Mills, Burlington, N. J., to which he
had been taken from Atlantic City in the hope of saving his life, and he
was buried at Pottsville, March 31, 1891.

He was six months my senior in age ; and now I remain the last one of that
old set of the first geological survey of our State. They are all gone — H.
D. Rogers, Booth, Frazer, McKinuey, Trego, IIoll, Boye, R. E. Rogers,
Haldeman, Whelpley, Hodge, Jackson, Henderson, McKinley, Sheafer —
not one lives to tell the adventures of those early days of our science,
when the very foundation principles of it had to be laid, and the physical
constitution of Pennsylvania had to be discovered, without experience
and without instruction. The bare outlines of the story have been told ;
but the individual life of that story will never be told ; is, in fact, un-
tenable.

189L] ^:d [Carter. 'tii. i i

Arte&ian Well in Lowest Trias at Norristown.

Notes by Prof. 0. C. S. Garter.

(Bead before the American Philosophical Society, May 1, 1S91.)

Drilled in the Trias of Norristown, near Stony creek, for water for
steam boilers.

15' Made ground to 15'

23 Sandstone, light colored, coarse grained, containing

fragments of orthoclase feldspar 38

33 Sandstone, dull red, fine grained, with specks of mus-

covite. Color due to iron oxide 71

31 Sandstone, light pink (produced by pink orthoclase),
fine grained ; quartz grains transparent ; fine
specks of muscovite mica 102

Water was struck every ten feet down to 70 ; none thence to 90 ; abun-
dance of water between 70 and 102 (located by the driller at 95, 100 and
102); cased at 18 with 6 inch pipe (of inside). Steam pump furnished
1003 gallons per hour. After pumping 4900 gallons, the level of water
in well fell 12 feet ; after 7500 gallons, it fell 16 feet and stood.

Analysis of well water gave 11.8 degrees of hardness, as compared with
6 degrees for Schuylkill river water ; 14 degrees for English surface New
Red water (Wanklyn); and 17 degrees for English deep well, New Red
water.

The lime exists mostly as carbonate, with some sulphate, and probably
comes from the cement between the sandstone grains.

Another artesian well, situated within a hundred feet of this one, gave
water which precipitated in the boilers a fine white powder of carbonate
of lime, which did not cake and was easily blown out. This well water
is therefore as useful in steam boilers as is Schuylkill river water ; and is
better, because it holds no mud or sand in suspension. A little soda neu-
tralizes the sulphate of lime. The water also becomes perceptibly softer
after continued pumping.

Artesian Well in Lowest Trias, at Norristown.

Well drilled about half a mile from the Trenton limestone, which out-
crops at Mogee's Station, on the Schuylkill river, to obtain water for the
manufacture of artificial ice.

Cased at 28 feet with 6 inch pipe.
30' Sandstone, very white and fine grained, containing a

little pink orthoclase to 30'

Carter and Lesley.] 44 [May 1.

5' Sandstone, white, containing coarse fragments of

orthoclase 35'

6 Shale, dark red 41

14 Sandstone, white, containing niuscovite mica 55

10 Sandstone, lighter color, more feldspathic 65

3 Sandstone, very white, fine grained 68

6 Sandstone, dark red, coarse, containing much iron

oxide and a little mica 74

4 Shale red 78

18 Sandstone, red, fine, micaceous 96

4 Shale red 100

Water was first struck between 35 and 40. More than ten "crevices "
[probably water cracks] passed between 35 and 100. The water now
rises to within 16 feet of surface. Steam pump delivers 1500 gallons per
hour. After ten hours' pumping the water falls only 10 feet in well, the
whole fall occurring, however, in the first 45 minutes. With an im-
proved pump 3000 gallons per hour were obtained.

Water Well in Lowest Trias, at Washington Square, Montgomery County.

22' Sandstone, red, micaceous to 22'

12 Clay, stiff, red 34

1 Shale, red {Trias) 35

Water first struck at 16 feet ; a crevice every 3 or 4 feet ; stands at, 11
feet from the surface, and never falls lower, no matter how much is
pumped, at the rate of 1500 gallons per hour.

Artesian Well in Trias, in Worcester Township, Montgomery County, Pa.

Drilled on the Duffield farm, on the north bank of Stony creek, at the
crossing of the Stony Creek Railroad, between Custer and Belfry, through
New Red (Trias) red shale and clay slates, some of them blackened with
coaly matter.

20' Clay slate, gray, hard ; little mica to 20'

5 Clay slate, blackened with coaly matter 25

5 Shale, red ;... 30

5 Clay slate, dark, fine grained 35

5 Clay slate, very Mack, hard, compact 40

3 Shale, red 43

2 ' ' Quartzite " 45

3 Clay slate, gray 48

17 Clay slate, compact, hard 65

The quartzite was said by the driller to be so hard that he could only
drill six inches of it in ten hours.

1891.] 45 [Carter and Lesley.

Water was first struck at 38 ; again at 05 ; nowhere else. Water Btands
at 15 feet of the surface ; yields GO gallons per hour ; drops 25 feet after
pumping 6 hours.

Evidently the Stony creek water soaks slowly through the hed planes
between the clay slates.

Artesian Well in Lower Silurian Limestone, in Montgomery County, Pa.

Drilled on Charles Kunkle's farm, south side of the Valley Green road,
east of the Bethlehem pike, north-northeast of Flourtown.

40' Limestone, not micaceous to 40'

20 Limestone, micaceous GO

Water first struck at 40' ; depth of well 60' ; several small "crevices ;"
water stood at 35 feet beneath the surface, and was not lowered by steam
pumping 500 gallons per hour.

Artesian Well in Lower Silurian Limestone, at Parkesburg, Pa.
By Prof. J. P. Lesley.

Mr. P. H. Gibbons, Vice President of the Parkesburg Iron Co., at
Parkesburg, Chester county, Pa., was good enough to furnish me by letters
dated January 1, February 9 and February 11, 1886, with fragmentary
notes of the boring, and forty-five samples for examination, which I have
in bottles, the depth in feet recorded on the corks, and finely powdered
specimens on glass slides for microscopic use.

Soil, first passed through 18'

Limestone struck at 20

Quicksand encountered at 23

Cased quicksand out at 24

Limestone ("bastard "), more dense and solid to 42

Quicksand again at 42

Limestone to 53

Quicksand, with flow of water at 53

Limestone, purer to 92

Sandstone, yellow, fine grained, 7' thick to 99

Limestone, of varying qualities, sometimes sandy, "then

mica, then lime or marble ;" no water to 174

Limestone, of varying nature to 522

Specimens examined under the lens, at the following depths:

27' Resembles a sandstone, light gray, with white fracture, some

quartz crystals and a show of mica.
32 Same as above, with a trace of iron oxide.

4.(\

Carter and Lesley.] ^^ [May 1,

34' Same as above, with, an increase of mica.

37 Same as above.

48 Same material, but blackish gray.

60 More carbonate of lime, and some mica ; reddish crystals, peroxide
of iron.

69 Large percentage of carbonate of lime.

79 Limestone.

90 Limestone.

95 Quicksand, yellowish white.

99 Same as last.

102 Limestone ; mica and quartz in quantity.

117 Limestone, reddish.

122 Limestone, bluish light gray, mica.

150 Limestone, with yellowish red crystals.

171 Limestone, white, fine grained.

179 Same as last.

194 Same as last.

208 Limestone, grayish white.

227 Same as last.

239 Same as last.

255 Same as last.

268 Same as last.

282 Same as last.

288 Limestone, hard, and fine grained, light gray, white.

302 Same, increasing in hardness.

308 Same as last.

324 Same, gray and white ; show of mica.

332 Same, darker gray ; more mica.

347 Same as last.

360 Same, bluish gray ; coarse granules.

372 Same as last.

387 Same as last.

404 Same, granules finer ; show of mica.

415 Same, grayish white, still finer ; less mica.

422 Same as last.

433 Same, dark gray, mica, iron.

448 Same, more crystalline (rhombohedral) ; more mica.

455 Same, crystalline, dark gray.

464 Same, crystalline, gray and white.

472 Same, fine crystals, light gray.

486 Same, finer granules, very hard ; with mica.

502 Same, perfectly crystalline ; more mica and feldspar.

One slide prepared to show crystalline forms.

The occasional dissemination of minute flakes of mica and fine grains
oi feldspar through the limestone is better evidence of the deep-sea

1891. J 4< [Carter and Lesley.

deposition of these Ordovician or Lower Silurian limestone beds than is
the silica in quartz form which they contain.

The beds are highly tilted to the south ; therefore the vertical hole ex-
aggerates the thickness. The formation is probably " Calciferous " No.
Ila, but no fossils have been found just here. No record of water ob-
tained.

Artesian Well in Potsdam Sandstone, in Montgomery County, Pa.

Notes by 0. C. 8. Carter.

Drilled on William Janeas' property, near Williams Station, at the
crossroads, south of Lancasterville, and east of Spring Mill, the Plymouth
Railroad sweeping around it on the southwest.

64' Sandstone {Potsdam No. I), coarse to 64'

6 Sandstone, fawn colored, micaceous 70

10 Sandstone, light brown, fine 80

10 Sandstone, coarse, micaceous, transparent quartz 90

22 Sandstone, fine, micaceous 112

6 Sandstone, very coarse, larger fragments of quartz,

with red iron stains 118

4 Sandstone, coarse 122

4 Sandstone, fine, grayish brown 126

4 Sandstone, coarse, fawn colored 130

2 Sandstone, fine, resembling ground ginger 132

No conglomerate like that of the Willow Grove Potsdam outcrop passed
through ; beds tightly laid so that water crevices were few and insignifi-
cant. No water struck until the drill reached 80. Water rose and stood
at 70. Steam pump delivered only 300 gallons per hour ; water falling
10 feet after pumping 10 hours.

Artesian Well of Chalybeate Water, in Chester Valley Clays, near King of
Prussia, Montgomery County, Pa

Notes (condensed) of Pi^of. Oscar C. 8. Carter.

Drilled on William Thomas' land ; 90 feet deep ; water, deep brown
(cider) color, even after 30,000 gallons had been drawn by a steam pump
in three days ; bubbles of carbonic acid gas constantly escaping ; water
not clear after standing several days ; precipitate, analyzed, was car-
bonate of iron ; precipitation not complete after a week.

35' Yellow clay to 35'

10 Layer of rounded pebbles of white quartz, resembling

those on the sea shore 45

Carter and Lesley.] **£) [May 1,

10' Fine white sand and pebbles 55'

10 Blue clay, holding iron balls 65

10 Fine yellow clay, holding iron balls 75

Thin bed of solid sandstone which seemed to be Trim-
sic, perhaps not in situ.

5 feet of Chester Valley limestone (no more limestone) 80

Struck top of Potsdam S.S at 90

Water first struck at about 40' down ; at first, muddy ; soon cleared on
standing ; supply soon exhausted by the pump ; merely surface water.

No more water until depth of 81'.

Chalybeate water at 81' ; immediately rose in the dry well to within 32'
of surface. Pumped this water, 60,000 gallons, during 5 days (steam
pump). Then iron water exhausted, and clear water took its place.
Iron water evidently came from clay beds holding iron balls ; some of
which were brought up by the drill. Well cased (6" iron pipe) to 83'.

Water stratum evidently lies between the clays and the rock floor.

Artesian Well in the Mica Schist of Philadelphia.
Notes by O. C. 8. Carter.

Drilled by H. W. Kelsey, of the Oriental Bath Co., 1104 Walnut street,
Philadelphia, for the supply of the baths.

Drillings at every 10 leet examined under a lens ; elements arranged
below in order of their abundance in the specimen pumping. No rock
seen except mica schist and gneiss. Only traces of feldspar noticed above
170. Colorless muscovite mica makes all the strata nearly white from
160 to 210. The biotite mica darkens the strata from 210 to 266. No horn-
blende seen in any of the pumping s.

20' Clay, the Philadelphia brick clay to 20'

46 Gravel (thin layer of clay at bottom) 66

34 Mica schist; milky quartz, biotite mica, occasional

speck of muscovite mica, no feldspar .... 100

20 Mica schist ; muscovite mica and trans, quartz 120

10 Mica schist ; biotite, quartz and muscovite 130

10 Mica schist ; quartz, muscovite, some little biotite 140

10 Mica schist ; biotite, quartz, some little muscovite. .. . 150
10 Mica schist ; coarse fragments of quartz and muscovite. 160
10 Gneiss ; coarse fragments of pink orthoclase, musco-
vite and quartz ; first appearance of feldspar 170

10 Gneiss ; quartz, orthoclase feldspar and muscovite 180

10 Gneiss; muscovite, quartz, biotite, little feldspar 190

10 Gneiss ; muscovite, orthoclase and quartz 200

10 Gneiss ; muscovite, orthoclase and transparent quartz 210

1S91.] **y [Carter and Lesley.

10' Mica schist ; quartz, biotite, muscovite 220'

10 Mica schist ; biotite, quartz, muscovite 2:30

20 Mica schist ; biotite and quartz 250

15 Mica schist ; biotite, muscovite, quartz 205

Few crevices ; strata tightly packed ; first rock water struck at 120 ;
rose to 28' beneath surface ; pumped 5 quarts a stroke, 80 strokes a min-
ute, 0000 gallons an hour ; level falls 20' after one hour's pumping.

Water a little hardened by sulphates and some iron.

Artesian Well in Mica Schist, near Radnor, Delaware County, Pa.

Notes by 0. G. S. Carter.

Drilled on M. Wheadley's farm, in Chester county, Pa., in the hydro,
mica schist of the South Valley Hill belt.

30' Sharp white quartz fragments to 30'

58 Schist, very micaceous, silver gray, soapy 88

"Water crevices struck at 70 and 85 ; water rose only 10 feet in the well,
and stood at 70 feet below the surface ; yield, only 120 gallons per hour ;
drops 5 feet after pumping five hours.

Feldspar Bed in Laurentian (?) Gneiss.

By Prof. Oscar G. S. Carter.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 1, 1S91.)

The feldspar quarry is opened on the east bank of the Schuylkill river,
between Lafayette Station and Spring Mill, where the Reading Eailroad
(Norristown branch) and the Pennsylvania Railroad (Schuylkill Valley
division) run side by side under the bluff outcrops of syenite and gneiss
supposed to be of Laurentian or Archaic age, bordered on the south by
C. E. Hall's Chestnut Hill Mica Schist belt of undetermined age.

A small stream cutting down into the Schuylkill just south of the
quarry marks the contact of the mica schist and syenite and gneiss belts.
About 100 yards north of the quarry is the granite vein described in Prof.
H. D. Roger's Geology of Pennsylvania, 1858.

The county road runs between the railroad tracks and the bluff, and the
feldspar bed is quarried for 35 feet alongside of the road. The feldspar

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. G. PRINTED JUNE 5, 1891.

Baohe.] 5U [May 15)

is also exposed between the road and the railroad for 10 feet more, making
t lie bed at least 45 feet broad; the highest point of rock exposed is 15
feet above the level of the county road.

The dip of the feldspar bed is northward (40°) beneath the gneiss.

The direction of the feldspar bed does not conform to the strike of the
bells of gneiss, but, on the contrary, is transverse, i. e., nearly north and
south.

The feldspar is orthoclase, of light pink color, with an occasional
streak of white granular quartz running through it. Some of the large
masses quarried out contain considerable quartz. Large masses of bio-
tite mica are occasionally met with in quarrying ; but the occurrence of
biotite is not general through the rock.

The quarry was opened in the summer of 1886, and about 30 tons taken
out and sold to the potteries at Trenton, etc. It is the only feldspar
quarry in Montgomery county. The quarry in Delaware county is
described in the Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Pennsylvania
for 1886. A few others, in the States of Delaware, New York, Connec-
ticut, Massachusetts and Maine furnish all the feldspar manufactured
into pottery in the United States, the total production from all the quarries,
from 1882 to 1887, having been 14,000 ; 14,100 ; 10,900 ; 13,600 ; 14,900 ;
10,200 tons, valued respectively at 870,000; $71,112; $55,112; $68,000;
$74,500; $56,100. The crude feldspar is valued at the Trenton potteries
at about $5 the long ton ; and the pulverized feldspar at $11 ; the quartz
being carefully separated out.

A Fragment of Objectionable University-Extension Teaching.

By R. Meade Bache.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 15, 1S91.)

It need hardly be said, and yet, to obviate the possibility of
misinterpretation in outside quarters of that which I am about
to remark, it becomes necessar}^ formally to declare that I have
no intention to depreciate the cause represented by the well-con-
certed effort of Universit}r-Extension teaching to disseminate
knowledge heretofore confined to the comparatively few. I could
heartily wish that nry theme admitted of no mention save of
generalities, but thus treated it would not subserve the interest
which I would gladly promote, by being brought home to the

1891.] 51 [Baclie.

minds of my hearers, upon whose individual Influence partially
rests the benefit which University-Extension teaching is capable
of effecting. The attempt to correct incidental error is strictly
correlated to endeavor to promulgate the truth, and if it be wise
to seek to sow intellectual seed broadcast, then it must also be
wise to select it carefully, and to eradicate the tares if any
should appear, especially if the soil be virgin, possessing little
previous vigorous growth to maintain itself against invasion of
injurious crops that haply may be introduced and appear as
fruitage of the untried field.

I was present on the evening of the 16th of February 1 t, at
Association Hall, in this citAr, at the lecture of Prof. Richard G.
Moulton, of Cambridge, England, on Dumas' Monte Cristo as a
companion study to Prosiiero, and there heard his attempt at
the demonstration of psychical analogies, similar to those which
his Syllabus for other occasions included, between the respec-
tively preternatural and supernatural elements in Monte Cristo
and The Tempest. Yet, although I am a monist, believing that
all existences, whether religious, philosophical, or scientific, form
one intimately connected and coherent whole in nature, the sole
barrier to the just and complete comprehension of which con-
dition lies in the feebleness of the human intellect, I also believe
that, perforce of that infirmity, we are constrained to view things
in the strictest categories, and that we judge of them only more
or less clearh* by rigid comparison of their immanent likeness
and unlikeness ; and hence, although, as was said of Dean Swift
by one of his lady-loves, he could write well if he chose to about
a broom-stick, it is not, in my view, philosophically permissible
to any one to take a broom-stick for a rational flight, and from
its suggestion superpose a witch, and with her scale the empy-
rean, opening up to vision all earthty things below in a maze
with relation to themselves and the outspreading heavens.

If by accident, and it was of the purest, for I was invited,
and did not go of my own motion to hear Mr. Moulton, some of
his teachings have become my text, so much the worse for him,
or mayhap for me, if I should meet dissent from nvy proposi-
tions. But I make light of the possible consequences to myself,
in view of what I deem the justice of my cause. In the interest
of that truth which is said to le mighty and always to prevail,
of which, however, I have my serious doubts, I speak frankly in

Bache.] 5~/ [May 15,

what I deem the interest of Philadelphia, which I love ; of litera-
ture, which I also love, and of art generally, which has been my
never-ceasing pleasure throughout life. Mr. Moulton's merits
are enthusiasm and elocutional^ ability, his faults extravagance
and defective logical perception. The result is seen in unbridled
imagination soaring over the fields of literature, where, however
entertaining, he is not a safe guide to dwellers on the average
plane of life in mind, thought, training, and all that goes to form
the individual as he stands. I proceed, after this necessary pre-
amble, to the discussion of a few statements made by him on the
occasion to which I have referred, not relating at all to the
point that I have mentioned, but involving what many others as
well as myself deem the greatest heresy against tenets funda-
mental in literature, safely leaving to the sober second-thought
and calm review of the literarily educated among his audience
the justification of the opinion that I have expressed as to the
general tenor and defect of his instruction.

Mr. Moulton opened his lecture with the strange remark that,
whereas his own regard is especially reserved for literature in
itself, doubtless that of the great majority of his hearers was
concentrated upon the author. This was wholly irreconcilable
with the fact of the presence of the large audience that greeted
him upon that occasion for the ostensible purpose for which it
had assembled. Interest in authors, among aivr portion of the
reading public, is always subordinate to interest in literature.
That public stands in exactly the same category, if not in exactly
the same relation, to literature and authors, as does Mr. Moul-
ton himself. He himself could not, if he would, divest himself
of interest in individual authors compatibly with being inter-
ested in their works, the one interest with everybody being ex-
actly proportional to the other. He protested too much in his
intended exaltation of literature, more than it is human to feel,
for there is, upon the assumption of individual love for litera-
ture, no other category than one inclusive of the highest teacher
and the lowliest scholar, in all that regards the relativeness of
literature and the author. If Mr. Moulton's statement were cor-
rect, as representing a possible condition of mind, it would be
futile to address any mixed audience assembled for literary
entertainment and instruction, except by first endeavoring to
convert its component individuals from the error of their way of

1891.] 53 [Bache.

thinking, that the author is more interesting than his 1 k. Bui

that was evidently not the intention of the lecturer, as set forth
in his printed Syllabus of the lecture course, but to make critical

study of specimens of the higher literature, upon the assumption
of general knowledge of, love for, or at least capacity to learn to
appreciate, the productions of master minds in the various pro-
vinces of literary art.

A statement in Mr. Moulton's lecture, much more worthy of
notice, however, because it involved a dangerous thing to say
before a mixed audience, without due qualification to forestall
any possible misunderstanding as to the limited reach of the
declaration, was contained in his repudiation of all authority for
the laws of grammar, clinching the assertion by the remark that
in England they do not " set so much store as we in America by
Lindley Murray." He declared unreservedby, and proceeded to
argue, that so-called laws of grammar are not binding, so re-
peated^ enforcing the point by using the expression of one of
his correspondents, whom he cited as charging that Browning's
Caliban " speaks bad grammar," as to impress the listener with
the belief that he himself regards that expression as good Eng-
lish. That the sentiment was quite agreeable to some scattered
groups among the audience was very evident from the gentle
murmur of assent and the incipient stir of applause that arose
among them. He went on to say that the popular impression
that grammatical law is binding arises from confounding two
different senses in which the word is used as defining two
diverse things. Now, the idea of law, as everywhere appre-
hended, however imperfectly formulated as a statement of fact
or obligation, however even provisional, has, as a term, but one
signification. Relating to physical phenomena, it contains the
affirmation of correspondence between cause and effect, authori-
tative wuth man. Relating to man, whether as supernally or
humanly ruled, it contains the assertion of authority as defining
conditions and imposing upon him obedience. Whether, then,
the idea is expressed wuth reference to nature beyond or within
man's control, the term corresponds wdth it, and always relates
to that which he regards as authoritative.

Most unfortunate for Mr. Moulton's plea was the distinction
which he attempted to draw between legislative laws and the law
of custom in language. The essential difference between them,

Bache.] ^4 [May 15,

he affirmed, lies in the fact that legislative laws are imposed by
authority under penalty, whereas the so-called laws of grammar,
being derived from language, and not it from them, are not of
any binding authority whatever. But, just as a general consen-
sus of opinion in a community is by legislative action reflected
in the concrete form of legal enactment, so a similar consensus
of opinion in a community as to language is reflected concretely
in the forms in accepted general usage in speech. Back of all
laws of language, as well as of all legislative laws, are mandate
and penalty, none the less in the first because they are not there
formally expressed. Human laws, whether legislative or other-
wise, are, in a word, the expression of the will of the community.
The laws of speech, as existing in a particular community, are
therefore in their sphere as mandatory as are those of a legisla-
ture ; nor is their infraction possible without incurring and suf-
fering penalty. Attached to their infraction is the penalty
resulting from less comprehensibilit}r in written and oral speech,
less ability to secure the widest audience, less possibility of
communion with one's fellow-men, and at the lower depths, the
absolute impossibility of maintaining the best social status.
Because all peoples themselves make language, they cannot be
bound by that which they create, is an untenable proposition,
seeing that in the evolution of human affairs practice comes first,
and then custom, and then the formulation of custom in the un-
written law of precedent, if not in the shape of written law. It
is the individual that is bound by the law of grammar as well as
other law, not the community creative of correspondent lan-
guage, and failure to discriminate between the essentially differ-
ent agencies as, on the one hand, representing authority, and on
the other obedience, leads from specious view to specious state-
ment. It may be frankly admitted that Caliban has a right to a
grammar of his own, without at the same time admitting that
there is no law of grammar, when it is considered that we find
all men, up to their individual capacity, using speech with
recognition of law incorporate in every individual tongue.

Another unfortunate statement made by Mr. Moulton in the
lecture referred to, was when he answered certain criticisms
upon Browning, that no matter how he varies his theme, he is
generally obscure and ever identifiable through his mask. Mr.
Moulton asserted as to these strictures, that every great author

1891.] 5o [Bache.

necessarily tins his medium through which he must address his
world, and it is for his world, if it incline to love him, to study
to become familiar with the medium in which the message of
the seer is at first enshrouded. But even undeniable greatness
in literature, and such is Browning's, does not depend upon ob-
scurity, but must needs be lessened, not increased by obscurity.
Neither does personality, inseparable from utterance, enhance,
but, on the contrary, it limits literary greatness. Unless we are
to renounce existing standards, obscurity cannot be admitted as
a merit, but must be recognized as a defect. Mr. Moulton
mentioned The Ring and the Book as perhaps the greatest of
all poems, and therefore, inferentially, Browning as perhaps the
greatest of all poets. The work is marvelously fine, despite fit-
ful, but by no means continuous obscurity, despite portions in
which its style is too Hudibrastic to suit the graveness of the
theme, and most notably of all (because it might so easily have
been otherwise by a halt in time), despite the lameness of its
ending. Browning himself sa}Ts, in the very first line of the su-
perfluous last part of the poem, " Here were the end, had any-
thing an end ; " yet relentlessly goes on to reflections of the late
actors on the scene, now tame and uninteresting, with even
mention that Guido died penitent (with short shrift it must
have been, an hour or so at most, including the procession to
the place of execution) ; for which the reader cares not a jot,
such terrorized reconciliation of life with death being the com-
mon end of darkest criminality in face of unexpected retri-
bution. Fearful is the anticlimax, with its additional Byronic
looking towards and mention of the " British Public," when,
merely by omission, the grandest possible climax lay just before
the author, where the doomed iniscreant, Guido, renouncing on
the instant his mock heroics and blatant atheism, as he hears
his executioners at his cell's door, every shred of pretense fall-
ing from his naked hideousness, cries, "Abate, — Cardinal, —
Christ, — Maria, — God, .... Pompilia, will you let them murder
me ? " The tale is told. There is a natural ending, beyond which
extension is but injury: even the epilogue is out of date. But
such things apart, can it possibly be thought as worthy of exist-
ence as the first part of Faust, which, if men remain as men now
are, must endure until earth, grown cold and lifeless, still rolls
on through space. To address his world, a limited world, a less

Bache.l 56 [May 15,

than the greatest type of author may be obscure and must be
personal through his writings, but to address the whole world,
to be greatest in literary art, one must so dominate it in clear-
ness and impersonality as though behind the 01} mpian clouds,
where almost alone stands Shakespeare. The grand epic traits
of Homer, all but his equal among the immortals, admit of no
direct comparison between them, but speaking broadly, there is
nothing to choose between them on the score of clearness and
impersonality.

It is recognized that what is superlatively great in art is known
as such by all orders of men : the fact is thus determined.
Before such works no veil of obscurity hangs, but supreme
greatness in them is revealed, if not equally, at least as a
presence to all men. This law of perception, however, does not
exist for science and the highest scientific men. Herbert Spen-
cer has toiled through a long life generally unknown, and wholty
unremunerated with this world's goods, although, with well-
poised brain and feet firmly set on logical procedure, he has
made a march of progress, barring his agnosticism, joined by
thousands who have taken fire from his torch to millions beyond
unaware of whence came the light. But art is for all the world,
by the simple avenues of sense, with much or little intellect,
while science, the possession of the few, must ever remain
beyond the ken of the multitude save in diluted forms of knowl-
edge. Yet, in entire forgetfulness of the present civilized stand-
point in science, Mr. Moulton declared that the savage's knowl-
edge of nature far exceeds that of the civilized man. The
ground taken for the assertion was the savage's recognized capa-
city in woodcraft, following trails, and other skillfulness of the
most primitive sort, forced upon him by his daily needs, and not
to be spoken of in the same breath with the larger acquaintance
with nature possessed by civilized man for centuries, especially
that represented by the late wondrous civilized advance through
study of the highest physical laws.

The omne admvrari is as pernicious a phase of the human intel-
ligence as is that of the nil admirari attitude of mind. To be
catholic in taste is not to embrace all creeds and prosebytize to
every faith. To enjoy truly, with exalted sense, is to discrimi-
nate. To have the highest aesthetic enjoyment throughout life
depends upon holding one's self in the attitude of receptivity for

1891.] u ' [Bache.

all that may appeal to one within the present accepted canons of
good taste, and beyond, even if it be unfamiliar, for genius is ever
enlarging the bounds of taste. The canons of good taste at a
given moment of time represent but the evolutionary point of
general human advance, beyond which one cannot proceed sanely
by leaps, but led by genius, may enter untrodden space beyond.
Except the fundamental, there are no absolutely fixed canons of
good taste in art but the academical, and they are constantly in-
vaded, for the grand jury of the world is always in session to
decide upon works of art, and its decision is final. The life of
the individual artist may pass away unrecognized and unrequited,
but the span that the longest life compasses is short in com-
parison with that which may be for all time. To attempt to de-
fend the greatest author at every point, to find no blemish even
in obscurity, to make human imperfection flawless, is mistaken
zeal. One of the most conspicuous marks of genius is the
inequality of its productions. Look for confirmation airywkere,
amid many cases that might be cited, to Goethe, to YictorHugo.
In a single work, Wilhelm Meister, are to be met palaces and
huts, jostling each other. What a great gulf divides L'Homme
qui Bit from Notre Dame de Paris. Compare George Eliot's
Bomola, gem of the purest water, with Daniel Deronda, and
thence descend in our survey to the depths of ineffable dullness
in The Impressions of Theophrastus Such. Truly, there is dif-
ference in kind between these, making intimate comparison be-
tween them impossible ; but it is purely between degree as
limited by kind as kind that I am instituting the comparison. Is
each production of these authors as good of its kind as is another
by the same author of a different kind , within its kind ; and is not
one wholly unworthy of another ? that is a fair consideration.
Within the very same kind, however (let us put the question to
a crucial test), shall we, out of love for Shakespeare, say that
even he is always equal to himself? Instance any men and women
of genius, and it can easily be shown, if they produced much,
that side by side with great performance lies what was beneath
their greatness to produce, if it go no further (but it does go
much further) than such lapse where even Homer nods. Yainly,
because we love an author, would we claim for him equality in all
his creation. If so attempting, we really seek to strip him of one
of the characteristics that shed, not lustre, but a side-light, on the
title to his fame.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. H. PRINTED JUNE 5, 1891.

Bache.] °" [May 15,

Mankind is subject to epidemic crazes of anticipation, admira-
tion and repudiation. The Mississippi Scheme and the South-Sea
Bubble, blown to hugest dimensions by the breath of millions,
sailed upward until burst by continued puffs of praise. Within
a very short period Brown-Sequard, who did not even claim that
which the public attributed to him, was raised heavenward, then
dropped to earth. Koch was most wisely moderate in statement ;
all to no purpose when the imagination of the public set sense
aflame. Even tulips, two centuries ago, and orchids, but yester-
day, have each had with the proverbial dog their little exalted
day ; that of the dog, as no longer individual, but collective in
popular admiration, reigning at present throughout the whole
Anglo-Saxon world. In what an unsesthetic general atmosphere
of judgment of excellence we live we must perceive upon reflection
that, through jaqueminots, la France, and other types, it took
fashion at last to find out, and that but lately, the beauty of
the rose. But this especially modern development of factitious
rapture is not in the real interest of anything good, least of all
in that of cultivating popular taste for art. The best interests of
that cultivation lie in appreciative recognition of greatness,
though careful discrimination and frankest acknowledgment of
imperfections as well as merits in a work of art, while at bottom
thankfulness is felt for the gift that has been added to the sum of
blessings. It is not ennobling to kiss with equal fervor the clay
feet and the golden brow of our idol. Gladly let us welcome him
among our household gods; remembering, however, that after all,
he is human, but all the more lovable for being so. Let us avoid
lauding his imperfections, as did Mr. Moulton, when he claimed
merit even for the obscurity of Browning, because, as he said, it
arises " from excessive sight." The defense is inadmissible ; for
art depends upon perspective, upon rigid selection, involving
therefore exclusion, converging upon finest limitation, resulting
in ideal form evolved from void. He who in literature strives at
any time to include, or does inadvertently include, in the treat-
ment of a theme, more in quantity or in quality than its develop-
ment can symmetrically combine, has not then successfully
raised the sleeping angel from the block of marble. Virgil, with
excessive requirement of his own exquisite skill, well understood
the demands of the highest art, when he willed that at his death
the work which he had not yet published should perish ; for he

1891.1 [Bache.

as well as others of the ancients knew well, as the French of
modern times know and strive to practice, that it is in perfection
of form that literary as well as all other art chiefly and almost
wholly resides ; and in literature, unlike other art, which is
limited, form includes color, and even the " concord of sweet
sounds," and all else that, from delicacy to robustness, through
human strength and weakness, appeals to the wide range of affec-
tions in the responsive heart of man.

Whoso likes, in poetry or prose, unformed, elusive idea, that
sparkles evanescently with promise but half-redeemed in unco-
ordinated thought, either enjoys the contemplation of his own
profundity, not the author's work, or else is himself so much poet
or reasoner that, from fitful gleams of light, as one may think
out a whole heaven, inspired by the droning from a stupid pulpit,
he shapes to suit his fantasy what, not the bard nor other writer,
but his unconscious self lends to the satisfaction of his soul. In
either case is self-anaVvsis wanting, which would prove to such mis-
guided beings that works which so inspire are not of art, but of
art's inchoate suggestion ; a pleasant sketch perchance, but not
the finished picture, in which they themselves complete the task ;
for although in literature the delicately, not the mathematically ex-
pressed idea, combines the finest finish with its form, it is also
true that in it all should ever tend from airy nothing, not thither
to revert, or never issue. Admirably Browning says :

" Fancy with fact is just one fact the more ;
To wit, that fancy has informed, transpierced,
Thridded and so thrown fast the facts else free,
As right through ring and ring runs the djerid
And binds the loose, one bar without a break."

But, just as in all literaiy art the djerid, fancy, is needed truly
to bind fact together in all-inclusive bond, so also in all literary art
is needed the first of facts, the djerid, form, to " bind the loose,"
in parts and whole, as one " without a break."

Ruschenberger.] "" [May 15,

A Sketch of the Life of Dr. Gouverneur Emerson.

By W. S. W. Buschenberger, M.D.

{Bead before the American Philosophical Society, May 15, 1S91.)

Descriptions of the peculiar attainments of members of the American
Philosophical Society, and of their labors to increase and diffuse kuowl-
edge of truth of any kind, are interesting features in the Society's annals.
For such reason it has long been a practice to have prepared a suitable
notice or memoir of every resident member soon after his death.

At the close of his life Dr. Emerson had been a member of the Society
more than forty-one years. He was warmly interested in its welfare, and
took a more or less active part in its proceedings. Notwithstanding his
worthiness of it, a tribute to his memory in the Society has not been
recorded.

Just after his death, in 1874, it was suggested that I should prepare a
notice of him. Inquiry at the time led to the belief that materials for a
suitable memoir could not be easily obtained. Even among his intimate
friends, Dr. Emerson was notably reticent about himself, never indulged
in reminiscences of his past experience : in fact, his associates knew
nothing of his life or career.

Recently, however, his near kinsmen have kindly opened sources of
information, and now, after long delay, a sketch of his life and work, in
sufficient detail for estimation of his character and measurement of his
usefulness while living, is respectfully submitted.

Emerson is an ancient English surname and probably not hereditary.

The Emersons of Delaware sprang from a respectable English parent-
age, and were among the early colonists of Penn's province. They were
all farmers, and proprietors of their farms.

The grandfather of the subject of the following sketch, Gouverneur —
familiarly called Govey — Emerson, his wife Sarah, born Manlove, and
their six children, were received into membership of the Duck Creek
Meeting of the Society of Friends in 1757.* His youngest son, Jonathan,
born July 17, 1764, married Ann Bell in 1794.f They had seven children,

* Records of Duck Creek Meeting, Kent county, Del.
t Genealogical Note. — Gouverneur Emerson married Sarah Manlove, 174G.
Issue— Jacob, b. 1751 ; m. Sarah Stout.

Manlove, b. 1759 ; m. Susan Bluudell.
Jonathan, b. 1764 ; m. Ann Bell.

Robert Bell m. Mary O'Brien of Ireland.

Issue— Henry, Robert, Thomas, John, Mary, Agnes, Lucy.
Henry, m. Elizabeth Lewis.

John, m. Mary Lewis ; issue— Ann, Margaret, Mary, Lucy, Eliza L., Stephen.
Ann (Bell) m. Jonathan Emerson. Issue— Gouverneur, Sarah (died), Mary, Susan B.,
Manlove (died) and Ann Eliza.

1891.] ul [Ruschenberger.

two sons and five daughters, the youngest of whom is the sole survivor.
The eldest of them, Gouverneur Emerson, was born August 4, 1795, near
Dover, Kent county, Del. In after-life he remembered with pleasure
that when little more than seven years old he was permitted to roam in
the woods with a gun.

At an early age he was sent to the Westtown School, a famous boarding
school under the direction of the Society of Friends, which was opened
May, 1799, in Westtown township, Chester county, Pa. He returned to
Dover in 1810, and was for a short time at a boarding school in Smyrna.
Thence he was transferred to a classical school at Dover, the principal of
which was the Rev. Stephen Sykes.

With the preliminary education acquired at those schools, and prompted
by his mother, he began to study medicine at the age of sixteen, 1811,
under the preceptorship of Dr. James Sykes, a prominent surgeon
and eminent citizen, who was a first cousin of his mother. Dr. Sykes
was once Governor of the State of Delaware, and during many years
presided in its Senate.*

His father, Jonathan Emerson, died in 1812, leaving his family an
ample real estate, consisting of farms and improvements thereon.

Gouverneur continued his study and went to Philadelphia, probably in
the autumn of 1813, to attend medical lectures.

His mother, in 1814, married Manlove Hayes, who had children by two
previous wives. He was born in 1769 and died in 1849, aged eighty
years. The children of his third marriage were Harriet Sykes, Manlove
and Charles P., all of whom are living. Their mother, a lady endowed
with excellent womanly qualities and a strong character, so managed her
family that her children and those of her husband were never aware of
any difference or preference of kinship, and were affectionate friends
during their lives.

Having attended three complete courses of lectures and submitted an
inaugural thesis on Hereditary Diseases, the University of Pennsylvania
granted Gouverneur Emerson, March, 1816, the degree of Doctor of
Medicine. He was a member of the Philadelphia Medical Society from
1813, and was elected its Secretary in 1816.

Prior to his graduation he was a private pupil of Dr. Thomas Chalkley
James, an eminent practitioner, who was professor of midwifery, the first

Ann m. (second time) Manlove Hayes, Esq., of York seat, near Dover, Del. His great-
grandfather, Richard Hayes, the first American ancestor of the family, settled in
Delaware in 1698, at the age of 20, and m. Dolly Manlove.
Issue — Harriet Sykes, Manlove, Charles P.
Mary m. 1st Jones, vd Francis, 3d Edgar.
Agnes m. James Sykes (a delegate to the First American Congress).

Issue — James, Nancy (who m. Commodore Jacob Jones, U. S. Navy), Matilda,
John, Harriet.
Lucy m. Rev. William Magaw, D.D., Rector of St. Paul's P. E. Church, Philadelphia.

Buried under the church. ■"*

* Biographical Memoir of Dr. James Sykes. By Gouverneur Emerson, M.D. Journal
of the Medical and Physical Sciences, February, 1823.

Ruschenberger.] ^ [May 15,

ever appointed, in the University. During this association a warm and
enduring regard sprang up between them.

Dr. Kobert Hutchinson Rose had purchased, in 1809, a hundred thou-
sand acres of wild land,* which included the township of Silver Lake,
near Montrose, the capital of Susquehanna county, Pa., and was endeav-
oring to attract settlers upon it. He and Prof. James were cordial friends.
Possibly influenced by the Professor's good opinion of his young friend,
Dr. Rose invited Dr. Emerson to be his family physician, to become a
member of his household, and practise medicine in the neighborhood.
Prof. James advised him to accept the offer, suggesting in support of his
advice, that a settled occupation in the country would fortify his health,
which at that time was slightly impaired.

Dr. Emerson arrived at Silver Lake about the end of September or
beginning of October, 1816. He was a tall, slender man just past the
twenty-first anniversary of his birth, and was, no doubt, hopefully fore-
casting the future of his career. Before he received Dr. Rose's invitation
he had designed an excursion to the Northern States. After a survey of
the position he was to occupy, he determined to delay beginning his work
until after he had made his projected journey.

In a letter of seven closely-written foolscap pages, dated Silver Lake,
Dec. 5, 1816, and addressed to his friend at home, Alexander L. Hayes, f
he gives a full summary of his observations during his excursion.

He started alone on horseback from Silver Lake, October 15, 1816, and
at the close of the next day reached Unadilla, a New York village, not
very many miles beyond the northern boundary of Pennsylvania. There
he was not a little surprised to learn that a Philadelphia banknote for
6100, with which he had supplied himself to pay his traveling expenses,
would be received only at a discount. He was obliged to give that note
for ninety dollars in notes of New York banks. Travelers of the present
time are not taxed in such manner, because our paper money has the
same value everywhere in the United States.

He visited Schoharie, Schenectady, the Balstown Spa, Saratoga, and,
passing over the Hudson river at Fish Neck, entered Vermont. From
Rutland he crossed the Green Mountains to Montpellier and Danville ;
passed several days in Southern Canada, traversed New Hampshire and
the province of Maine, and returned by the way of Waterford, Troy and
Albany, to Silver Lake, after a ride of about 2000 miles.

Having been born and bred in the country, he naturally devotes a large
part of his letter to descriptions of the soil and the agricultural value of
lands which he saw on his way.

* Precisely, 99,200 acres. History of Susquehanna County, Pa. By Emily C. Blackman.
Claxton, Remsen & Haffelfiuger, Philadelphia, 1ST;?.

t Alexander L. Hayes, son of Manlove Hayes by bis first wife, was born in Sussex
county, Del., March 7, 1793, and was President Judge of the Court of Common Pleas in
Lancaster, Pa., from 1833 to 1849, when lie resigned, and was again elected 1864 and died
in office, 1873.

See, Biographical Encyclopedia of Pennsylvania. Philada., 1874.

1891.] "'-* [Ruschenberger.

In reference to the people he says : "The Yankees have a great deal of
frankness about them. If they are very desirous of knowing your cir-
cumstances, and of course, inquisitive, they are willing to tell you their
own. Knowledge, religion, civility and money are more equally diffused
in New England than in the Middle and Southern States ; but there are
not as many men of brilliant talents or true piety — more common civility
but less polish, and few opulent men, and girls of course. * * *
They have a fondness for title and distinction. The most respectable men
by far are the tavern-keepers. * * * You will hear that Judge

keeps there, and that General five miles this side, and that

they are nice men ; a nice man and a fine Yankee are equivalent terms.
* * * They call all kinds of vegetables sauce."

Dr. Emerson, who was probably the first physician settled there, prac-
tised his profession at Silver Lake nearly two years.

At the instance of a friend, Mr. Andrew Hodge, he was appointed, No-
vember, 1818, surgeon of a merchant ship, called the Superior, Captain
John Hamilton, bound to China.

He joined the vessel, which had already dropped down the river, De-
cember 7, 1818. The weather was stormy and the wind adverse. The
Superior did not get to sea till the 12th.

The cabin mess, composed of the officers of the ship and three passen-
gers, counted eleven persons, a number quite sufficient to shield them
from a sense of weariness or solitude.

Dr. Emerson kept a journal. A brief notice of the nature of sea-sick-
ness is recorded the first day at sea.

On the 13th, out of sight of land, a brig from Prince's Island, coast of
Africa, bound to Rhode Island, was spoken. She had been seventy
days at sea and was short of water. As the quarantine laws were then
very rigidly observed at Marseilles, the port to which the Superior was
bound, to avoid risk of vitiating her clean bill of health which might be
consequent upon direct personal communication with any vessel or place
before reaching Marseilles, casks of water were thrown overboard and
picked up by the brig.

On the 14th, being then in the Gulf stream, the Doctor notes in his jour-
nal the use of the thermometer in navigation.

January 26, 1819, the Superior arrived at Marseilles, thirty-five days
from the Capes of the Delaware.

As soon as the ship entered the mole, the captain went to the Health
Office, but was required to remain in his boat outside of the grate, and to
throw his papers into a tub of vinegar presented to him, the object being
to destroy any contagious matter they might contain. Letters brought
for persons on shore, after being cut through in several places to give
easy access to the vinegar, were treated in the same manner. Every ves-
sel arriving was required to undergo quarantine. No person was per-
mitted to hind, and none to visit her from the shore. A guard was sta-
tioned on board to enforce observance of the rules. At the time the
plague prevailed in the Barbary States.

Ruschenberger.] ^^ [May 15,

A celebrated Dutch physician, Boerhaave, recommended distilled vine-
gar as an efficient remedy against putrid diseases. Vinegar was supposed
to be antiseptic and therefore protective against all contagions. The bands
of those who had to do with contagion were moistened with it, and their
clothing and other objects were exposed to its vapors. During the plague
of 1720, at Marseilles, it is said that four convicted thieves, who were
employed in caring for the sick, protected themselves from the contagion
by the use of vinegar, and were granted their lives on condition that they
would reveal the means they used to shield themselves in their perilous
work. And hence, perhaps, came the preparation called " Thieves' vine-
gar."

But since modern studies of the processes of fermentation and putre-
faction have led to the belief that they, as well as all contagions, are due
to the presence of microscopic organisms, vegetal or animal, called my-
croderms, bacilli, microbes, ete., vinegar has lost its antiseptic reputa-
tion.

Early on the morning of February 4, the Harbormaster came alongside
of the Superior. Learning from the guard that no one on the ship was
sick, he came on board; and, after disinfecting the officers and passengers
in the cabin and the sailors in the forecastle, by exposing them to the pun-
gent fumes of oxymuriatic acid gas (chlorine), he granted pratique, i.e.,
liberty of the port. Then the ship was moved to the vicinity of the Cus-
tom House, and the gentlemen found quarters at the Hotel des Ambassa-
deurs.

After a sojourn of two months at Marseilles the Superior sailed April 5,
and on the 15th anchored in Gibraltar bay ; and was detained some time
in quarantine, and afterwards many days waiting for a favorable wind.
Before daybreak, May 6, 1819, the anchor was weighed and on the 7th the
ship was fairly at sea.

August 1, the ship was anchored at Angier, Java, and on the 3d pro-
ceeded on her way. The anchor was let go again, Aug. 20, off Macao,
where merchant ships bound to Canton were detained twenty-four hours.
In the afternoon of the 21st a passport to proceed up the river was granted
and a pilot sent on board. The ship started about half-past three o'clock
p.m., and anchored in the Bocca Tigris sometime after midnight. The
pilot landed the next morning to exhibit at the fort there the " chop " or
permit to go up the river, and brought back two pilots and two Mandarins
to remain on board till the ship reached Whampoa, the common anchor-
age of foreign ships trading at Canton. It is sixteen miles below the city.
The Superior anchored in the evening of the 23d, and on the 26th, Dr.
Emerson and fellow -voyagers were lodged in Swedes Factory at
Canton.

In a letter to his mother, dated November 5, 1819, Dr. Emerson says :
"After the first impressions of the abundant novelties wore off, the dull
uniformity which followed became tedious, and time now appears to fly
slowly."

1891 ] "u [RuschcnbergiT.

He relates that in consequence of drinking Samshoo, a liquor prepared
from rice, which in excess produces a fierce, maniacal intoxication, the
crew of the Superior mutinied, and, in the absence of the captain, en-
deavored to kill the officers and take possession of the ship. Officers of
other vessels lying near, immediately joined in the conflict. Some of the
crew were knocked down and others stabhed. Eight of the ringleaders
were put in irons, and fed on bread and water for ten days ; and under
such treatment became as subordinate as they always had been.

He gives account of an accident to himself which might have been
serious, as follows :

"I went on board a ship where they kept a Spanish bloodhound. He
was tied before I went on deck ; but while sitting in conversation with
some of my friends, he broke loose and sneaking alongside leaped into
my face. The damage I sustained was a wound through the left lower
eyelid, a deep cut on the temple, and one under my shoulder, together
with a very black and inflamed eye, from all of which, I am happy to
inform you, I have recovered. The dog is the most savage of his species.
I escaped very well considering . He has injured others more seriously."

Referring to mosquitoes, he says : "I sleep under a net which lets the
air circulate, but keeps out every kind of insect. You will be pleased to
see it. I think the plan so ingenious and good that it will be adopted by
many of our friends."

A plain implication from the Doctor's remark is that the mosquito net
was a novelty to him in 1819, and not known in the neighborhood of his
native place. Are we indebted to the Chinese for this invention ?

The party finally left Canton for Whampoa, Nov. 22. The ship had
been moved below the common anchorage when they reached her about
noon. She arrived at Lintin on the 23d, and there found the U. S. frigate
Congress, Capt. John D. Henley, said to have been the first American
man-of-war to visit China. She anchored here Nov. 3, with many of the
crew suffering from dysentery, ascribed to the water taken on board at
Angier. Her presence aroused the suspicion of the Chinese authorities
that it meant no good, and therefore they would not allow provisions to
be furnished to her from Canton. The Superior brought several barrels
of bread for her use, and other American merchantmen conveyed to her
barrels of beef and pork.

On the 26th Nov. the Superior sailed from Lintin homeward bound.

On Saturday, Jan. 16, 1820, then in the Indian ocean, she was boarded
from a Patriot privateer, said to be two months out from Buenos Ayres.
She was armed with sixteen guns and had a crew of two hundred men.

Dr. Emerson, in his journal, says : " We first discovered her on Friday
morning, about three miles off our starboard quarter, standing on the
same course. The wind was light and unfavorable ; a high head-swell
further impeded our progress. Towards night the strange sail had gained
upon us. We thought she showed a desire to speak. Every precaution
seemed to have been taken to disguise her real character, by carrying

FROC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. I. PRINTED JUNE 8, 1891.

Ruschenberger.] ^O [May 15,

little sail, but we still suspected her of foul intentions. The night was
dark, but she kept close to us and always in sight. In the morning, being
off our weather quarter, within gunshot, she ran up a Spanish flag and
fired a gun to bring us to. When close to us she backed her topsails,
hauled down the Spanish and ran up the Patriot colors, at the same time
opened all her weather ports, ran out her guns and brought her whole
broadside of eight guns to bear upon us. The star-spangled banner
floated over our quarterdeck.

"We now thought ourselves in a rather unpleasant situation. Although
no declared enemy, still the many outrages and piracies under what was
called the Patriot flag made us fear we might not fare better than others
under similar circumstances.

* ' Her boat, rowed by a set of cutthroat-looking fellows, came along-
side. The officer, apparently of inferior rank, wore a belt full of pistols
and daggers. He was without a coat and barefooted. A renegade
American attended him as interpreter. Having noted the ship's name,
the latitude and longitude, etc., this accomplished officer directed his
attention to our breakfast table, at which we had just intended to sit
down. After refreshing himself and companions, the work of plunder
began. They robbed us of many barrels of beef, pork, bread, butter, tea,
silk, canvas, iron kettles, live stock, etc. The villains seemed to think
themselves as fairly entitled to what they took as if they were purchasers.
Whenever they came across anything they fancied, they said with all
effrontery imaginable, ' Half for us and half for you,' adding from time to
time, by way of consolation, ' We don't want to do you any harm.'

"They stated that they had a great deal of sickness on their ship and
were throwing men overboard every day. They tried to induce me to
join tliem, offering any rate of wages I might ask. They had a surgeon,
but he was so indifferent that if in my way they would throw him over-
board, and so get rid of him. His pay was a hundred dollars a month,
but they would allow me any price I asked. Having consulted among
themselves aside, they said that they had agreed not to force me to go
with them against my will, although they were so much in want of medi-
cal assistance. According to their account the prevailing diseases on
board were scurvy, dysentery, fever and ague, which had reduced what
remained of the crew to a deplorable condition. Receiving a decidedly
negative answer from me to their invitation, they next demanded a supply
of medicines. I gave them some of a common kind, such as I thought
might be useful to the wretches. The suspicious rascally officer took
some of each one on the point of a dagger and thrust it into my mouth,
watching me intently all the while, not satisfied till he had seen it on my
tongue. This experience reminded me of a ludicrous scene in the
"Honeymoon," where the doctor is forced to take his own medicine or
be thrown out of the window.

"Though they robbed us in this unwarrantable manner, we were not
treated as badly as we had expected. A strong breeze sprang up which

1891.1 U * [Ruschenberger.

prevented their small boats from passing between the two vessels. They
permitted us to make sail, but followed in our wake. The breeze stiffened
to a gale. Night came, dark and stormy. We changed our course. On
the following morning, to our great joy, nothing was seen of our pirati-
cal friend."

March 20, the Superior was boarded by a Delaware pilot, and in the
evening of the 23d reached Chester, 117 days from Lintin. The ship had
been absent from Philadelphia sixteen months.

His journal during the voyage contains testimony of industrious study
and intelligent observation of all things at sea or on shore that impressed
their images on his mind. Marine animals and aquatic birds, wherever
they appeared were described. Drawings of some were made. These
and original sketches of places seen, and maps of ports visited, with now
and then an apt quotation from some poet, illustrate his pages.

He gives detailed accounts of what he saw at Marseilles and on his way
to it. Whatever was new to the young traveler seemed to be charming.
Appearances of people and things, famous localities with their historical
associations combine to quicken curiosity and impart a glow of interest to
his record of pageants viewed, of visits to hospitals, public buildings,
theatres, museums, etc. Days were passed at Aix, St. Remy, Nimes,
Avignon and Vaucluse. Many pages are given to descriptions of the re-
mains of ancient Roman buildings, and cf whatever interested him in
those places.

He gives interesting accounts of Gibraltar, and describes a visit with a
companion on horseback to Algecjras, a port of Andalusia, six miles
west of the famous fortress.

At Angier, in the Straits of Sunda, he tells of the many canoes and boats
which came to the ship with fowls, fruits in great variety, vegetables, Java
doves and Java sparrows in little bamboo cages, monkeys, paroquets, sea
shells, and animals of the deer kind not taller than our domestic cat, and
all being at moderate prices found ready sale among strangers. The natu-
ral, corporal characteristics of the Malays, seen here, their costume, lan-
guage, as well as the appearance of their dwellings on shore, the moun-
tain scenery, tropic vegetation, and political condition are sketched and
commented upon.

Macao, Whampao, Canton, Lintin ; pagodas, scenery and Chinese boat
population along the river are in like manner noticed in detail.

The instruction derived from his observation and study, and the forma-
tive influence of his experiences during those months of separation from
home, may not be definitely measured, but possibly to his alert mind they
were as effective as the training of a college course.

With such preparation for work, on the 4th of August, 1820, the twenty-
fifth anniversary of his birth, Dr. Emerson settled himself at No. 37
Chestnut street, Philadelphia, ready to give professional attention to any
who might ask it. Possibly the time might have been opportune to
introduce a young physician to business. Thirteen deaths from yellow

Ruschenberger.] "O [May 15,

fever in the city had been reported during the season of 1819. The cir-
cumstance had created a vague apprehension of its recurrence, and may-
have induced people to appreciate practitioners of medicine more highly
than when there was no prospect of needing them ; and consequently,
new candidates for practice might be more promptly noticed. The appre-
hension was realized to some extent ; during the autumn of 1820, seventy-
three persons died of the disease in the city.

Dr. Emerson was appointed an attending physician of the Philadelphia
Dispensary, September 19, 1820, and resigned the office, May 21, 1822.

The City's Councils elected him a member of the Board of Health,
March 12, 1823 ; and the Board appointed him its Secretary the same day.
It is conjectured that he resigned three years later.

Prevention of the introduction and spread of smallpox in the city at
that period attracted attention. Between January, 1818, and December,
1822, five years, only nine deaths from smallpox in the city had been re-
ported. Fear that the disease might again enter the city was no longer
manifest. For this reason it was supposed that vaccination had been gener-
ally neglected in the community.

The Board of Health was without authority to enforce measures to pre-
vent the spread of the disease, then present, and for this reason its mem-
bers were not willing to act ; but at the instigation of Dr. Emerson the
Board announced in the daily newspapers, three times, that smallpox was
in the city and recommended all unprotected persons to be vaccinated
without delay. The same year, November 15, 1823, the Board again
warned the public of its danger, saying, "And as it is believed that there
does exist among some an unjust prejudice against the practice of vaccina-
tion, the Board conceives it a duty to declare that the evidence afforded
by our city in its long exemption from smallpox, together with the happy
results which have followed the introduction of vaccination in all parts
of the world, ought to be sufficient to convince the most incredulous of
the salutary influence of this inestimable preventive."

Dr. Emerson submitted to the Board for approval and transmission to
the Legislature a draft of a law and memorial on the subject. The pro-
posed law in substance provided that vessels having smallpox on board
should be quarantined on arrival in the same manner as those affected
with other contagious diseases ; that inoculation of smallpox should not
be practised in any case without the sanction of the Board ; and that
authority already conferred on the Board of Health to deal with conta-
gious diseases specified should be extended to smallpox.

After debating the subject at several meetings, the Board approved the
memorial and draft of the proposed law, January 28, 1824, and transmitted
them to the Legislature then in session. Although 100 deaths from small-
pox had occurred in the city during 1823, a member of the House of Rep-
resentatives retarded its action on the bill after it had passed the Senate
by securing a seemingly innocent amendment to it, but which in fact
provided that appointment to offices connected with the Board of Health

1891.] "J [Ruschenberger.

might be so made as to reward political and partisan services without re-
gard to fitness of the candidate.

Mr. William Binder and Dr. Emerson were sent toHarrisburg to point
out the effect of the amendment, and at the end of four days' work they
secured its rejection and the enactment of the original bill. A copy of
the act was duly delivered to the Board of Health, April 7, 1824.

His work as a member of the Board of Health, and his communica-
tions to the newspapers pointing out the risk of permitting those affected
with smallpox to freely mingle with citizens, bear witness to Dr. Emer-
son's disinterested benevolence.

During 1824, deaths from smallpox in the city numbered 325. They
were reduced to six in 1825, and to three in 1826. But these facts are not
conclusive that the measures taken by the Board of Health during this
period contributed to abate the prevalence of the disease, because, both
prior and subsequent to this time, the rate of mortality from smallpox in
the city, between 1807 and 1840, fluctuated in the same striking manner,
as Dr. Emerson shows in his papers on Medical and Vital Statistics, pub
lished in " The American Journal of the Medical Sciences," November,
1827, November, 1831, and July, 1848*

Dr. Emerson published in "The Journal of the Medical and Physical
Sciences," February, 1823, a brief and interesting memoir of Dr. James
Sykes, who was his first preceptor in medicine ; and a charming biographi-
cal memoir of Dr. Samuel Powel Griffitts, in the "North American
Medical and Surgical Journal," in 1827.

July 6, 1832, Dr. Emerson, accompanied by Dr. Isaac Hays, visited the
first case of " spasmodic cholera " that occurred in the city, his original
description of which is in his commonplace book.

The disease became epidemic. Deaths from it numbered 1021. Dr.
Emerson had charge of the Hospital for Orphans. As a token of appre-
ciation of his service during the epidemic, a silver pitcher was presented
to him, upon which is inscribed :

Gotjverneur Emerson, M.D.,

The City of Philadelphia,

Grateful for his disinterested and intrepid exertions,

In a period of public calamity.

Transeat in exemplum.

He lectured in the Franklin Institute of Pennsylvania in 1833, on
meteorology, and in 1834, he delivered another course on heat, electricity
and galvanism, in connection with the subject.

* Mr. Pliny E. Chase reported at a meeting of the American Philosophical Society,
February 5, 1869, and subsequently published, his Comparative Statement of Mortality in
the Society of Friends and that of the General Population of the City of Philadelphia from
1S00 to 1869, which, he states, was compiled largely from Dr. Emerson's papers.

Ruschenberger.] * u [May 15,

Dr. Emerson was chosen to be a member of the American Philosophi-
cal Society, April 19, 1833. At stated meetings he made many brief com-
munications on many subjects, which are recorded in Vol. i to Vol. xvi
of the published Proceedings.*

He was one of the Councilors of the Society during ten years, from
1837 till the end of 1846.

He delivered a lecture On the Advantages Derived from Cultivating the
Arts and Scienas, before the Philadelphia Mercantile Library Association,
in the hall of the Musical Fund Society, December 8, 1839.

Among other points of interest, he states that the first successful attempt
to cross the Atlantic in a vessel propelled by steam was made in a steam-
ship called the Savannah, commanded by Moses Rogers, a native of Con-
necticut, but long a resident of Philadelphia. He sailed from New York,
March 28, 1819, and arrived at Savannah, Ga., April 6, whence, after some
delay, he crossed the ocean and arrived at Liverpool, June 20, having used
steam or sails, as the wind permitted. From Liverpool the Savannah
went to Elsineur, Stockholm, Cronstadt, St. Petersburg and Copenhagen.
She then returned to Savannah, Ga., and thence went to Washington,
D. C. Thus the practicability of crossing the Atlantic in a vessel propelled
by steam was first demonstrated by an American.

In this connection he relates how Thomas Godfrey, an obscure citizen of
Philadelphia, from a casual observation of the reflection of light, perceived
the principle upon which he constructed, in 1730, the mariner's quadrant,
and how he was robbed of the credit of his invention, and claims that
Godfrey is entitled to "the lasting gratitude of all concerned, either di-
rectly or indirectly, in nautical pursuits, by inventing the only instrument
that can securely guide the ship when far from land," and they should
not permit only " a fragment of the most perishable stone " "to mark but
for a few years longer the grave of Godfrey."

This appeal induced members of the Mercantile Association and others
to construct a suitable monument to Godfrey's memory.

* The subjects upon which he made oral or written communications are as follows :

The production of electricity from the animal body ; the production of electricity
from steam ; observations on Mower's paper on meteorology; excessive mortality of male
children ; effects of hot weather on infants ; causes operative in changing the propor-
tions of the sexes at birth ; importance of phosphoric acid in agriculture ; phosphores-
cent light produced in the diamond by friction ; the compound action of the mental
and optical faculties concerned in vision ; cultivation of cotton in the Northern States ;
cleaning flax-fibre for market ; extent of propagation of atmospheric vibrations produced
by explosions of powder ; manufacture of the sugar and syrup of sorghum ; iniphse,
or African sugar cane and cultivation of sorghum ; improvements in Whitney's cotton
gin ; Robbini's process for preserving wood from decay by injecting into it vapor of coal
tar ; remarks on the part taken by the American Philosophical Society in connection with
the Franklin Institute, to establish stations for meteorological observations ; earthquake
of October 20, 1870, reported November 4, 1870, as to expanse over which shocks were
noted ; lunar influence on wet and dry weather ; ascription of the gradual translation
of the peach-tree belt southward on the Atlantic coast to the progressive removal of the
forests, causing exposure of the fruit trees to severe climatic fluctuations.

1891.] * ■*■ [Ruschenberger.

The closing paragraph of this interesting lecture is here cited as a fair
sample of its style and tone.

"I hope I have said enough to prove that for prosperity and security,
nations are mainly dependent upon the intellectual capacities and acquire-
ments of their citizens. We have never known or heard of one that has
not experienced its days of trial, and it cannot be supposed that our own
country, whose hills and vallejrs now rejoice in the possession of peace
and abundance, can always be exempt from calamity. If ever driven by
adverse fortune to fearful extremity, happy will it be for her, if, in that
day, like France at the crisis referred to, or like England — sustained dur-
ing her long and dreadful conflicts by the resources furnished through
her Watt— be rescued by her philosophers ! Let us, therefore, like
France, and the mighty people from whom we chiefly spring, use all our
efforts to foster and diffuse the arts and sciences, and to banish the word
impossibility from our vocabulary."

Dr. Emerson delivered an address, June 1, 1843, at Laurel Hill Ceme-
tery on the completion of an unostentatious monument erected to the
memory of Thomas Godfrey.

The reason for this tribute is stated in the address, substantially as
follows :

One day while an ingenious young man, Thomas Godfrey, a glazier, was
replacing a pane in a window on the north side of Arch street, opposite to
a pump, a girl after filling her pail placed it on the sidewalk. Turning to-
wards it he saw that the image of the sun was reflected from the window
into the bucket of water, and from it back to his eye.* This simple ob-
servation led him to study the law of the reflection of light, and to invent
a quadrant with speculums to take the distances of stars which he supposed
might be of service at sea. The same year, 1730, he had made his re-
flecting instrument.! One was taken to the West Indies and used during
the voyage to ascertain the latitude. It was brought back to Philadelphia
before the end of February, 1731. The practical value of the instrument
was thus demonstrated.

Although James Logan, in May, 1732, described the mariner's quad-
rant constructed by Godfrey in a letter to the celebrated mathematician,
Dr. Edmund Halley, then President of the Royal Society of London, he
did not obtain credit for his invention. It is believed that Dr. Halley

* John F. Watson, in his "Annals of Philadelphia," states this incident somewhat
differently. According to his account, which seems to be accurate, Godfrey was glazing
at Stenton, the residence of James Logan, and noticed the reflection of the sun's image
from the window to a piece of fallen glass and from it to his eye. He immediately went
into Mr. Logan's library and took from the shelf a volume of Newton's works to con-
sult. Mr. Logan entered almost at the same time, and asked him the object of his
search, and was much pleased with Godfrey's ingenuity, and from that time became his
zealous friend.

In those days glazing was done by soldering the panes into the frame work. Glaziers
were also plumbers, and did not paint.

t He lentone to Joshua Fisher for trial in his surveys of the Delaware. See Watson's
" Annals of Philadelphia."

Ruschenberger.] *l£i [May 15,

suppressed Mr. Logan's letter, and communicatefl the description of God-
frey's quadrant to Hadley, a mathematical instrument maker in London,
who, after making slight mechanical changes in the instrument, obtained
a patent for it. In this way Godfrey's invention came to be unjustly
called ITadley's quadrant.

Dr. Emerson establishes Godfrey's right to priority of invention on the
testimony of James Logan, Benjamin Franklin, Peter Collinson and
others.

Thomas Godfrey was born in Bristol township, near Germantown, on
his father's farm of 150 acres, in 1704, and died in 1749, and was buried
there.* He was fairly educated, and was a member of Franklin's famous
Junto. He taught himself to read Latin.

Mr. John F. Watson, the annalist, convinced of the wrong done to God-
frey, sought his grave, ascertained the inscription which had become illegi-
ble on the gravestone, and in 1838, at his own expense, had the remains
with those of his wife, father and mother transferred to Laurel Hill
Cemetery.

The Mercantile Library Association and certain inhabitants of German-
town jointly contributed means to erect a monument to Godfrey, the
completion of which was the occasion of Dr. Emerson's address.

Possession of several hundred patrimonial acres in Kent county. Del.,
accounts for his attention to agricultural affairs. He made numerous and
extensive experiments to ascertain the comparative value of different fer-
tilizers. He erected a building on Frankford creek, Philadelphia, in
which was manufactured, under the direct management of a Frenchman
named Jourdan, a fertilizer called Jourdan's phosphate. This product
was extensively used during several years. In 1844 or '45, two tons of Peru-
vian guano were brought to Philadelphia as a sample. At his suggestion he
and his friend, Mr. D. B. Cummins, purchased each a ton and introduced it
to the farmers of Delaware. On one of his farms he constructed a mill for
crushing bones by horse power. The work was imperfectly done ; but
by treating the crushed bones with sulphuric acid and mingling the pro-
duct with ashes and fine earth a fertilizer was produced which proved to
be a good substitute for Peruvian guano, and cost much less. By obser-
vation and experiment he ascertained, in 1849, that the delightful and pe-
culiar flavor of our so-called grass butter is due to the sweet-scented ver-
nal grass — Anlhoxanthum odoratum — which flourishes in pasture fields till
about the end of May, and upon which the cows feed. He obtained from
this sweet vernal grass an essential oil, and ascertained that it contains
benzoic acid, upon which its flavor depends ; and that a small quantity of
benzoic acid administered to a cow imparted to the butter made from her
milk the same flavor it has while sweet vernal grass forms part of her
feed.f He delivered appropriate addresses before horticultural and agri-

* Watson's "Annals of Philadelphia."

tSee, Letter, Oet. 31, 1849, from Dr. Emerson to the Commissioner of Patents. Report
of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1849, Part ii— Agriculture— pp. 372-75.

1891.] • ,J [Rusclienberger.

cultural societies at several places in Delaware and Pennsylvania, and
published a pamphlet on the cultivation of cotton in the Middle States.
He edited The Farmer's Encyclopedia and Dictionary of Rural Affairs, an
octavo volume of 1173 pages, illustrated by seventeen plates, which was
published by Carey & Hart, in 1844. In adapting it to American use, Dr.
Emerson added to the original English text about thirty per cent, of the
volume.

Although attentive to whatever related to agricultural improvements,
he was seriously interested in medical affairs.

In 1845 the New York State Medical Society invited the medical insti-
tutions of the country to appoint delegates to meet in the city of New
York on the first Tuesday of May, 1846, and form a National Medical
Convention to devise measures to promote the common interests of the
medical profession and improve medical education. Many prominent
physicians, representing medical bodies in different parts of the United
States, were present. Dr. Emerson, one of the delegates from the Phila-
delphia Medical Society, was with them.

On organizing the meeting it was found lhat 133 delegates from medical
societies in sixteen of the twenty-nine States were duly accredited, and
that seventy-five of them were from New York. This partial and une-
qual representation led a delegate to propose that the Convention should
at once adjourn sine die. His proposition was not accepted. After due
deliberation officers were elected, and committees were appointed to pre-
pare a plan of organization, etc., and among them a committee to prepare
a code of medical ethics to govern the medical profession of the United
States. Dr. Emerson was appointed a member of it.

The several committees were instructed to report at a meeting of the
Convention to be held on the first Wednesday of May, 1847, in Phila-
delphia.

The National Medical Convention met at the appointed time, May 5.
Of 239 delegates elected to it from twenty-two States, including the Dis-
trict of Columbia, 175 were present.

The committees appointed in New York presented their reports, which,
were duly considered.

The Convention, by a resolution adopted May 7, became the American
Medical Association. The new organization elected officers, appointed
standing committees and adjourned to meet in Baltimore on the first
Tuesday of May, 1848.

Dr. Emerson participated in the creation of the American Medical
Association. In a note written by him on the cover of a copy of it, he
claims that the Code of Medical Ethics was compiled exclusively by Dr.
Isaac Hays and himself. The Association still holds its annual meetings,
always to the advantage of the medical profession, and is recognized as
authority on questions of medical policy in the United States.

Dr. Emerson was a member of its first Committee on Publication, 1847,
and served on till 1853 ; of the Committee on Medical Sciences, and con-

PROC. AMER PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. J. PRINTED JUNE 8, 1891.

74.

Rusehenberger.] • * [May 15,

tributed to its report of 1850, Vol. iii, pp. 91-94, " Observations on Vital
Statistics ;" of the Committee on Hygiene, 1851 ; and of the Committee
of Arrangements, 1855.

Dr. Emerson was elected a fellow of the College of Physicians of
Philadelphia, February, 1847. He never contributed to its Transactions.
He was elected a delegate from the College to the American Medical
Association in 1849, and in 1858 ; and to the National Quarantine and
Sanitary Convention in 1857, and 1858.

He was a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
from August, 1853 ; of the Philadelphia County Medical Society from
1857, of which he was President ; and of the Medical Society of the State
of Pennsylvania.

Dr. Emerson's medical practice from about 1828 to 1840 was lucrative
and extensive. His interest in agricultural affairs, always notable, grad-
ually increased with the lapse of time, and his interest in medical affairs
gradually abated till he relinquished the practice about the year 1857.

Dr. Emerson, by invitation, began to live with Mr. Henry Seybert, at
No. 926 Walnut street, in May, 1856. Apartments in the house were
assigned to each proportionately. Dr. Emerson was the caterer, though
they did not mess at the same table, and kept a detailed account of the
household expenses which were periodically and equally shared. They
lived together in perfect harmony eighteen years — till Dr. Emerson died.

Mr. Henry Seybert and Dr. Emerson were warm friends. Their close
association is notable because their pursuits and aims in life were wide
apart. Their mental characteristics were quite different. They were alike
in condition. Both were unmarried, and both in easy circumstances. In
some respects their tastes and ways were the same, simple, economical.

Dr. Emerson had a working knowledge of botany, mineralogy, geology
and physics. Mr. Seybert had been educated in Paris, and trained in
the School of Mines to be a chemist and mineralogist, and after his re-
turn home did some good work. In these scientific paths they were con-
genial. But Mr. Seybert was deeply imbued with religious sentiment.

While he was in Paris mesmerism attracted public attention, and he
became interested in spiritualism.

He had read that " it is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a
needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven." His con-
struction of this sentence made him unhappy. He was so much tor-
mented by the thought that all his attempts to lead a good life were use-
less as regards future existence because he was rich, that he consulted
pious men on the subject, and among them the Archbishop of Rouen.
By them he was assured that the sentence was addressed to the sinful rich
only, and not to those who gave of their goods liberally to the poor.*
Whether his many charities were prompted more by disinterested consid-
eration for others than by this assurance is conjectural. Be this as it may,

* Obituary Notice of Henry Seybert, by Moneure Robinson. Read before the American
Philosophical Society, Oct. 5, li83.

• «-' [Ruschenbcrger.

Mr. Seybert was known for his charity and public spirit,* but most dis-
tinguished by his deep interest in a supposition or doctrine that after
death and disintegration of his body by natural decay or cremation, a
man's soul, wearing the carnal appearance of himself, may, at any time,
be made manifest to the living through the medium of specially endowed
persons, and in this manner communication with the world of spirits may
be held. In this modern spiritualism he was a staunch believer. Shortly
before his death he gave to the University of Pennsylvania $60,000 to
found a chair of philosophy, on condition that the University should
appoint a commission to investigate "all systems of morals, religion or
philosophy which assume to represent the truth, and particularly of mod-
ern spiritualism." f

While Mr. Seybert was engaged in the study of spiritualism, Dr. Emer-
son, who had no respect for his friend's belief, was occupied in endeavor-
ing to improve agricultural methods and in cultivating his several farms in
Delaware.

His mother, Mrs. Ann Hayes, died in 1862, aged 86 years. Her long
life was exemplary in every sense, unselfish and continuously kind and
charitable. The positions occupied by her children are significant of the
mother's attention and care for their welfare. To her Dr. Emerson late
in life ascribed his first love for the British classical writers.

Society in Philadelphia was discordant at the outbreak of the great Re-
bellion, because the interests and affiliations of many of its residents were
in the South and with the rebels. Those persons were openly defiant,
threatening and at times belligerent. To determine if possible who were
and who were not to be trusted, a few loyal men held midnight conclaves

* Among acts which may be ascribed to his public spirit was Mr. Seybert's unsolicited
gift to the city. He substituted a new for a good old clock and bell which had long
well served to ring out the hours, joyful news as well as alarms, from the State House
steeple to very far-off dwellers in the city. Unexpectedly the sound of the Seybert bell
is comparatively very feeble, scarcely audible more than 500 feet in any direction during
the busy hours of the day, or at any time when there is a moderate breeze.

In the following humerous stanza, its author makes use of this circumstance to con-
trast the " clash and jingle" of St. Mark's chime of bells which greatly disturbed the
neighbors at the time :

" There's a bell whose swinging gives out no ringing,
And I hear no dinging in the State House yard ;
And where its rolling looks like tolling

I stand and tremble lest my hearing's hard ;
For, with steeple rocking and hammer knocking,
And people mocking,
I hear no more
The low dull mutter
Those dumb lips utter
Than the stone Washington before the door."

t Preliminary Report of the Commission appointed by the University of Pennsylvania
to Investigate Modern Spiritualism, in accordance with the bequest of the late Henry
Seybert (page 5). J. B. Lippincott Company, Phila., 1887.

Henry Seybert died March 3, 1883, aged 82 years.

7fi

Ruschenberger.] • ^ [May 15,

which ultimately resulted in the organization of the Union League of
Philadelphia, December 27, 1862, the members of which were pledged to
" unqualified loyalty to the government of the United States and unwaver-
ing support of its efforts for the suppression of Rebellion." *

Dr. Emerson, who was elected a member February 16, 1863, daily visited
the Union League and participated in its proceedings till the end of his life.

Dr. Emerson did not devote his time and thought exclusively to the
practice of medicine and agriculture. He was interested in questions of
political economy, social science. He translated the second edition of Le
Play's "Organization of Labor," a learned and valuable contribution to
the literature of the subject. This work, the last from his pen, was pub-
lished in 1872.

He died very suddenly in his office, July 2, 1874, near the end of the 79th
year of age. His grave is next to that of Thomas Godfrey, Laurel Hill
Cemetery.

He bequeathed his ample estate, including several farms, which together
contain more than a thousand acres of arable land in Delaware, to his
kinsmen.

His long life was virtuously spent, and so far he was above the bulk of
mankind. Seemingly always under the influence of his early Quaker
training by his mother, never manifesting the least pretension to piety, or
solicitude about his future existence, his daily conduct was shaped in
obedience to the precepts of the Decalogue and of Christianity. Natur-
ally modest and considerate of the rights of others, he was never aggres-
sive. A dignified and eourteous demeanor, varied attainments and the
easy flow of his conversation made him a welcome and frequent guest in
the society of good and cultivated people.

A genius for persistent labor never permitted his talents, which were
far above the average, to be idle. His career was marked by habitual in-
dustry and useful work rather than by special achievement in any of his
pursuits. Though not a discoverer, or a great leader in science, his ex-
emplary conduct and benevolent labors entitle him to general approba-
tion, and his memory to our kindly respect.

Appendix.
A list of Dr. Gouverneur Emerson's publications :

"A Biographical Memoir of Dr. James Sykes, Februarj^, 1823." "Chap-
man's Journal of the Medical and Physical Sciences."

"Biographical Memoir of Dr. Samuel Powel Griffitts, 1827." "The
North American Medical and Surgical Journal."

"Medical Statistics, being a Series of Tables showing the Mortality in

* Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the Organization of the Union League of Philadelphia,
December 27, 1887. Press of J. B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, 1888.

1S91.] ' ' [Ruschenberger.

Philadelphia and its Causes.". " The American Journal of the Medical
Sciences," November, 1827.

" Medical Statistics, consisting of Estimates relating to the Population
of Philadelphia, with its Changes as Influenced by the Deaths and Births
during Ten Years, viz., from 1821 to 1830 inclusive." "The American
Journal of the Medical Sciences, " November, 1831.

•'Vital Statistics of Philadelphia for the Decennial Period from 1830
to 1840." "The American Journal of the Medical Sciences," July,
1848.

"Lecture on the Advantages Derived from Cultivating the Arts and
Sciences." By G. Emerson, M.D. Delivered before the Philadelphia Mer-
cantile Library Association, in the hall of the Musical Fund Society, De-
cember 8, 1839. Printed by A. Waldie, Philadelphia, 1840.

"An Address delivered at Laurel Hill Cemetery on the Completion of a
Monument Erected to the Memory of Thomas Godfrey, June 1, 1843."
By G. Emerson, M.D.

"The Farmer's Encyclopedia and Dictionary of Rural Affairs; em-
bracing all the most recent discoveries in agricultural chemistry, adapted
to the comprehension of unscientific readers, illustrated by numerous
engravings of animals, implements and other subjects interesting to the
agriculturist." By Cuthbert W. Johnson, Esq., F.R.S., Barrister-at
Law; Editor of the "Farmer's Almanac;" corresponding member of
the Agricultural Society of Edinburgh ; the Horticultural Society of Mary-
land, etc. Adapted to the United States, by Gouverneur Emerson. 8vo,
pp. 1173. Carey & Hart, Philadelphia, 1844.

"Address delivered before the Society for Promoting Agriculture of
the County of Philadelphia, at their Annual Exhibition, at the Rising
Sun Tavern, October G, 1848." By Gouverneur Emerson, M.D. Henry
C. Clark, Printer, Philadelphia, 1849.

"An Address delivered before the Delaware Horticultural Society at
Wilmington, on the 24th ot September, 1851." By Gouverneur Emerson,
M.D.

"Report on the Agency of the Refrigeration Produced by Upward
Radiation of Heat as an Exciting Cause of Disease." " Transactions of
the American Medical Association," Vol. vi, 1853, pp. 139-152.

' 'An Address delivered before the Agricultural Society of Chester County,
Pa., September 17, 1853." By Gouverneur Emerson, M.D.

"An Address delivered before the Agricultural Society of New Castle
County, Del., at the Annual Exhibition held in Wilmington, September
12, 1855." By G. Emerson, M.D.

"An Address delivered before the Agricultural Society of Kent County,
Del., October 15, 1857." By G. Emerson, M.D., of Philadelphia.

"Results of Extensive Experiments in the Use of Superphosphate of
Lime, etc., communicated to the Agricultural Society of Kent County,
Del." By Dr. G. Emerson, February 2, 1859.

"Jourdan's Ammoniated Superphosphate of Lime ; its Nature and Uses ;

'" [Jan 2,

with directions to farmers for applying it to their crops, and observations
which cannot fail to impart much useful practical information."

[There is conclusive evidence that this pamphlet was written by Dr.
Emerson.]

"Cotton in the Middle States; with Directions for its Easy Culture." By
G. Emerson, M.D. Author of the "Farmer's and Planter's Encyclope-
dia," Philadelphia, 1862. .

" Land Drainage." An address delivered before the Farmer's Club of
Kent County, Del., at Dover, January, 1872. By G. Emerson, M.D., of
Philadelphia. [Illustrated by a topographical sketch map of Kent county,
Del.]

"The Organization of Labor, in accordance with Custom and the Law
of the Decalogue ; with a summary of comparative observations upon
good and evil in the regime of labor, the causes of evil existing in the
present time, and the means required to effect reform ; with objections
and answers, difficulties and solutions." By F. Le Play, Senator (of
France), Inspector-General of Mines, Commissioner-General to the Uni-
versal Exposition (in Paris), of 1855, 1862 and 1867. Author of Des
Ouvriers Europeens and La Reforme Sociale.

" Les politiques veulent en un etat bien regie, plus des maitres des arts
mechaniques, que de maitres des arts libereaux." Richelieu {Testament
Polito).

Translated by Gouverueur Emerson, M.D., member of the American
Philosophical Society. From the French of the second revised and cor-
rected edition published at Tours, in 1870. Claxton, Remsen & Haffelfin-
ger, Philadelphia, 1872. 12mo, pp. 417.

Stated Meeting, Januarg #, 1891.

Present, 17 members.

Mr. Dudley in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted and accessions to the Library
were announced.

A letter was received from Mr. L. Vossion, dated Philadel-
phia, December 20, 1890, accepting membership.

A circular was received in regard to the celebration of the
seventieth birthday of Prof. Rudolph Virchow, from the Com-
mittee on the same in Berlin.

1801.1

The report of the judges and clerks of the annual election
was submitted, and the following members were declared the
Officers and Council of the Society for the year 1891 :

President.
Frederick Fraley.

Vice- Presidents.
E. Otis Kendall, Dr. Ruschenberger, J. P. Lesley.

Secretaries.

George F. Barker, Daniel G. Brinton, Henry Phillips, Jr.,
George H. Horn.

Curators.
Patterson Du Bois, J. Cheston Morris, Richard Meade Bache.

Treasurer.
J. Sergeant Price.

Councilors {for three years).

Aubrey H. Smith, George R. Morehouse, Samuel Wagner,
William C. Cattell.

Councilor for two years, in place of Dr. Daniel R. Goodwin,

deceased.
Dr. Charles S. Wurts.

Nominations for Librarian being in order, Mr. William P.
Tatham nominated Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr.; Prof. E. D. Cope
nominated Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman.

The Secretaries presented a paper by Dr. J. Lindhal on a
skull of a Megalonyx leidii, n. sp., for the Transactions. On
motion, the communication was referred to a Committee of
three members, to be appointed by the President, to examine
and report upon.

(The President subsequently appointed Profs. Leidy, Lesley,
and Heilprin as such Committee.)

80 [Jan. 2,

Dr. J. Cheston Morris called the attention of the Society
again to the subject of Vital Molecular Vibrations:

Force is not motion, as Dr. McLaughlin puts it, but that which causes
motion or change in matter. "While its true nature is unknown, the phe-
nomena of the various physical forces correspond so completely with un-
dulations or vibrations that they are recognized as such, the results of
impulses brought to bear upon matter capable of atomic vibration ; and
the tendency of modern thought is more and more towards considering
light, heat, electricity, chemical affinity and mechanic force as all of them
essentially only modifications of one and the same force. But when we
come to consider the phenomena of life, while we find that living bodies
are all composed of material atoms similar to those of the inorganic world,
another force or impulse seems to be at work suspending or reversing the
ordinary action of the physical forces. It is characterized by acting, as
they do, only under special conditions, viz., the presence of plasma or or-
ganizable matter, heat, oxygen, light, and a germ, itself the product of
previous life. Withdraw any of these — the ordinary phenomena of inor-
ganic matter present themselves. But wmenever they are present, an
organized form results which tends to follow the type of its parent forms.
Fresh particles of matter are taken up and others are discharged ; in other
words, we have the phenomena of growth, development, secretion, excre-
tion and of reproduction ; all the physical laws and properties of matter
are retained and followed, but they are subordinated to or coordinated with
those of another force, which we call vital, organic or germ force, with
its own laws as distinctly defined as those of chemistry or heat. It is just
as unreasonable to deny the existence of the former as of the latter.

Hitherto the vibratory theory has only been applied to explaining physi-
cal phenomena. It remained for Dr. McLaughlin to extend its applica-
tion to vital phenomena, by showing how completely it explains the
phenomena of immunity from, and prevention of, infectious and con-
tagious diseases by the law of interference. I wish to call your attention
to a similar explanation of the phenomena of germ force and heredity by
the law of transference. If two weights are suspended at proper dis-
tances from a cord fastened transversely between two pillars, and a third
weight is similarly suspended between them, and motions imparled per-
pendicularly to each other to the two outer weights, these motions will be
so transferred to the third weight as to cause it to describe a series of
curves resulting from the impulses transmitted ; or if a powder be dusted
over a square tin plate, and the edge of the latter be touched at certain
nodal points, the powder will arrange itself in certain lines and geometric
figures. Is not this precisely what happens when the germ-cell and sperm-
cell, the molecules of each vibrating in accordance with the impulses im-
pressed upon it, unite in the production of the new germ, which in turn
vibrates in accordance with these impulses, and proceeds accordingly to
arrange and develop fresh molecules, forms and figures similar to its

1891.] "1

antecedents? In this way we have the explanation of the germ resulting
ouly as the harmonic product of suitable vibrations — of the hereditary
transmission of qualities — and of the variations from type which occa-
sionally occur. We have also the explanation of the cessation wheu life
vibrations shall have been exhausted or transmuted into other forms of
life itself, or so-called death. We have also the explanation of the perio-
dicity of many, if not all, of the functions of living bodies, both in health
and disease. Likewise, we have an explanation of the effects of drugs on
certain organs and functions. To say "that opium produces sleep on
account of its somniferous tendency" is to veil our ignorance very thinly.
But, if we suppose that nerve tissue has a certain vibration, so differing
in period from that of the morphia molecule which we introduce into the
blood, that until the latter is eliminated or changed the nerve vibrations
are modified or suspended, we can form a much more rational conception
of the effect of opium. So also with the selection of appropriate food
from a common plasma by different organisms, and also from the blood
by the various organs and structures of the body. In fact, a new field is
opened to biologists, naturalists, physiologists and physicians whose limits
are at present far beyond our ken.

New nomination No. 1217 was read.

The Committees appointed at last meeting, of which Dr.
Cope and Mr. Biddle were respectively Chairmen, were con-
tinued.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting, January 16, 1891.

Present, 73 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted and accessions to the Library
were reported.

Mr. L. Vossion and Prof. G. S. Fullerton took their seats.

A circular was received from the Museo de la Plata, Argen-
tine Republic, requesting exchanges, also sending one of its
publications.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Geologi-
cal Survey of India, Calcutta (131, 132, 133); Taschkent

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. K. PRINTED JUNE 10, 1891.

[Jan. 16,

Observatory, Tashkent, Russia (131, 132, 133); K. K. Geolo-
gische Reichsanstalt, Drs. Friederich Muller, Dionys Stur,
Vienna (131, 132, 133); Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des
Reg.-Bez., Frankfurt a. O. (131, 132, 133); Mr. Joseph Prest-
wich, Shoreham, Kent, England (127, 128, 129, 130) ; Chicago
Academy of Science, Chicago (130, 131, 132, 133).

Accessions to the Library were received from the Academie
R. de Belgique, Bruxelles; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des
Reg.-Bez., Frankfurt a. 0. ; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Halle a. S. ;
Physikalische-Medicinische Societat, Mlinchen ; Prof. Ferdi-
nando Bosari, Naples; R. Accademia dei Lincei, Rome; Osser-
vatorio Astronomico, Turin; Societe de Geographie, Lille;
Commission des Annales des Mines, Redaction "Cosmos,"
Paris; R. Astronomical Society, Editors of the "Geological
Magazine," "Nature," London; Prof. George M. Dawson, Ot-
tawa, Canada ; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. ; American Statistical Associa-
tion, Boston ; Editors of " American Journal of Science," Yale
College, New Haven ; University of State of New York,
Albany ; New York Historical Society, New York ; Franklin
Institute, Engineers' Club, College of Pharmacy, Editors of
the "Homoeopathic Physician," "Medical and Surgical Re-
porter," " Medical News," American Bar Association, Mer-
cantile Library, Messrs. J. E. Ives, Henry Phillips, Jr., Phila-
delphia; U. S. Naval Institute, Annapolis; Johns Hopkins
University, Editors of " American Journal of Philology,"
" American Chemical Journal," Baltimore ; Department of
State, U. S. Naval Observatory, Smithsonian Institution, An-
thropological Society, Hydrographic Office of U. S. Navy,
Prof. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C. ; Public Library
of Cincinnati ; Musee de la Plata.

The stated business of the meeting was then taken up, and,
on motion, the Society resolved to proceed to the election of
Librarian for the ensuing year. It was resolved to conduct
the same by ballot, and that the polls should remain open
thirty minutes, during which the Society took a recess to en-
able the members present to deposit their votes.

1891.] "*^

J. Sergeant Price, Esq., and Dr. Persifor Frazer were ap-
pointed by the Chair as tellers to conduct the said election ;
who, after the polls had been closed, reported to the President
that Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., had received 39 votes, and Mr.
Benjamin Smith Lyman, 31 votes; whereupon the President
declared Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., to have been duly elected
Librarian of the Society for the ensuing year.
[Secretary Phillips being present and not voting.]
On motion, the President was authorized to appoint at his
leisure the Standing Committees of the Society, which he sub-
sequently selected, as follows :

Finance.
William B. Eogers, Philip C. Garrett, Charles S. Wurts.

Hall

J. Sergeant Price, William A. Ingham, Charles A. Oliver.

Publication.

Daniel G. Brinton, George H. Horn, Samuel Wagner,
Patterson DuBois, Horace Jayne.

Library.

Edwin J. Houston, William V. McKean, William John Potts,
Jesse Y. Burk, William H. Greene.

The Committee on the Paper of Dr. J. Lindahl reported the
same to be worthy of publication, which was so ordered, and
the Committee was discharged.

Prof. Cope's Committee and Mr. Arthur Biddle's Committee
reported progress and were continued.

Pending nomination, No. 1217, and new nominations, Nos.
1218 and 1219, were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

"4 LFeb. 20,

Stated Meeting, February 6, 1891.

Present, 17 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted and accessions to the Library
were announced.

The President announced the death of Hod. George Ban-
croft (January 17, 1891), set. 91, and, on motion, was author-
ized to appoint a suitable person to prepare the usual obituary
notice. Prof. J. Bach McMaster was subsequently appointed.

Pending nominations 1217, 1218 and 1219 were read.

Mr. Arthur Biddle presented a report from the Committee
on the Etting Bequest, recommending that the Society decline
to take any pan; in the litigation arising out of the caveat
filed to the last two codicils of the will of F. M. Etting, de-
ceased, now pending, and that the Society decline to act as
Trustee under. said will.

On motion of Mr. Horner, the report was accepted.

On motion of Dr. Morris, the Society declined to litigate
under the caveat to the last two codicils now pending.

On motion of Mr. Horner, the Society declined to accept
the trust.

On motion of Mr. Biddle, the Secretaries were requested to
notify the executors of the action of the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, February 20, 1891.

Present, 12 members.

Mr. William A. Ingham in the Chair.

The death of Prof. Alexander Winchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
February 18, 1891, set. 72, was reported.

1891.]

Correspondence was submitted and accessions to the Library
were reported.

The Free Public Library, Jersey City, was placed on ex-
change list to receive Proceedings.

The Library Committee reported suggestions to facilitate
the replacing of the books on the shelves in the Society's Li-
brary ; that the Library room should be finished ; that book-
cases to contain works of reference should be placed in the
meeting room, and that the Society should appropriate $500
for the purchase of new books.

After this latter recommendation had been presented, a
letter was read from the Treasurer requesting that no appro-
priation should be made for that purpose for the present, giv-
ing his reasons for the same.

The Committee's recommendation was postponed for the
present.

The minutes of the Board of Officers and Council were sub-
mitted.

Pending nominations Nos. 1217, 1218 and 1219 were read,
spoken to, and balloted for, and No. 2187, Commander F. M.
Green, U. S. School Ship Saratoga, was declared elected a
member of the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting, March 6, 1891.

Present, 19 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was presented and donations to the Library
reported :

A letter from Theodore Turrettini (Geneva, February 8,
1891) accepting membership.

[March 6,

A circular in relation to the formation of State library
associations.

A circular in relation to the Fifth International Geographi-
cal Congress to be held in Washington, August 26, 1891.

A circular from the Society of Borda, Dax, announcing the
death of M. Henry du Boucher, a former President.

A circular from l'Academie des Sciences, etc., de Belgique,
announcing the death of Lieut.-General J. B. I. Liagre, its
Permanent Secretary.

A letter from R. Brabbee (Vienna VIII, Kochgasse 27)
enclosing a specimen of his new method of reckoning.

A letter from Dr. Antonio Del Bon (Padua) in relation to
Prof. P. E. Chase's paper on " English and Sanskrit Root-
analogues."

Letters from August Tischner (Leipzig) on " The Celestial
Phenomena," " The Movements of the Sun in Space," " The
Movements of the Planets," " The Solar System " and " The
Elements of the Elliptic Orbits."

A paper by Dr. D. G. Brinton entitled " Some Vocabularies
from the Musquito Coast " was presented.

Dr. J. Cheston Morris presented a pamphlet entitled
" Tepeu " (by Dr. Thomas E. Pickett), on the hypothetical
migrations of the Morbus Americanus, upon which he made
some remarks, referring to the account given by Josephus of
the evils caused the Jewish youth by the entrance of the
Midianitish women into the Hebrew camp.

Dr. J. Cheston Morris made some remarks on " Hebrew
Phonetics," and was followed by Prof. J. P. Lesley upon the
same subject.

Prof. Lesley made some remarks on a report by Mr. John
Fulton (Johnstown, Pa.) on the diminution of the supply of
natural gas and its ratio.

Dr. Morris called attention to the case of the miners recently
entombed at Jeanesville, Pa., for nineteen days almost without
food. " They were found in a breast near where they had
been working. The water from an abandoned mine at a much
higher level, estimated at 145 feet, had entered the mine and

1891.] °*

imprisoned them. This is the longest period in the history of
mining in Pennsylvania of preservation of life under such cir-
cumstances. And in this connection it may be also well con-
sider that in no case on record has an attempt at cannibalism
been made by the sufferers. This fact should be placed to the
credit of a class of men too often unjustly despised and
maligned. When these men were borne alive from the mine,
the whole crowd of bystanders accompanied them to the tem-
porary hospital singing the doxology.

" The level of the water in abandoned mine dropped slowly,
day by day, in consequence of pumping incessantly, at rates
varying from two to fourteen feet."

New nominations Nos. 1220, 1221 and 1222 were read.

The Committee on Improved Accommodations reported
progress.

Prof. Cope, from the Committee appointed December 19,
1890, to consider the improvement of the Proceedings of the
Society, presented a report.

Considerable discussion took place upon the same, and the
following resolution was adopted, nem. con. :

Resolved, That the Report and Resolutions accompanying be recom-
mitted to the same Committee, and the Committee be continued in order to
obtain fuller data as to the matters therein referred to ; and the Committee
.be instructed to present its Report at the first meeting of the Society in
May, 1891 (May 1).

On motion, the Society

Resolved, That the Treasurer, J. Sergeant Price, Esq., be authorized
and directed to give notice to the City of Philadelphia to quit the rooms in
the building of the Society now occupied by it for the use of the courts and
its officers, at the end of the present tenancy, viz., on the 1st of July, 1891.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

"^ [March 20,

Stated Meeting, March 20, 1891.

Present, 3 members.

Dr. J. Cueston Morris in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters of envoy were received from the Ministere des Tra-
vaux Publics, Paris ; Meteorological Office, London.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from Royal So-
ciety of Victoria, Melbourne, Australia (131, 132, 133); Mr.
Samuel Davenport, Adelaide, Australia (130) ; Royal Society of
N. S. Wales, Sydney, Australia (131, 132, 133) ; Tokyo Anthro-
pological Society (131, 132, 133); Societe R. des Sciences,
Upsal, Sweden (130, 131, 132, 133, and Trans, xvi, 3); Friesch
Genootschap, Leuwarden (133) ; R. Accademia degli Agiati,
Rovereto, Austria (129, 130, 132, 133); Prof. Hermann Rol-
lett, Vienna (129, 130, 132, 133) ; Prof. Hauer, Vienna, Aus-
tria (132, 133); Naturwissenschaftliche Wochenschrift, Berlin
(131, 132, 133); K. Bibliothek, Berlin (131, 132, 133); Natur-
forschende Gesellschaft, Emden (131, 132, 133); Prof. E.
Ilceckel, Jena (131, 132, 133); Dr. Julius Platzmann, Leipzig
(131) ; Verein flir Vaterlandische Naturkunde, Stuttgart (131,
132, 133); Am. Geog. Society, New York (131); Mr. L.
Vossion, Philadelphia (131, 132, 133, 131) ; Denison Scientific
Association, Granville, O. (131, 132, 133); Michigan State
Library, Lansing (131, 132, 133, 131); Museo National de
Buenos Aires (125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 131, 132, 133).

Letters of acknowledgment (134) were received from Mr.
J. M. Le Moine, Quebec ; Toronto University Library, Cana-
dian Institute, Sir Daniel Wilson, Toronto ; Geological Survey,
Ottawa ; Maine Historical Society, Society of Natural History,
Portland, Me. ; New Hampshire Historical Society, Concord ;
Dr. C. N. Hitchcock, Hanover, N. H. ; Amherst College,
Boston Society of Natural History, Mass. Historical Society,
Athenaeum, Messrs. T. M. Drown, Robert C. Winthrop, S. P.

1S9L]

Sharpies, Boston ; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Profs. A.
Agassiz, Robert N. Toppan, Cambridge ; The Essex Institute,
Salem ; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester ; Free Pub-
lic Library, New Bedford ; Mr. James B. Francis, Lowell ;
Prof. Pliny Earle, Northampton, Mass. ; New Haven Colony
Historical Society ; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford ;
Mr. George F. Dunning, Farmington, Conn. ; New York State
Library, Albany ; Hamilton College, Clinton ; Profs. T. F.
Crane, J. M. Hart, B. G. Wilder, Ithaca ; Yassar Brothers' In-
stitute, Poughkeepsie ; Rochester Academy of Science ; Li-
brary of U. S. Military Academy, West Point ; The Oneida
Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.; New York Hospital, Uni-
versity of the City of New York, Dr. John J. Stevenson,
Columbia College, Gen. Henry L. Abbot, Meteorological Ob-
servatory, American Museum of Natural History, New York ;
New Jersey Historical Society, Newark ; Free Public Library,
Jersey City ; Prof. C. A. Young, Princeton ; Mr. Isaac C.
Martindale, Camden, N. J. ; Dr. Robert H. Alison, Ard-
more ; Mr. Burnet Landreth, Bristol ; Dr. Martin H. Boye,
Coopersburg ; Mr. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton ; Drs. Traill Green,
J. W. Moore, Thomas C. Porter, Easton ; Mr. Andrew S.
McCreath, Harrisburg ; Haverford College ; Drs. Allen C.
Thomas, Isaac Sharpless, Lyman B. Hall, Haverford College;
Mr. J. N. Fulton, Johnstown; Linnean Society, Lancaster;
Mr. P. F. Rothermel, Linfield ; Messrs. Heber S. Thompson,
P. W. Sheafer, Pottsville ; Mr. M. Fisher Longstreth, Sharon
Hill; Lackawanna Institute of History and Science, Scran-
ton ; Philosophical Society, Messrs. Washington Townsend,
Philip P. Sharpies, West Chester, .Pa.; Library of the Penn-
sylvania Hospital, Engineers' Club of Philadelphia, Phila-
delphia Library, Wagner Free Institute of Science, Zoologi-
cal Garden, Franklin Institute, Academy Natural Science,
Messrs. John Ashhurst, Jr., Andrew A. Blair, Charles Bul-
lock, Edwin J. Houston, S. Castner, Jr., Thomas M. Clee-
mann, C. S. Dolley, Samuel Dixon, Patterson Du Bois, Fred-
erick Fraley, Persifor Frazer, George Friebis, George S. Fuller-
ton, Horace Howard Furness, H. D. Gregory, F. A. Genth,

FROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXIX. 135. L. PRINTED JUNE 10, 1891.

[March 20,

Fred. A. Genth, Jr., Edward Hopper, W. A. Ingham, William
W. Jefferis, W. W. Keen, J. P. Lesley, John Marshall, Geo.

E. Morehouse, James T. Mitchell, E. Y. McCauley, Charles
A. Oliver, J. Sergeant Price, Robert Patterson, William Pep-
per, Henry Phillips, Jr., Franklin Piatt, C. N. Peirce, W. S.
W. Ruschenberger, Henry Reed, Theo. D. Rand, James W.
Robins, L. A. Scott, Benjamin Sharp, Albert H. Smyth, Au-
brey H. Smith, H. Clay Trumbull, Samuel Wagner, William
H. Wahl, Henry Willis, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Phila-
delphia ; Rev. F. A. Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa. ; U. S. Naval
Institute, Annapolis ; Peabody Institute, Maryland Institute,
Maryland Historical Society, Baltimore, Md. ; Bureau of
Ethnology, U. S. Geological Survey, Smithsonian Institution,
U. S. Signal Office, U. S. Naval Observatory, Surgeon-
General's Office, Anthropological Society, Patent Office, Rt.
Rev. John J. Keane, Messrs. Charles A. Schott, H. Haupt,
Albert S. Gatschet, Garrick Mallery, W. Strong, Washington,
D.C. ; Prof. J. C. White, West Virginia University, Morgan-
town, W. Va. ; University of Virginia, University of Virginia
P. O. ; Mr. Jed. Hotchkiss, Staunton, Va. ; Elliott Society
of Science and Art, Charleston, S. C. ; Georgia Historical
Society, Mr. William Harden, Savannah, Ga. ; University
of Alabama; Denison Scientific Association, Granville; Cin-
cinnati Society Natural History, Cincinnati Observatory ;
Rev. Henry S. Osborn, Oxford ; Dr. E. W. Claypole, Akron,
O.; Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington, Ky. ; Athenaeum, Colum-
bia, Tenn. ; University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn. ; Uni-
versity of Illinois, Champaign, 111.; The Newberry Library,
Chicago, 111. ; Dr. John L. Campbell, Crawfordsville, Ind. ;
State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison ; Prof. J. C.
Branner, Little Rock, Ark. ; Col. William Ludlow. Gen. W.

F. Raynolds, Detroit ; Prof. Alexander Winchell, Ann Arbor,
Mich.; Colorado Scientific Society, Denver; Kansas State
Historical Society, The Kansas Academy of Science, Topeka ;
Observatorio Astronumico National Mexicano, Tacubaya,
Mexico.

Accessions to the Library were reported.

1S91.] "1

Pending nominations 1220, 1221, 1222, and new nomina-
tions 1223, 1224, 1225 and 1226 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting, April 3, 1891.

Present, 13 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted.

Accessions to the Library were reported.

Prof. Lesley read an obituary notice of the late Peter W.
Sheafer (b. March 31, 1819; died at Pottsville, March 26,
1891).

The death of Dr. Thomas B. Reed was announced (Phila-
delphia, April 1, 1891, set. 59).

Prof. Lesley read a paper " On An Important Boring
Through 2000 Feet of Trias in Eastern Pennsylvania," which.
was followed by some remarks on the subject by Mr. B. S.
Lyman.

Pending nominations, Nos. 1220, 1221, 1222, 1223, 1224,
1225 and 1226 were read.

The report of the Trustees of the Building Fund was pre-
sented.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, April 17, 1891.

Present, 13 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :
A letter was received from the American Consul General,
Melbourne, Australia, asking the Society to participate in a

"^ I April 17,

scientific expedition to the Solomon Islands and other places,
with a view of collecting ethnological and anthropological
specimens.

A circular was received from the Royal Society of New
South Wales, offering its medal and money prize, for the best
communication containing the results of original research or
observation upon scientific subjects.

An invitation was received from the Hungarian Committee
to attend the Second International Ornithological Congress,
which will be held in Budapest at Whitsuntide, 1891.

Letters were received from the Societe Hongroise de Geog-
raphic, and from the "Journal of Comparative Neurology,"
Cincinnati, Ohio, asking for exchanges, which were so ordered.

Letters of envoy were received from the Royal Society of
New South Wales, Sydney ; Muscle Teyler, Haarlem; Neder-
landsche Letterkunde, Leiden ; Ministere de l'Instruction
Publique, Paris ; Bath and West and Southern Counties So-
cieties, Bath, England ; Royal Statistical Society, London ; Mr.
Frank Vincent, New York ; Department of the Interior,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Tokyo
Library (131, 132, 133); Universite Royale, Lund, Sweden
(130, 131, 132, 133); Physikalisch-Medizinische Societat, Er-
langen (131, 132, 133) ; K. Siichs. Alterthumsverein, Dresden
(131, 132, 133); Oberhess. Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heil-
kunde, Giessen (131, 132, 133); Prof. Otto Bottlingk, Leipzig
(131, 132, 133); K. K. Sternwarte in Prag (130); Museum
d'Histoire Naturelle, Strasburg (131, 132, 133); Naturfor-
schencle Gesellschaft, Schweiz. Naturforsch. Gesellschaft, Bern
(131,132,133); Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale, Firenze (131,
132, 133) ; R. Comitate Geologico D'ltalia, Rome (131, 132,
133).

Mr. R. Meade Bache read a paper on " Possible Steriliza-
tion of City Water," which was followed by a discussion.

Pending nominations 1220, 1221, 1222, 1223, 1224, 1225
and 1226, and new nominations Nos. 1227, 1228 and 1229
were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

1391.) 93

/Stated Meet in r/, May 1, 1891.
Present, 13 members.
President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Letters of envoy were received from the K. Akademie der
"Wissenschaften, Vienna, Austria ; Societe des Sciences Natu-
relles et Archeologiques de la Creuse, Gueret, France.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Natur-
historische Gesellschaft, Hanover, Prussia (131, 132, 133) ; R.
Accademia dei Lincei, Prof. G. Sergi, Rome (131, 132, 133);
Marquis Antoine de Gregorio, Palermo, Sicily (131, 132, 133);
Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et Mathematiques,
Cherbourg, France (131, 132, 133); Socie"te des Sciences Nat-
urelles et Archeologiques de la Creuse, Gueret, France (131,
132, 133); Prof. Leon de Rosny, Paris (131); Societe Aca-
demique, Troyes (131, 132, 133); Societe Polymathique de
Morbihan, Vannes (131, 132, 133); Sir J. W. Dawson, Mon-
treal (134); State Library of Massachusetts, Boston (131);
Prof. Elihu Thomson, Swampscott, Mass. (131).

At request of the Kg. Norske Videnskabers Selskab,
Throndhjem, Norway, it was placed on list to receive Pro-
ceedings from 131.

The following societies were placed on the exchange list to
receive Proceedings from No. 13 1 :

K. Sachs. Meteorologische Institut, Leipzig ; K. Siichs.
Sternwarte, Leipzig ; Academie des Sciences, etc., Angers,
France ; Schlesische Gesellschaft fur Vaterlandische Kultur,
Breslau, Germany; Societa Italiana delle Scienze (5 Piazza
S. Pietro in Vincoli), Rome, Italy ; Naturwiss. Verein, Re-
gensburg, Germany ; Bureau fiir Wetter Prognose, Leipzig,
Saxony ; Naturhist. Landes - Museum, Klagenfiirt, Austria ;
Societe Geologique de Normandie, Havre, France.

An engraved portrait of the late Prof. Von Rath was pre-
sented by his widow.

The following deaths of members were announced :

Rev. S. S. Lewis (Cambridge, England), March 31, 1891.

[May 1,

Dr. John LeConte (Berkeley, Cal.), April 29, 1891, set. 73
(b. Dec. 4, 1818).

Dr. Joseph Leidy (Philadelphia), April 30, 1891 (b. Sept.
9, 1823).

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint suitable
persons to prepare the usual obituary notices of Dr. Leidy and
Dr. LeConte.

Prof. Lesley read a paper on " Artesian "Wells in Philadel-
phia, Norristown, Montgomery and Delaware Counties," with
notes by Prof. Oscar C. S. Carter.

Prof. Lesley presented a paper by Prof. Oscar C. S. Carter
on " The Feldspar Bed in the Laurentian Gneiss near Lafay-
ette Station."

Mr. Holman made an oral communication in relation to a
new microscope, lately invented by him, by which objects dis-
tant from its front lens over two and a half feet could be
readily examined in their habitat. For example, at that dis-
tance a salamander of a few inches in size would appear some
thirty inches in length, and its whole circulation of blood
would be plainly visible. The instrument uses a photographic
lens as an object glass, and is really a short-focus telescope.

Pending nominations Nos. 1220 to 1229 (inclusive) were
read.

Mr. J. Sergeant Price, the Treasurer, having reported to the
Society that he had received through its attorney, Mr. John
H. Harjes, of Paris, the sum of three thousand eight hundred
and fifty-five dollars and forty-two cents, the full amount of
the legacy of twenty thousand francs (at the exchange of 5.18|
francs per docia) given to it by the will of the late Mr. Au-
guste Carlier, of Paris, a member of our Society, submitted
the following resolutions, which were unanimously adopted :

Resolved, That the thanks of the Society be returned to Mr. Louis Vos-
sion, the French Consul at Philadelphia, for his aid in preparing the
necessary papers and certificates therein for presenting our claim for said
legacy to Mr. P. Massion, of Paris, the Executor of Mr. Auguste Carlier ;
he as a member of our Society declining to make any charge therefor for
fees and expenses.

1891.] ^D

Resolved, That the thanks of the Society be returned to Mr. John H.
Harjes, of the firm of Messrs. Drexel & Co., for his valuable services as
our representative in Paris, in obtaining from Mr. P. Massion, the Execu-
tor of Mr. A.uguste Carlier, the legacy of twenty thousand francs giveu
to us by his will and remitting the same to us without any charge for the
time and care given to our interests, which acts of kindness are highly
appreciated by the Society.

The Committee on Extended Accommodations reported
progress.

The deferred business being in order, the report of the
Committee submitted March 6, 1891, was taken up.

Prof. Cope moved that the consideration of the same be post-
poned until the next regular meeting of the Society, and that
notice thereof should be placed upon the meeting postal-
cards.

Mr. Price moved, as a substitute and amendment, that the
consideration of the report should be postponed until the first
regular meeting in November, 1891.

The amendment, being put to a vote, was declared carried.

The resolution as amended was then unanimously adopted.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, May 15, 1891.

Present, 19 members.

President, Mr. Fealey, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows : A circular was
received from the Observatorio de San Fernando announcing
the death of the Director of the Observatory, Sr. D. Cecilio
Pujazon.

Letters of envoy were received from the K. Sachsische
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig ; Eoyal Statistical
Society, London.

Ju [May 15,

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Linnaean
Society of New South Wales, Sydney (130) ; Rhode Island
Historical Society, Providence (134) ; Prof. 0. N. Rood, New
York Academy of Sciences (134); Dr. Morris Longstreth,
Messrs. John R. Baker, J. S. Harris, George de B. Keim,
George Stuart, College of Pharmacy, Philadelphia (134);
State Library of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg (134) ; Mr. John
F. Carll, Pleasantville (134); Prof. J. T. Rothrock, AVest
Chester (134); Wyoming Historical and Geological So-
ciety, Wilkesbarrc (134); Signal Office, Washington (131,
132, 133, and Transactions xvi, 1, 2, 3) ; Leander Mc-
Cormick Observatory, University of Virginia (134) ; Denison
Scientific Association, Granville, 0. (134) ; Davenport Acad-
emy of Sciences, Davenport, Iowa (134) ; Observatorio Na-
cional de Tacubaya, Sociedad Cientifica " Antonio Alzate,"
Mexico (134) ; Museo Michoacano, Morelia ; Bishop Crescen-
do Carrillo, Merida, Yucatan (134).

Dr. Ruschenberger read an obituary notice of the late Dr.
Gouverneur Emerson.

The death of Julius E. Hilgard (Washington, D. C), May 2,
1891, was announced.

The President reported that he had appointed Dr. Ruschen-
berger to prepare the obituary notice of the late Dr. Leidy,
and Prof. Barker that of the late Dr. LeConte (Berkeley,
Cal.).

Mr. R. Meade Bache read a paper entitled " A Fragment of
Objectionable University-Extension Teaching."

The minutes of the Board of Officers and Council were sub-
mitted.

Pending nominations Nos. 1220, 1221, 1222, 1223, 1224,
1225, 1226, 1227, 1228 and 1229 were read, spoken to and
balloted for.

At the call of Committees, Prof. E. J. Houston, Chairman,
reported a minute of resolutions adopted at the last meeting
of the Committee on Library, but the hour of 10 p.m. having
arrived, after which, by the laws of the Society (Chapter ix,
§ 5), it is not permitted to take up new business, the considera-

1891.] ***

tion of the Report and the matters therein contained, was
postponed, on motion, to an adjourned meeting of the Society
to be held at its Hall on May 29, 1891, at 8 p.m.

Secretaries Barker and Brinton, the tellers appointed to
conduct the balloting for members, reported the following to
have been duly elected members:

2188. Dr. Renu Gregory, Leipzig.

2189. Prof. Henry W. Spangler, University of Pennsylva-
nia, Philadelphia.

2190. Prof. A. de Quatrefages, Membre de l'lnstitut, Paris,
France.

2191. Sir Robert S. Ball, Astronomer Royal for Ireland,
Dublin.

2192. Prof. Charles E. Munroe, Newport, R. I.

2193. Right Rev. William Stubbs, LL.D., D.D., Bishop ol
Oxford, England.

2194. Dr. E. T. Hamy, Conservator du Musee du Louvre,
Paris, France.

2195. Prof. Jules Oppert, Membre de l'lnstitut, Paris,
France.

2196. Prof. Gaston Maspero, Paris, France.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

An Adjourned Meeting was held May *29, 1891.

Present, 11 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

The President stated the object of the meeting.

Prof. Edwin J. Houston, Chairman, read the following ex-

PltOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 135. M. PRINTED JUNE 11, 1891.

[May 29, 1891.

tract from the minutes of the last meeting of the Committee
on Library :

The Library Committee respectfully reports to the Society that it is
unable to understand the plans of the Committee on Extended Accom-
modations as regards the general character of the new bookcases to be
furnished, their location, number and size.

The Library Committee cannot intelligently carry on the work dele-
gated to it by the Society, unless its duties and those of the Committee on
Extended Accommodations be clearly defined by the Society.

A general discussion took place, and the Chairman of the
Committee on Extended Accommodations explained the work
and the plans of the Committee.

Prof. Houston stated the points at issue to be three, viz. :

1. Does the Society desire all its books to be placed in the new Library
room V or,

2. Does it wish any in the North room ? or,

3. Does it wish any in the Meeting room.

On motion of Dr. Morris it was, nem. con. :

Resolved, That the stock of publications issued by the Society shall
be placed in a portion of the North room.

On motion of Dr. Hayes it was, nem. con. :

Resolved, That the Committee on Extended Accommodations be di-
rected to locate and construct cases for books, and cabinets, in accordance
with plans to be approved of by the Library Committee.

On motion of Prof. Smyth it was, nem. con. :

Resolved, That Daniel G. Brinton and Henry Phillips, Jr., and each of
them, be appointed delegates to represent this Society at the meeting at
Moscow, thisyear, of the Congres International d'Anthropologie el Arche-
ologie Prehistoriques, provided that the said appointment shall entail no
expense whatever upon the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

JAN 28 1892

October:', L891.] ^ [Horn.

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXIX. July to December, 1891. No. 136.

Notes on Calospasta Lee.

By George H. Horn, M.D.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 2, 1801.')

Some years ago, in a critical review of the genera of Meloidie, it seemed
evident, from the modifications of the form of the tarsal claws, that some
genera remained to be discovered to fill the gaps existing. These forms
were indicated at the time and one of them has already been found.
Another of the missing links must come in the vicinity of the genus
under discussion and is really foreshadowed in the slight claw modifica-
tions already observed. That the material may be at hand and ready for
use in the event of further discoveries is my excuse for presenting this
short paper for the consideration of those interested.

Calospasta Lec.

In the Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 1878, p. 60, I gave a brief table of the
species then known to me. Since then another species has been described
(loc. at, 1883, p. 312).

Two more new species have recently been collected, both from Cali-
fornia, which, with the one not included in my previous table, will require
some modification of it.

1. Spurs of hind tibue slender and not very dissimilar 2

Spurs of hind tibise dissimilar, the inner slender, the outer cylindrical

and truncate 6

2. Elytra strongly costatc 1. mirabilis.

Elytra not costate , 3

3. Median line of front deeply impressed ; head red 2. bistrionica.

Median line of front not at all impressed ; head and thorax dark

blue or green 4

4. Median line of thorax impressed; thorax not longer than wide;

color green 3. viridis.

Median line of thorax not impressed 5

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. N. PRINTED DEC. 14, 1891.

Horn.] 1UU |-0Ct. o

5. Thorax narrow, longer than wide ; elytra ornate.

Head and thorax obviously punctate 4. elegans.

Head and thorax quite smooth 5. perpulchra.

Thorax short, nearly twice as wide as long ; black, subopaque.

6. Fulleri.

6. Body above and beneath entirely black 7. moesta.

Thorax red.

Head and thorax sparsely but distinctly punctate, each punc-
tured with a short, black, neat hair 8. Morrisoni.

Head and thorax absolutely smooth, without hair.

9. nemognathoides.

C. mirabilis Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 1870. p. 93.

In this species the antennae are filiform, the joints closely articulated.

The anterior tarsi of the male are simple, the last ventral segment with
a shallow semicircular emargination.

Occurs in Southwestern Utah, Mojave Desert and San Diego, Cal.,
Rock Spring and near Yuma, Ariz.

C. histrionica, n. sp.

Piceous black, moderately shining, head red, humeri triangularly
orange yellow. Antennae black, filiform, joints moderately closely artic-
ulated : head oval, smooth, with but few punctures ; median line deeply
impressed, hind angles rounded, mouth parts piceous ; thorax longer than
wide, much narrowed at anterior half; disk feebly convex, transversely
depressed in front, a feeble median impression posteriorly, surface almost
entirely smooth; elytra nearly twice as wide at base as the thorax, a
faint slender costa on each side ; surface scabrous, the humeri nearly
smooth ; body beneath piceous black, shining. Length .34-.o4 inch ;
8.5-14 mm.

Mule.- — First three joints of the anterior tarsi thickened, gibbous on the
upper side, with a deep groove producing a bilobed appearance. Last
ventral with a small triangular notch.

Female. — Anterior tarsi simple. Last ventral entire.

The form of the anterior tarsi of the male is a repetition in a less
marked manner of that observed in Eupompha, while the form of the
head, especially in reference to the median groove of the front, is seen in
both Eupompha and Tegrodera.

It seems probable that species will yet occur requiring the union of the
three genera, as all of them are characterized by the claws being
unequally cleft, the lower portion shorter than the upper and connate
with it.

Collected near San Diego, Cal. For specimens I am indebted to the
kindness of Dr. C. V. Riley.

C. viridis Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 1883, p. 312.

Antennae rather stoutly filiform, the joints closely articulated, 4-10 not
longer than wide.

■101 [Horn.

The thorax is wider than long, the median line impressed.

The male has simple anterior tarsi. The last ventral is broadly trian-
gularly emarginate and impressed along the middle.

This species is notable in having the claws cleft very near the tip, so
that the under portion is but little shorter than the upper.

Occurs in Colorado and New Mexico. Collected by Prof. F. H. Snow.

C. elegans, Lee Ann. Lye, v, p. 161; Proe. Acad., 1853, p. 341 ; var.
humeralis Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 1870, p. 93.

Antenna? filiform, moderately closely articulated, joints all longer than
wide. On each side of the front, at the insertion of the antennae, is a gib-
bosity causing a deep depression above the clypeus.

When fully colored, the dull blue elytra have a yellow vitta of irreg-
ular form starting from the humeri, continuing closer to the side than the
suture and with an interruption near the apex. The vitta may be
reduced in size until there remains merely a triangular humeral spot.

The males have the anterior tarsi dilated, not very notably except the
first joint ; there is, however, no depression above. The last ventral
segment is feebly triangularly emarginate.

Occurs in various parts of Southern California, from San Diego north-
ward.

C. perpulchra Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 1870, p. 92.

Very like elegans in all its structural characters. The bright blue elytra
have three yellow bands, basal, median, and apical, interrupted by the
suture. This species may vary by the gradual loss of the bands, from the
apical to the basal, until the elytra are entirely blue. Those with the
humeral spot only resemble the var. humeralis, of the preceding species ;
but apart from the ornamentation, the two species may be distinguished
by the present having a brighter blue color, smoother surface, the head
and thorax quite smooth, while in elegans they are very obviously punc-
tate.

The sexual characters are as in elegans.

Occurs in Owen's Valley, Cal.

C. Fulleri Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 1878, p. 59.

Black, subopaque. Antennae filiform, but rather stout ; joints closely
articulated and scarcely longer than wide. Head, fromjn front, triangular
in form, the sides parallel behind the eyes, hind angles obtuse, occiput
truncate. Thorax nearly twice as wide as long.

The anterior tarsi of the male are simple ; the last ventral broadly tri-
angularly emarginate, the fifth broadly and not deeply emarginate.

Occurs in Southern California. Found rather abundantly by Mr. Mor-
rison.

C. moesta Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 1878, p. 59.

Entirely black. Thorax longer than wide, not closely punctate.
Antennae slightly thicker externally, the joints submoniliform and not

Horn.] lrj~> [Oct. 2,

closely articulated. Tarsal claws cleft very near the base, the lower por-
tion not half the length of the upper. Spurs of hind tibiae dissimilar, the
outer cylindrical, the apex truncate and slightly expanded, inner spur
slender.

The males have the anterior tarsi simple, the last ventral with a shallow
triangular emargination.

From Southern California, pi'ecise locality not known.

C. Morrisoni, n. sp.

Elongate, black, thorax orange red. Antennas black, slightly thick-
ened externally, joints moniliform ; head transversely quadrate, usually
with a central rufous spot, parallel for a short distance behind the eyes,
hind angles rounded, surface sparsely punctate ; thorax scarcely longer
than wide, widest one-third from apex, apical third more rapidly nar-
rowed, posterior two-thirds slightly narrowed, disk feebly convex ; a slight
median depression posteriorly, surface sparsely but distinctly punctate
and with shortened black hairs ; elytra scabrous, with very short hairs ;
body beneath black, shining, sparsely pubescent ; posterior tibial spurs
dissimilar, the outer cylindrical, truncate, slightly broadened at tip, the
inner slender and acute ; claws deeply cleft, the lower portion more than
half the length of the upper. Length .42-. 64 inch ; 10.5-16 mm.

Mule. — The anterior tarsi are simple. Last ventral broadly triangularly
emarginate and slightly longitudinally impressed.

In color this species resembles the following, but the head and thorax
are very distinctly punctate and more or less pubescent. It is, moreover,
much larger, and the surface scarcely shining.

Occurs in Southern California, and was found rather abundantly by
Mr. Morrison. At the time when I had but a unique of the next species
I supposed these to be merely fully-developed specimens of it.

C. nemognathoides Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe., 1870, p. 92.

Black, moderately shining, thorax red. Antennae comparatively slender,
the joints longer than wide, not moniliform ; head quite smooth, with few
very indistinct fine punctures ; thorax as wide as long, sides arcuatcly
rounded in apical half, disk convex, without impression, surface smooth
and shining ; elytra scabrous, sometimes feebly so, surface moderately
shining ; body beneath black, shining ; spurs of hind tibia? dissimilar, the
inner slender, acute, the outer cylindrical, truncate, and slightly wider at
tip ; claws not deeply cleft, the lower portion two-thirds the length of the
upper. Length .22-32 inch ; 5.5-8 mm.

In the male the anterior tarsi are slender. The last ventral segment is
deeply incised.

This species might be supposed to be merely a feebly developed form
of the preceding. The differences have there been given, to which might
here be added the form of the antennae. It also resembles several of our
species of Nemognatha. •

Occurs in Owen's Valley, Ca1., and in Arizona near Fort Yuma.

1891.] 106 [Warwick.

The Electrolysis of Metallic Formates.

By Bill Sloane Warwick.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 6, 1S91.)

The facility with which many metallic formates could he reduced to the
metallic state by heat, or in the case of silver and mercury, even by the
action of light, having led to the hope that they might be employed with
particular advantage in electrolysis, the following series of experiments
were made upon solutions of copper, zinc and cadmium formates, in order
to ascertain the effect of dilution, temperature and pole separation, as well
as the conditions necessary in order to effect their quantitative estimation and
separation. The current was generated by a battery of ten cells, of the
"crowfoot " type, each cell being 3.1 dm. in height, by 1.9 dm. in diame-
ter, and having a capacity of 2 liters ; the dimensions of the zincs were
1.5 cm. by 1.5 cm., and of the radiating copper plates constituting the
positive pole 1.5 cm. by 1.5 cm. By means of this battery a compara-
tively uniform current of 2.8 c.c. electrolytic gas per minute was gener-
ated after the cells had been in use for some time.

The strength of the current was measured by means of an ordinary
voltameter, and was ascertained before and after the completion of the
experiment. For the deposition of small quantities of metal, thick platinum-
foil electrodes were used, 3.8 cm. wide, and immersed to the depth of 3.8
cm. in the solution. For quantities above .05 gram, they were unsatis-
factory, the metal showing a great tendency to separate in a spongy con-
dition at the edge. In the earlier determinations a platinum dish was
used, weighing about 67 grams, and having a capacity of 150 c.c. ; in the
later ones a dish weighing 117 grams, and with a capacity of 275 c.c, was
employed. The results obtained with the larger dish were necessarily
somewhat less exact than with the one of smaller size. The positive pole
consisted of a thick platinum wire, the lower portion of which was wound
into a horizontal spiral. In some of the separations it was found expedi-
ent to substitute for the spiral a small platinum crucible 2.5 cm. in height
and 2.8 cm. in diameter, closed by a cork, through which passed a copper
wire in contact with the bottom of the crucible. In order to regulate the
distance between the poles, a filter stand was used, having inserted on its
movable arm. an ordinary binding screw, to which the positive pole was
attached.

The following formates were prepared :

Copper Formate.

This salt was made by precipitating cupric oxide from a hot solution of
copper sulphate, by means of caustic potash ; the precipitate was washed
by decantation until free from traces of potash ; it was then dissolved in
formic acid having the sp. gr. 1.015, obtained in the usual way from oxalic

Warwick.] ■*- ^4 [Nov. 6,

acid and glj'cerine, through which a current of steam was allowed to pass
in order to prevent too great a rise of temperature, with the consequent
production of decomposition products ; the salt was allowed to crystallize
out by spontaneous evaporation in a current of warm air, and recrystal-
lized. An abundant crop of large, blue, monoclinic crystals was obtained,
having the composition Cu (C H02)2 -f 4 H20, efflorescing in dry air, solu-
ble in eight parts of water and changed by boiling to the sparingly soluble
basic salt Cu (C H02)2. 2 Cu (HO)2.

Zinc Formate.

A solution of ordinary crystallized zinc sulphate was treated with an
excess of sodium carbonate, heated almost to boiling, freed by decantation
from soluble impurity and dissolved in hot formic acid. The solution
was evaporated down and allowed to stand, after filtering off a slight
precipitate that formed on boiling, and which gave the iron reaction with
potassium sulphocyanate.

Monoclinic prisms having the formula Zn (C H02)? + 2 H20 separated
out, isomorphous with the cadmium salt, permanent in the air and solu-
ble in twenty-four parts of water at ordinary temperature.

Cadmium Formate.

This salt was prepared by dissolving cadmium obtained by distillation
in vacuuo, in nitric acid, neutralizing with a hot solution of potassium
carbonate, washing by decantation until free from soluble carbonate and
dissolving in formic acid. Large monoclinic crystals separated out, hav-
ing the composition Cd (C H02)2 -f 2 H20, permanent in the air, readily
soluble in water.

(Note. — The formulas of copper and cadmium formates are given as
follows : Cu (C H0.2)2 and Cd(CH02)2 in the last edition of AVatts'
Dictionary of Chemistry, differing from all other authorities. Experi-
ments made to settle the question resulted in the formulas assigned,
which is in accordance with the ones usually given.)

Lead Formate.

Solutions of lead acetate and sodium formate were mixed and allowed
to stand. Large white anhydrous rhombic crystals gradually separated
out in radiating needles, sparingly soluble in cold water, more readily in
hot, but with partial decomposition into free acid, and a basic salt of
variable composition.

Coealtous Formate.

A hot solution of cobaltous sulphate was neutralized with caustic soda
solution, washed by decantation until free from all but traces of the pre-
cipitant, dissolved in formic acid, filtered, and allowed to evaporate in a
current of warm air. The salt separated in crusts, consisting of indistinct
crystals, having the composition Co(CH02)2-f 2H20, dissolving with
difficulty to a reddish-colored solution.

1891.] 105 Warwick.

Manganous Formate.

This salt was prepared from manganous carbonate precipitated from a
hot solution of manganous sulphate, by means of sodium carbonate added
to alkaline reaction and decanted as rapidly as possible until free from all
except very slight traces of soluble salts. It was then dissolved in formic
acid and allowed to crystallize very slowly. The crystals thus obtained
were allowed to recrystallize. The crystals are small, pale reddish
monoclinic prisms, soluble in fifteen parts of water, and contain two mole-
cules of water of crystallization.

Nickel Formate.

A solution of nickel chloride was treated with a slight excess of sodic
hydrate, washed several times by decantation with hot water, dissolved in
acid and evaporated down. A greenish crust formed, made up of very
small, bright, green needles— Ni (C H02)2 -f 2 H20.

Ferric Formate.

Ferric chloride was treated with excess of a solution of ammonia,
washed with hot water, and allowed to digest in formic acid at a tempera-
ture which was not allowed to exceed 70°, until the hydrate of iron had
completely dissolved, which required several hours. The deep-red solu-
tion was allowed to crystallize by spontaneous evaporation. Yellowish-
red needles, crystallizing in radiating tufts, separated out, which formed
a light, loose, coherent powder. When dried at a moderate temperature,
it was readily soluble in cold water with an acid reaction. Aqueous solu-
tions on warming became turbid from the partial decomposition of the
salt into ferric hydrate and free acid. A similar decomposition takes
place in solutions at ordinary temperatures after standing for some time.
(The foregoing salt was made in preference to ferrous formate on account
of its greater solubility.)

Mercuric Formate.

Mercuric oxide was dissolved in formic acid, but on warming the solu-
tion slightly it decomposed into the very sparingly soluble white mercur-
ous formate, carbon dioxide and formic acid, according to the following
equation :

2 Hg (C H02)* = Hg2 (C H02)2 + C H02H + C02 and
Hg2 (C H02)2 = 2 Hg + C H02 H + C02.

The precipitate was gray in color from the presence of free mercury.
The tendency to decompose is such that in solution at ordinary tempera-
tures these changes take place readily in the light and, with more slow-
ness, even in the dark. The"ous" salt conies out in minute shining
crystals, very insoluble in water, and on continuous warming becomes
entirely converted into free mercury. The formates of silver, bismuth

Warwick.] -1^0 [Kov 6)

and tin were not prepared, as they were not considered available for
various reasons.

In order to ascertain the comparative accuracy of the results obtained
by means of the ordinary gravimetric methods, as compared with those
obtained by means of the current, a series of experiments was made with
the metals chosen for particular study. The gravimetric method adopted
was the same for all three, namely, estimation as oxide, conducted in the
ordinary way.

Copper (Determined as CuO).

Copp
takei

er formate
l, in grains.

Copper by theory,
in grams.

Copper in

Cu( ) formed.

Difference in percentage
from theoretical.

(1)

.8024

.2252

.•22111

+.39 per cent.

(2)

.7924

.2226

.2232

+.27 «

(3)

.7063

.1984

.1982

—.10

(4)

.7063

.1984

.1979

—.25

The first two determinations were high, due perhaps to the efflorescence
of the salt. All subsequent weighings were done in a covered watch-
glass, and the results obtained corresponded closely with the theoretical.

In the following electrolytic depositions of copper, solutions of copper
formate of known strength were used.

Copper (Determined Electrolytically).

c.c. H,0.

125

Copper present
in solution.

Copper

found.

Free formic
acid.

(1)

.1434

grams.

.1438

10 c.c.

(2)

.1074

< i

1075

15 c.c.

(o)

.0987

.0983

5 c.c.

(4)

.0987

10 c.c.

(5)

.1074

.1077

10 c.c.

(6)

.1057

.1056

10 c.c.

.1057

.1052

15 c.c.

(8)

.1101

.1104

10 c.c.

Differ'e in

Time in

percentage

hours.

from

theoretical.

.27%

.09

.10

.00

.27

—

.09

—

.47

.27

In the above experiments a platinum dish was used at the negative
pole, and the wire spiral as the anode. A current of 0.8 — 1.60 c.c. II O
gas per minute was allowed to run over night. The poles were separated
2.5 cm. Before cutting off the current, the level of the liquid in the dish
was raised by the addition of water, and the current allowed to act for an
additional half hour. No further deposit of copper took place on the
clean surface of the dish, indicating that the metal was completely pre-
cipitated. The current was then discontinued, the liquid quickly poured
off and the dish washed with hot water, being finally dried on a warm
iron plate at a temperature not exceeding 100° C. The dish was then set

1891] J-^' [Warwick.

aside for some time until it had acquired the temperature of the room and
weighed. The solutions failed to give any indication, except the merest
traces, of copper when tested with ferrocyanide of potassium. The
time varied from sixteen to forty-six hours without materially affecting
the result. No perceptible oxidation took place during drying, although
the deposit was somewhat dark. It came out as a compact adherent coat-
ing, readily dissolving in nitric acid.

A comparison between the results obtained shows conclusively not only
that the deposition of copper from its formate solution can be accom-
plished, but that it is fully as accurate as the ordinary gravimetric method.

Zinc (Determined as ZnO).

Zinc formate taken,
in grams.

Zinc by theory,
in grams. .

Zinc in zinc
oxide found.

Difference in percentage
from theoretical.

(1) .5508

.1875

.1870

— .26%

(2) "

.1876

+ .05

(3) "

€i

.1869

— .31

(4) <<

<«

.1872

— .16

The four determinations made by the usual gravimetric method were
estimated finally as zinc oxide which, for purposes of comparison, have
been converted into metal.

Zinc (Determined Electrolyticallt).

Zinc present
in grams.

Zinc
found.

Free acid.

c.c.H20.

Time in
hours.

Current in HO
gas per
minute.

Difference in

percentage

from theory.

(i) .oi ;•,'.-)

.0614

none

100

1.8 c.c.

....

(2) .0625

....

lOc.c.

100

1.8 c.c.

....

(3) .1250

....

15 c.c.

100

2.0 c.c.

....

(4) .0818

.0476

5 c.c.

100

17 -

.8 c.c.

....

(5) .0818

.0816

15 c.c.

100

1.7 c c.

— .24%

(6) .0818

.0819

15 c.c.

100

1.7 c.c.

+ .12

(7) .0513

.0513

25 c.c.

100

1.7 c.c.

(8) .1026

.1021

10 c.c.

100

1.7 c.c.

— .48

(9) .1026

.1023

15 c.c.

100

1.8 c.c.

— .29

(10) .1006

.1007

10 c.c.

100

1.7 c.c.

+ .09

(11) .1006

.1003

10 c.c.

100

1.7 c.c.

— .29

The foregoing determinations of zinc formate were performed under a
variety of conditions. (1), (2), (3), (4) were made with the dish as cathode,
and the wire spiral as the positive pole ; the results both with and without
free acid were unsatisfactory, the deposit being very spongy and failing
to come out completely, as proved by testing the solution with potassium
ferrocyanide. The dish was then made the anode and the zinc was
allowed to separate on the platinum crucible which was made the negative
pole. The amount of free acid varied from 10 to 25 c.c. The deposit was

PROC AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. O. PRINTED DEC. 14, 1891.

Warwick.] LVO [X0V. 6j

gray and adherent on the sides and bottom, but rather spongy at the
periphery. Around the top of the crucible the metal was black in color.
The final determinations were accurate but required the greatest care to
avoid detaching loose particles of metal.

The deposit was not regular, the bottom of the crucible being more or
less free from zinc on account of the accumulation of gas. The time of
deposition averaged sixteen hours. Such currents as sufficed to separate
copper were unsatisfactory, even when the electrodes were brought in
close contact. In the determinations that were satisfactory, the current
strength varied from 1.6 — 1.8 HO gas per minute, and the poles were
close together.

Cadmium (Determined as CdO).

Cadmium formate
taken.

Cadmium
by theory.

Cadmium in
CdO found.

Difference in percentage
from theory.

(1) .4224

.1988

.1983

— .23%

(2) .4224

.1988

.1982

— .30

Both results are somewhat too low, possibly owing to reduction of the
oxide to metal and consequent loss by volatilization.

Cadmium (Determined Electrolytically).

Cadmium pres- (
ent in grams.

Cadmium foui
in grams.

ld Free acid.

c.c. HoO.

Time in

hours.

Differ' ce in percent
from theoretical.

(1) .0497

.0498

15 C.c.

100

+ •20%

(2) .0994

.0996

lOc.c.

100

+ .20

(3) .0994

.0991

10 c.c.

100

— .30

(4) .1231

.1228

10 c.c.

100

— .40

(5) .1231

.1229

10 c.c.

100

— .16

(6) .0984

.0984

10 c.c.

100

(7) .0984

.0985

10 c.c.

100

+ .10

(8) .1004

.1005

10 c.c.

100

+ .09

(9) .1004

.1002

10 c.c.

100

— .19

The dish was used as the negative electrode, the spiral as the positive,
except (1), in which the cadmium was deposited on the crucible, the dish
serving as the anode. The distance between the poles wras 2.5 cm. The
variations in the conditions of the experiments noted above caused no
noticeable difference in the results. The deposit was not apparently
oxidized by moderate warming. Current 1.25 to 1.5 c.c. HO gas per
minute.

The solutions were tested for cadmium at the conclusion of each experi-
ment, but none was found, proving that the metal was completely de-
posited. It formed a firm and adherent coating, white in color, with a
bright metallic lustre.

1891.]

109

[Warwick.

I. Influence of Dilution upon the Precipitation of Copper.

Copper present

iu grams.

(1) .0717

(2) .0358

(3) .0170

(4) .0089

(5) .0044

(6) .0022

(7) .0011

Copper

found.

.0199
.0111
.0057
.0028
.0014
.0006
.0002

Free acid.

3 drops
3 <<

3 <<

c.c. H20.

100

e.c. H< > gas Time in
perniiuute. hours.

1.75 1

The distance between the poles was 2.5 cm. The area of the electrodes
was (3.8 cm. X 3.17 cm.) x 2. The deposition was performed in beakers,
having a capacity of 400 c.c, a height of 10 cm. and 7.6 cm. in diameter.
The deposit was bright and adherent and, although the amount of free
acid present was very small, the metal was not spongy. The results
obtained were in close accord with those assigned by theory, according to
the law that the amount of metal deposited in a given time is proportional
to the strength of solution.

II. The Influence of Temperature upon the Precipitation of

Copper.

Copper taken
in grams.

Copper
deposited.

(1) .0211

.0019

(2) "

.0046

(3) «

.0080

(4) '<

.0119

Free acid.

c.c. HoO.
150 c.c.

Time in

hours.

Temperature in
degrees Cent.

20°
40°
60°
80°

The area of the electrodes was (3.5 cm. x 3.8 cm.) x 2. Distance be-
tween poles 2.8 cm. The current gave 1.25 c.c. HO gas per minute. (1)
was slightly spongy and had a slight deposit of basic green salt at the top.
(3) was somewhat dark and slightly spongy at the top but adherent. The
amount of metal deposited increased with rise of temperature, as follows :
.0027 grams (200-40°), .0034 grams (40°-60°), .0039 grams (60°-80°).
The ratio of increase also rose with the temperature, being greatest be-
tween 60° and 80°. In the above series the determinations were made in
neutral solutions ; in the following, 15 c.c. of formic acid was added.

Copper

taken.

deposited.

Grams.

(1) .1057

.0104

(2) "

.0164

(3) "

.0237

(4) "

.0319

Free acid.

IIoO.

Time.

Temperature in
degrees Cent.

c.c.

Hours.

150

20°
40°
60°
80°

Warwick.]

110

[Nov. G,

The distance between the poles was 2.9 cm., area of electrodes (3.5
cm. X 3.8 cm.) X 2, current strength 7.5 c. c. OH gas per minute. The
ratio of increase was: (20°-40°) .0060 grams, (400-60°) .0073 grams,
(60°-80°) .0082 grams. A comparison between the two series of results
would indicate that the presence of dilute free acid in moderate quantity
exercises no material influence on the amount of metil deposited, even at
elevated temperatures.

III. The Influence of Pole Separation upon the Precipitation

of Copper.

Copper

taken.

Copper

deposited.

Grams.

(1) .1974

.0133

(2) "

.0106

(3) "

.0093

(4) "

.0084

(5) "

.0078

(fi) "

.0073

(7) «

.0064

H20.

c.c.

700

Hours.
1

Distance between
electrodes,
em.
1.58
3.16
4.75
6.33
7.91
9.50
12.66

The area of the electrodes was (3.8 cm. X 3.48 cm.) X 2, free acid pres-
ent 10 c.c. (1) was slightly spongy. (7) was very close to the edge of
the dish. The diminution was (1-2) .0027 grams, (2-3) .0013 grains,
(3-4) .0009 grains, (4-5) .0006 grams, (5-6) .0005 grams. The current gave
1 75 c.c. Oil gas per minute.

The foregoing experiments were performed in a crystallizing dish 15.2
cm. by 7.6 cm., with a capacity of 900 c.c. In the following series the
determinations took place in a beaker 10 cm. in height by 7.6 cm. in
diameter.

Cooper
taken.

Copper
deposited.

Grams.

i rraras.

(1) .1434

.0302

(2) "

.0248

(3) "

.0208

(4) «

.0172

HoO.
c.c.
200

Hours.
1

Distance of

electrodes.

cm.

1.58

3.16

4.75

6.33

The current gave 1.75 c.c. oxyhydrogen gas per minute, area of
electrodes (3.8 cm. X 3.16 cm.) x 2, free acid present 5 c.c. The diminu-
tion was (1-2) .0054 grams, (2-3) .0040 grams, (3-4) .0036 grams. In
both series the rate of diminution rapidly lessened as the distance between
the electrodes increased.

Experiments male under conditions similar to the above, except that
no free acid was present, were failures, the deposits being exceedingly
spongy.

1891. J 111 [Warwick.

I. Influence of Dilution upon the Precipitation of Cadmium.

1 '.idinium
taken.

Cadmium
deposited.

H20.

Free acid.

Time.

i hi gas i

mini;!

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

C.C.

(1) .0994

100

none

1.75

(•:-> .0497

....

1
•2

(3) .0994

J.
2

(4) »

.0218

(5) .0497

.0109

(fi) .0243

.0053

•1

(7) .0124

.0020

5
8'

(8) .0062

.0011

1 G

In (1) and (2) no free acid was added, and in (3) only .5 c.c. was pres-
ent ; all three were failures. The amount of acid was then increased to
5 c.c, and the experiment repeated, all the other conditions remaining
the same. The deposit was adherent and compact. The poles were 3.16
cm. apart, and had an area of (2.85 cm. X 3.8 cm.) x 2.

II. Influence of Temperature upon the Precipitation of

Cadmium.

Cadmium

taken.

Cadmium
found.

HjjO.

Free acid.

Grams.

c.c.

(1) .1231

.0240

150

(2) "

(3) .0497

.0088

145

(4) "

.0110

(5) "

.0210

(6) ."

.0257

HoO ga s per
minute.

Temperature in
degrees Cent.

c.c.

1.75

20O

40°

20°

40°

60°

80°

(2) was very spongy and -was covered with a white gelatinous deposit
resembling cadmium hydrate. The amount of cadmium was then dimin-
ished more than half, while the amount of formic acid present was in-
creased to 25 c.c. (5) and (6) were somewhat spong}r but adherent. The
increase was (200-40°) .0022 grams, (400-60°) .0100 grams, (600-80) .0047
grams. The amount of metal deposited increased with rise of temperature,
being greatest at 80°, but the greatest ratio of increase was at 60°, being
almost five times greater than at 40°, and more than twice as great as at
80°. These results were so different from those obtained with copper
that a second series of determinations was made, in wdiich the amount of
cadmium in the solution was reduced still more in order to insure a com-
pact deposit at the higher temperatures. The results which, were in close
accord with those above are as follows :

Cadmium
taken.

Cadmium
deposited.

H20.

Free acid.

OH gas per
minute.

Temperature in
degrees Cent.

Grams.

c.c.

(1) .0198

.0022

135

1.25

20O

(2) "

.003L

1 1

40O

(3) "

.0078

60O

(4) "

.0102

80O

Warwick.]

112

[Nov. 6,

III. Influence of Pole Separation upon the Precipitation of

Cadmium.

Cadmium

present.

Cadmium
deposited.

H20.

OH gas per
minute.

Separation of
electrodes.

Grams.

c c.

c.c.

cm.

(1) .00111

...

700

2.2

1.58

(2) "

.0059

1.25

(3) "

.0023

(4) "

.0009

3.16

(5) "

.0002

•

6.33

(6) "

....

12,66

Although 20 c.c. of free formic acid was present in (1) and (2) both
were failures, the latter, though it was weighed, being merely approxi-
mate, some particles having been washed off. The current was then
reduced to .8 c.c. HO gas per minute. Adherent deposits were obtained,
but in such small quantity that (5) yielded only a trace. The ratio of
diminution was (3-4) .0014 grams, (4-5) .0007 grams. Area of electrodes
(3.8 cm. X 3.48 cm.) X 2, time 1 hour, free acid present 10 c.c.

Influence of Dilution

UPON THE

Precipitation of Zinc

Zinc

H20.

Free OH gas per

present.

deposited.

acid. minute.

< 1 rams.

Grams.

c.c.

c.c. c.c.

(1) .1250

.0300

100

.5 1.75

(2) .0625

.0155

.25

(3) .1250

.0173

(4) .0625

.0083

5. <<

(5) .0313

.0043

5 "

(6) .0156

.0028

S it

(1), (2), (5) and (6) were spongy, especially the last. Distance between
the poles 3.16 cm. Area (2.85 cm. X 3.8 cm.) X 2, time one hour.

II. Influence of Temperature upon the Precipitation of Zinc.

Zinc

taken.

Zinc

deposited.

H20.

Free
acid.

OH gas per
minute.

Temperatu
degrees (

Grams.

c.c.

(1) .1539

150

20O

(2) .1026

.0145

1.8

(3) .1026

40°

(4) .0205

none

20°

(5) "

....

(6) «

1.3

(7) .0513

.0029

145

(8) "

.0019

i 1

40O

(9) " •

.0010

60O

(10) "

....

80O

(11) «

....

i i

(12) "

....

none

t t

1891.]

113

[Warwick.

(1), (3), (5) and (6) were very spongy. In (4), (10) and (11) no deposition
of metal took place, (12) was spongy and wras covered with a white coat-
ing of zinc hydrate. At 80° no metal was deposited in the presence of
free acid provided the current was not too strong. The ratio of decrease
with rise of temperature was (20°-40°) 10 grams, (40°-60°) 9 grams, (60°-
80°) no deposit. The distance between the poles was 2.85 cm. Area of
electrodes (3.8 cm. X 3.16 cm.) X 2. Duration of experiment, one hour.

III. Influence of Pole Separation upon the Precipitation of

Zinc.

Zinc

taken.

Zinc
deponed.

Free

acid.

HoO.

OH gasper
miuute.

Time.

Distance be-
tween poles.

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

cm.

(1) .0102

.0046

700

1.9

1.58

(2) "

.0023

3.16

(3) "

.0015

6.33

(4) «

.0003

12.66

Area of electrodes (3.8 cm. x 3.48 cm.) X 2. The deposit was firm and
compact. Compared with the results obtained with copper and cadmium,
the result in (4) is too low.

Lead (Determined Electrolttically).

On account of tendency of lead and manganese to separate in the form
of peroxide at the positive pole, it was deemed advisable to make a series of
experiments on the metals themselves before attempting to effect their
separation. The results were as follows :

Lead

Free

H20.

OH gas per

taken.

lound.

acid.

minute.

Grams.

c.c.

(1) .1153

100

(2) "

....

1.2

(3) "

....

2.8

(4) "

....

Time.
Hours.

48
3

Difference
from theory.

50 c.c. of a lead formate solution were used in each of the above experi-
ments. In all of them, the lead was deposited in a spongy state at the
kathode with more or less peroxide on the positive pole.

As the moist metal deposited on the kathode rapidly oxidizes, even
when adherent and compact, the results obtained are invariably too high
and in practice it is customary to estimate lead as peroxide on the anode
securing its deposition in that form by the addition of nitric acid to the
solution. The results obtained with free formic acid, as given above,
wTere not such as to justify attempting its separation from either copper,
cadmium or zinc.

Warwick]

114

[Nov. C,

Manganese (Determined Electrolytically).

Manganese
taken.

Manganese
found.

Free
acid.

H20.

OH gas
per min.

Time.

Difference
from theory

Grams.

(J rams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage.

(1) .0554

.0552

100

2.2

—.36

(3) "

.0556

2.7

+.36

(3) .1108

.1101

• 20

2.8

—.63

(4) .0554

1.6

The platinum dish was made the anode, the wire spiral serving as the
negative pole. With small quantities of free acid, (1) and (2), consider-
ahle peroxide of manganese, separated on both poles, with larger quan-
tities, (3) (4), only very slight traces were found on the kathode. The
deposition in (4) was not complete. The peroxide formed a black, lus-
trous coating on the dish, adherent while moist, but scaling off upon being
heated.

The manganese which separated on the kathode was removed by means
of a small piece of filter paper, which was ignited and the ash added to
the contents of the dish, which was then raised to an intense heat in
order to convert the peroxide of manganese into Mn304, in which form
it was finally weighed. Traces of Mn were found in solution (3j.

ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATIONS.
Cadmium from Manganese.

Cadmium
taken.

Manganese
taken.

Cadmium
found.

Free

acid.

H»0.

OH gas

per mm.

Time.

Difference
from theory.

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage.

(1) .0497

.0554

.0425

....

(2) "

.0440

....

(3) "

< i

.0498

2.7

+.20

(4) .0511

.0509

2.4

— .39

(5) "

.0(197

150

2.7

....

(6) .1022

.1108

.1098

2.5

....

(7) "

....

150

2.8

(8) .0511

.0534

.0514

2.7

+.58

In the preliminary experiments on manganese alone, it was found that
the presence of 20 c.c. of free acid was sufficient to prevent the deposition
of any peroxide on the kathode, except in the very slightest traces ; but
the presence of cadmium in the solution seemingly had a contrary effect,
as the presence of even 40 c.c. of acid failed to prevent the separation of
traces ot manganese on the negative pole (7). In (5), to which 5 c.c. of
free acid had been added, the deposit of peroxide of manganese upon the
negative pole was almost five times greater than in a solution of manga-
nese to which no cadmium had been added, all the other conditions being
the same. In all the above experiments the platinum dish was used as

1S91.]

115

[Warwick.

the anode, the platinum crucible serving as the negative electrode. In
(1) and (2) the cadmium was not completely deposited. Traces of cad-
mium wore found in (6) and (7). More or less manganese was found in
all the deposits, but only in traces in the presence of more than 20 c.c. of
free acid ; (4) and (7) were very spongy ; the others were slightly so at
the periphery of the crucible, but adherent. The best results were
obtained by fulfilling the conditions described in (3), (4) and (8) ; but to
obtain a compact deposit of cadmium free from all traces of manganese,
it is evident that the amount of free acid must be increased and the poles
separated. Under these conditions, a stronger current must be employed
than that furnished by the battery of "crowfoot" cells, with which my
experiments were carried on.

Zinc from Manganese.

Zinc taken.
Grams.

(1) .0562

(2) "

Manganese
taken.
Grams.
.0554

Zinc
found.

Free

acid.

c.c.

HoO.
c.c.
90
100

OH gas Ti
per mm. ilme-

c.c. Hours.

2.9 17

Difference
from theory.

Percentage.

The dish served as anode, the crucible as kathode. Both were failures ;
the zinc being spongy and containing Mn02 and not entirely precipitated.

Copper from Zinc.

Copper
taken.

Zinc taken.

Copper

found.

Free
acid.

HoO.

OH gas

per min.

Time.

Differenc
from theoi

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percent;

(t) .1074

.0818

100

1.8

....

(2) "

....

1.2

....

(3) "

.1124

(4) "

.0818

.1072

— .18

(5) "

.1073

— .09

(6) .0987

.0990

+ .30

(7) »

.0984

— .30

(8) .1057

.1006

.1052

— .47

(9) "

.1061

+ .37

(10) «

.1058

150

+ .09

(11) »

.1059

+ .18

(12) "

.1053

—.37

(13) "

.1060

+ .28

As will be seen from the above, it was possible to separate copper free
from zinc, except the slightest traces, by using a weak current in solutions
to which 15-20 c.c. of free formic acid had been added. By employing
stronger currents, or diminishing the amount of free acid, the copper was
deposited admixed with considerable quantities of zinc. If the necessary
precautions are observed no zinc will be deposited, and the copper will
be compact and adherent.

PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. P. PRINTED DEC. 21, 1891.

Warwick. ]

116

[Nov. 6,

Cadmium from Zinc.

Cadmium
taken.

Zinc taken.

Cadmium
fouud.

Free

acid.

HoO.

OH gas

per min.

Time.

Difference
from theory.

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage

(1) .1231

.0818

100

(2) "

.1229

— .16

(3) "

.1234

+ .24

(4) "

.1426

1.25

+.15.83

(5) "

.1233

-J- .16

(6) .0492

.0409

....

(7) "

.0842

1.25

(8) .0984

.1(526

.0322

....

(9) .0492

.0409

.0494

+ .40

(10) .0984

.1026

.1735

1.25

....

(11) "

.0722

(12) "

.0982

125

— .20

(13) "

.0985

+ .10

(14) .1004

.1006

.1001

— .29

(15) "

.0993

— 1.09

(10) »

.1000

— .39

(17) ."

.1001

— .29

(18) "

.1008

+ .39

(19) "

.0999

— .49

The first seven determinations were made in a platinum dish weighing
about 67 grams; the remainder in a much larger dish weighing 117
grams. The results obtained with the latter were not as satisfactory as
with the smaller dish (2) (3) (5), although a qualitative examination of
the deposit and solution proved that the separation was complete (9) (12-
19). The distance between the poles materially influences the results.
In (6) the positive pole was in close contact with the dish ; the cadmium
contained zinc. In (9) the conditions were similar in all respects to the
preceding, except that the distance between the poles was 2.5 cm. ; the
deposit was free from zinc. With .2 c.c. OH gas per minute, only a
small quantity of the cadmium was separated (1), the greater portion re-
maining in solution. With 1.25 c.c, on the other hand, the zinc was
deposited as a dark -gray coating upon the cadmium (7), even in the pres-
ence of 35 c.c. of free acid (10). In solutions containing .10 grams of
each metal a current of .8-1 c.c. HO gas per minute sufficed to secure a
satisfactory deposit in the presence of 25 c.c. formic acid (12-19). "With
smaller quantities of metal (9) 15 c.c. of free acid was sufficient. The
deposits in the above experiments were adherent and compact. There was
no tendency to sponginess even in deposits containing large quantities of
zinc.

1S91.]

117

[Warwick.

Copper from Cadmium.

Copper
taken.

Grams.
.1074

Cadmium

taken.

Grams.

.0984

Metal

deposited.

Grams.

.2061

Free
acid,
c.c.
10

H20.

c.c.

100

OH gas

per miu.

c.c.

Time.

Difference
from theory
Hours. Percentage.
17

This result was not unexpected, considering what we have already
learned in regard to the behavior of these metals. The deposit was very
dark and spongy. Both metals were completely precipitated. Two sub-
sequent experiments were equally unsatisfactory ; in one the current was
reduced to .3 c.c. OH gas per minute ; in the other, 25 c.c. of formic acid
was added. No separation was effected.

Copper from Iron.

Copper
taken.

taken.

Copper
found.

Free
acid.

H20.

OH gas
per miu.

Time.

Difference
from theory.

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage.

(1) .1057

.1248

.1035

125

(2) "

....

150

....

(3) "

.1019

1 1

* *

....

(4) »

(5) "

.0^99
.1014

Although free acid was present in considerable quantity (25 c.c), the
formate of iron in the solution was decomposed with the formation of
ferric hydrate, which separated as a light yellow froth on the surface of
the solution. It also formed crusts at the edge of the copper deposit,
which adhered to the dish with such tenacity that all attempts at removal
by mechanical means were failures. Mere washing was without avail,
and more energetic measures resulted in a loss of copper, (1) and (4).
Dilute hydrochloric acid was added to (2) ; but, while it dissolved traces
of copper, it failed to remove the deposit of iron hydrate. Dilute sul-
phuric acid was also tried without success (3). In the final determina-
tion 20 c.c. of concentrated oxalic acid was added at the end of seventeen
hours and the current allowed to act one hour longer. The froth floating
on the surface was dissolved, but the deposit on the copper was not
appreciably affected. Except at the periphery the copper had a bright
metallic lustre and was firm and adherent.

Cadmium from Iron.

Cadmium
taken.

Iron
taken.

Cadmium
fouud.

Free
acid.

H20.

OH gas
per min.

Time.

Grams.

c.c.

c c.

Hours

(1) .0984

.1248

.0996

150

(2) "

.1021

The same trouble was experienced here. Similar attempts were made
to remove the iron, but without success. In the first of the above deter-
minations 10 c.c. of oxalic acid solution was added before the conclusion
of the experiment ; in the latter, 20 c c. of the same solution.

Warwick.

118

[Nov. 6,

The hydrate of iron in the solution disappeared, but adherent crusts
still remained on the surface of the cadmium.

Zinc from Iron.

Several tentative experiments were made, but as the 'iron showed the
same tendency to separate on the sides of the dish, as in the preceding
determinations, they were not continued.

Copper from Cobalt.

Copper
taken.

Cobalt
taken.

Copper
found.

Free
acid.

H20.

Oil gas
per min.

Time.

Difference
from theory

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage

(1) .1101

.1080

.1105

100

175

+ .36

(2) "

.1095

—.54

(3) "

.1097

—.36

(4) "

.1107

+.54

(5) "

.1098

1.2

—.27

(6) «

.1097

—.36

On attempting to prepare a solution of cobaltous formate for the above
determinations, it was found that the salt made according to the method
already described was not readily soluble in water. The solution was
therefore prepared by double decomposition as follows : 500 c.c. of water
containing 6.563 grams of sodium formate was mixed with an equal
amount of water in which 8.728 grains of cobalt chloride had been dis-
solved.

Of this solution 50 c.c. was taken, containing .1080 grams of cobalt.
The distance between the poles was 3.8 cm. except (1) and (4) in which
it was 2.8 cm. Both of the latter were spongy ; the others slightly so.
As the conditions, otherwise, were similar, the difference in the character
of the deposits was apparently due to the separation of the poles. Traces
of cobalt were found in all the copper deposits. The copper was all
out except in (3), (5) and (6), in which the solutions were colored yellow-
ish brown on the addition of hydrogen sulphide.

The copper deposit was dark in color and adherent, although not very
compact on the bottom of the dish.

Copper from Nickel.

Copper
taken,

Nickel
taken.

Copper
found.

Free
acid.

HoO.

OH gas
per min.

Time.

Difference
from theory

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage

(1) .1101

.1028

.1095

175

— .54

(2) "

.1097

100

— 36

(3) "

— .36

(4) -

< *

.1098

1.2

— .27

(5) «

••

.1096

— .46

(6) »

.1098

«'

— .27

1691.]

119

[Warwick.

The same trouble was experienced in preparing a satisfactory solution
of pure nickel formate as with cobalt and it was found advisable to pre-
pare the solution by double decomposition in the same way as the latter
salt, 500 c.c. of this solution contained 8.3077 grams of nickel chloride and
6.2469 grams of sodium formate. In both cases a slight excess of sodium
formate was used. The copper contained traces of nickel and slightly
colored the solution when tested with hydrogen sulphide. The condi-
tions were similar to those given under cobalt and the results were quite
as satisfactory. The copper was bright and compact.

Cadmium from Cobalt.

Cadmium,
taken.

Cobalt,
taken.

Cadmium

found.

Free
acid.

H20.

OH gas

per min.

Grams.

c.c.

(1) .0984

.1080

....

100

(2) "

....

150

(3) "

....

1.5

Difference
from theory.
Percentage.

Time.
Hours.
22 ....

It was naturally expected that cadmium would be completely precipi-
tated from cobalt and nickel by employing a weak current, but from an
examination of the above results, it will be seen that a separation was not
accomplished.

Even with a current of 1.5 c.c. OH gas per minute, the cadmium failed
to deposit completely and was contaminated with cobalt (3). (1) was
very spongy and the solution still contained cadmium at the expiration of
22 hours. The current was then increased and allowed to act for 45 hours
(2). Cadmium was found in the solution, cobalt in the deposit. The dis-
tance between the electrodes was 2.8 cm.

Cadmium from Nickel.

Cadmium
taken.

Nickel
taken.

Cadmium
found.

Free
acid.

H„0.

OH gas
per min.

Grams.

c.c.

c c.

c.c.

(1) 0984

.1028

.0758

150

(2) "

.1045

1.5

(3) "

.1348

125

1.5

Difference
from theory.
Percentage.

Time.

Hours.
19
21
17

The results were quite as unsatisfactory as with cobalt. Cadmium was
found in all three solutions, and more or less nickel was found in the
deposits. In (3) the nickel came out as a gray deposit on the
cadmium. The deposit was firm and adherent, although dark in color.
The distance between the electrodes was 2.5 cm., except (3), in which
the pole separation was 2.8 cm.

Zinc from Cobalt.

Zinc

Cobalt

Zinc

Free

H20.

OH gas

Time.

Difference

present.

found.

acid.

per min.

from theory.

Grams.

c.c.

c.c'

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage.

(1) .1006

.1080

....

175

....

(2) "

. . . •

100

• • . •

Warwick.]

[Nov. 0,

Zinc from Nickel.

Zinc
present.

Nickel
present.

Zinc
fonnd.

Free
acid.

H»0.

OH gas
Tjer min.

Time.

Difference
from theory.

Grams.

c.c.

Hours.

Percentage.

(3) .1006

.1028

175

2.7

(4) "

....

100

(2) and (4) were performed under similar conditions. The distance
between the poles was 2.2 cm. The current was generated by a battery
of Bunsen cells. Even with a current of 5 c.c. gas per minute zinc was
found in the solution in traces, while considerable quantities of cobalt and
nickel separated as a coating upon the cadmium. (1) and (3) were also
failures. A separation was not obtained even approximately.

Summary.

As a result of the foregoing experiments, it was found that the amount
of copper, cadmium or zinc deposited in a given time was proportional to
the strength of the solution, and that the presence of free acid in moderate
quantity did not materially affect the result.

Increasing the distance between the poles resulted in diminishing the
amount of metal deposited, but the rate of decrease diminished as the
distance between the electrodes increased.

Elevation of temperature caused an increase in the amount of metal
deposited, the rate of increase being greatest at 80° in neutral and acid
copper solutions, and at 60° in cadmium solutions containing free acid.
On the other hand, the amount of zinc deposited in solutions, to which
free acid had been added, diminished as the temperature rose, nothing
being deposited at 80°.

Attempts to secure compact and adherent deposits of cadmium and zinc
in neutral solutions were failures.

In acid solution copper and cadmium separated completely and satis-
factorily. The zinc deposits were spongy, but the precipitation was com-
plete.

Lead was mainly deposited on the negative pole, both in neutral and
acid solutions. Manganese was precipitated on both poles, but the
amount of peroxide separating on the kathode was reduced to mere
traces by the presence of free acid.

The following separations were satisfactorily accomplished : copper
from zinc, cobalt and nickel and cadmium from zinc and manganese.

Attempts to deposit copper in the presence of iron and cadmium, and
zinc in the presence of iron, cobalt and nickel, were successful. Nor was
it possible in the presence of the last three metals named to estimate
cadmium.

In conclusion, I wish to express my obligations to Prof. Edgar F.
Smith, at whose suggestion the work was undertaken. To his super-
vision and advice is largely due whatever value may attach to these
results.

1891.] 121

Stated Meetiny, September 4, 1891.

Present, 3 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Letters of acceptance of membership were received from
Dr. Caspar Rene Gregory, Leipzig, Germany ; Dr. E. T. Harny,
Prof. E. Mascart, Dr. Julius Oppert, Prof. A. De Quatrefages,
Paris, France ; Prof. W. Cawthorne Unwin, Kensington,
England ; Rt. Rev. William Stubbs, D.D., LL.D., Bishop of
Oxford, England ; Sir Robert S. Ball, Dublin, Ireland ; Prof.
Charles E. Monroe, Newport, R. I. ; Prof. Henry W. Spang-
ler, University of Pennsylvania.

Dr. Harrison Allen, of Philadelphia, resigned by letter
from membership in the Society.

On motion, the resignation was accepted.

Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey
of India, Calcutta ; Academie Royale des Sciences, Amster-
dam ; Societe Royale des Sciences, Upsal ; Naturforschende
Verein, Briinn, Austria ; K. Geodatische Institut, Berlin ;
Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir Viiterlandische Cultur, Breslau ;
Verein fiir Naturkunde, Cassel ; K. Sachs. Meteorologische
Institut, Chemnitz; Siebenburgische Yerein fiir Naturwissen,
Hermanstadt; Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Akademie, Halle;
Societa Italiana Delle Scienze, Rome ; Societe des Antiquaires
de Picardie, Amiens; Academie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-
Lettres, Caen ; Musee Guimet, Ecole Poly technique, Bureau
des Longitudes, Paris; Manchester Literary and Philosophical
Society ; Meteorological Office, London ; Royal Irish Academy,
Dublin; Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Geolog-
ical Survey of India, Calcutta (134); Tokyo Library, An-
thropological Society, Asiatic Society of Japan, Tokyo (134) ;
Comite Geologique de la Russie, St. Petersburg (131); Dr.
Otto Donner, Helsingfors, Finland (134) ; Royal Danish Geo-
graphical Society (131-134), Prof. J. S. Steinstrup (134),

122

[Sept.

Copenhagen ; K. K. Central- Anstalt fiir Meteorologie, etc.,
Drs. A. Brezina, E. Suess, Friederich Miiller, Vienna (134) ;
Hungarian Academy of Sciences (128-131), Prof. Paul Hun-
falvy, Budapest (130-133); Naturforschende Gesellscbaft des
Osterlandes, Altenberg (134) ; Gesellscbaft fiir Erdkunde (134),
K. Geodiitische Institut, Berlin (131-134) ; Naturhistorische
Verein, Bonn (129); Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Bremen
(134); K. Sachsische Meteorologische Institut, Chemnitz
(131-134); Naturforschende Gesellscbaft, Emden (134); Natur-
wissenschaftliche Yerein des Reg.-Bez., Frankfurt (130); Dr.
A. Weisbach, Freiberg (134); K. Leopoldinisch-Carolinische
Akademie, Halle a. S. (109, 130-133, and Trans., xiv, 3);
GeographischeGesellschaft(131), Deutsche Seewarte (131-134),
Hamburg; Prof. Hermann Kopp, Heidelberg (131-134);
Naturhistorische Gesellscbaft, Hannover (131); K. Sachsische
Gesellscbaft der Wissenschaften, Dr. Julius Platzman, Prof.
J. Victor Carus, Dr. Otto Bohtlingk, Leipzig (134); Natur-
wissenschaftliche Yerein, Osnabriick (131-134); K. Stern-
warte, Miinchen (134); Verein fiir Vaterlandische Naturkunde,
Wiirtemberg (129, 130).

Accessions to the Library were announced from the Institut
Egyptien, Cairo ; Geological Survey of India, Calcutta ; Gov-
ernment Astronomer, Madras; Norwegische Meteorologische
Institut, Christiania ; Society Roumaine de Geographie, Bu-
charest; Nederlandsche Botanische Vereeniging, Nijmegen
Friessch Genootscbap voor Geschied, etc., Leuwarden; Aca
demie Royale des Sciences, Prof. Ad. De Ceuleneer, Bruxelles
Augustus R. Grote, Bremen; Tudomanyos Akademia, Buda
pest; Ostschweizerische Geogr.-Commerc. Gesellschaft, St
Gall; M. Ferdinando Borsari, Naples; M. A. Del Bon, Padua
Profs. Leon de Rosny, Emile Schwasrer, Edward Pepper
Paris; Le Comte de Charencey, St. Maurice ; Mr. Samuel Tim
mins, Coventry, England ; Philosophical and Literary Society
Leeds; Mr. James L. Bowes, Liverpool; Meteorological Coun
cil, Society for Psychical Research, Profs. Joseph Prestwich
Thomas E. Pickett, London ; Nova Scotian Institute of Nat
ural Science, Halifax ; Hemenway Expedition, Mr. Robert T

1891] 123

Swan, Boston; Scientific Alliance, American Museum of Nat-
ural History, Prof. Edward V. D'Invilliers, New York ; Em-
pire State Association of Deaf-mutes, Rome, N. Y. ; Mr. Wil-
liam E. Griffis, Schenectady ; Mr. Charles Earle, Princeton ;
Mr. Samuel F. Bigelow, Newark ; Geological Survey of New
Jersey, Trenton; Academy of Natural Sciences, Hon. Charles
O'Neill, Messrs. R. Meade Bache, Henry Phillips, Jr., Drs. J.
C. Morris, Charles A. Oliver, Persifor Frazer, J. E. Ives, Ed-
mund J. James, W. S. W. Ruschenberger, Miss Emily Phillips,
Philadelphia; Wyoming Historical and Geological Society,
Wilkesbarre ; Historical Society of Delaware, Wilmington ;
Department of the Interior, Smithsonian Institution, Col.
Garrick Mallery, Messrs. A. C. Peale, W. H. Seaman, Lester
F. Ward, Washington, D. C.

A photograph of the Mansion and Graves of the Penn
family, in England, was received from Mr. F. Gutekunst, Phila-
delphia.

Photographs for the Society's Album were received from
Mr. Samuel Timmins, Coventry, England ; Mr. Louis Vossion,
Philadelphia, and Prof. Robert W. Rogers, Carlisle, Pa.

The death of James Russell Lowell (Boston, Mass., August
12, 1891, set. 72) was announced.

Pending nominations 1230 and 1231 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, September 18, 1891.

Present, 2 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Letters of envoy were received from the Colonial Museum
of New Zealand, Wellington ; Observatoire Physique Central,
St. Petersburg; Universite Royale de Norvoge, Christiania ;
Mueea Teyler, Harlem, Holland; K. Preussische Meteorolo-

PROC. AMEll. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. Q. PRINTED DEC 21, 1891.

124

[Sept. 18,

gische Institut, Berlin; Musee Guimet, Paris; Royal Observa-
tory, Greenwich ; Zoological and Royal Statistical Societies,
London; Bureau of Statistics of Labor, Boston; U. S. Coast
and Geodetic Survey, Washington.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Natur-
forschende Gesellschaft, Bern (134); University, Basle (134);
Societe Royale de Zoologie Natura Artis Magistra (134),
Academie Royale des Sciences (127-130, and Trans., xvi, 2, 3),
Amsterdam; Royal Library, (134); K. Zoologische-Botan-
ische Genootschap, 'S Gravenhage (134) ; Royal Netherland
Museum of Antiquities, Leiden (134) ; K. Danske Videnska-
bernes Selskab, Copenhagen (180, 131, and Trans, xvi, 3);
Societe Royale des Sciences, Upsal (125-129); Bibliotheque
Roj-ale. de Belgique, Bruxelles (131-133); Marquis Antonio
de Gregorio, Palermo (134); R. Accademia di Scienze, etc.,
Modena (125-129 and Trans, xvi, 2); Universita, Pisa (134);
R. Comitato Geologico, Rome (134); R. Bibliotica N. C,
Firecze (134); R. Osservatorio, Turin (134); Societe Lin-
neene, Bordeaux (134); Prof. Lucien Adam, Rennes, France
(134); Bureau Centrale Mete'orologique (131-134), Societe
D'Anthropologie, "Cosmos," Marquis de Nadaillac, M. A.
Des Cloizeaux, Paris (134' ; Sir Henry Thompson, London
(134); Mr. Samuel Timmins, Coventry, England (134);
Philosophical Society, Prof. Dr. J. P. Postgate, Cambridge,
England (134) ; Royal Institution, Victoria Institute, Royal
Astronomical Society, Linnean Society, Royal Society, Society
of Antiquaries, London (134); Geographical Society, Man-
chester (131-134); Natural History Society of Northumber-
land, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne (134); Royal Dublin
Society (134); Prof. James Geikie, Royal Observatory, Royal
Society, Royal Scottish Geographical Society, Edinburgh
(131-133) ; Free Public Library, Jersey City (131-134) ; Prof.
Thomas Chase, Providence (131-133); Drs. E. D. Cope, W. G.
A. Bonwill, J. M. Maisch (134), "National Baptist," Phila-
delphia ; University of California, Prof. Joseph Le Conte,
Berkeley, Cal. (131); Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal.
(134); Free Public Library, Mr. George Davidson, San Fran-
cisco (134).

1891.1

125

Letters of acknowledgment (135) were received from the
Canadian Institute, Toronto; Geological Survey, Ottawa;
Mr. Horatio Hale, Clinton ; Nova Scotian Institute of Natural
Science; Maine Historical Society, Society of Natural His-
tory, Portland; Vermont Historical Society, Montpelier;
Prof. C. H. Hitchcock, Hanover, N. H. ; Massachusetts His-
torical Society, State Library of Massachusetts, Hon. Robert
Winthrop, Mr. Hamilton A. Hill, Boston; Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, Mr. Robert N. Toppan, Prof. J. D. Whit-
ney, Cambridge, Mass.; Essex. Institute, Salem ; Free Public
Library, New Bedford; Dr. Pliny Earle, Northampton;
American Antiquarian Society, Worcester ; Rhode Island
Historical Society, Providence Franklin Society, Providence ;
Prof. Charles E. Monroe, Newport; New Haven Colony His-
torical Society ; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford ;
Buffalo Library; Prof. E. North, Clinton, N. Y. ; Profs. T. F.
Crane, J. M. Hart, B. G. Wilder, Ithaca ; Vassar Brothers
Institute, Poughkeepsie ; Oneida Historical Society, Utica ;
U. S. Military Academy, West Point; Prof. Henry M. Baird,
Columbia College, Astor Library, American Museum of Nat-
ural History, New York Hospital, Academy of Medicine,
University of the City of New York, Historical Society, Me-
teorological Observatory, Prof. J. J. Stephenson, Capt. R. S.
Hayes, New York ; Rev. Joseph F. Garrison, Mr. Isaac C.
Martindale, Camden ; Free Public Library, Jersey City ; New
Jersey Historical Society, Newark ; Nassau Hall Library,
Prof. C. A. Young, Princeton; Dr. R. H. Alison, Ardmore;
Prof. Martin H. Boye, Coopersburg ; Hon. Eckley B. Coxe,
Drifton ; Dr. Traill Green, Profs. J. N. Moore, Thomas C. Por-
ter, Easton; Mr. Andrew S. McCreath, Harrisburg; Mr. Ario
Pardee, Hazleton ; Mr. John Fulton, Johnstown; Linnean
Society, Lancaster ; Mr. Peter F. Rothermel, Linfield ; Prof.
John F. Carll, Pleasantville ; Mr. Heber S. Thompson, Potts-
ville; Rev. F. A. Muhlenberg, Reading; Mr. M. Fisher Long-
streth, Sharon Hill; Philosophical Society, Messrs. Wil-
liam Butler, Philip P. Sharpies, West Chester ; Mr. Thomas
Meehan, Germantown ; Wagner Free Institute of Science,

1^" [Sept. 18,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Zoological Society, Pennsyl-
vania Hospital, Library Company of Philadelphia, Messrs. R.
L. Ashhurst, John Ashhurst, Jr., R. Meade Bache, W". G. A.
Bonwill, Charles Bullock, Cadwalader Biddle, S. Castner, E.
D. Cope, J. Solis Cohen, Thomas M. Cleeman, Paterson Du
Bois, Robert P. Field, Persifor Frazer, George Freebis, Fred-
erick A. Genth, Frederick A. Genth, Jr., H. D. Gregory, Joseph
S. Harris, Lewis M. Baupt, William A. Ingham,W. W. Jefferis,
John Marshall, J. W. Maisch, James T. Mitchell, Charles A.
Oliver, Franklin Piatt, Robert Patterson, C. Stuart Patterson,
C. N. Peirce, Henry Phillips, Jr., William Pepper, Frederick
Prime, Theodore D. Rand, W. S.W. Ruschenberger, L. A. Scott,
Coleman Sellers, Carl Seiler, Albert H. Smyth, H. W. Spangler,
H. C. Trumbull, W. P. Tatham, D. K. Tuttle, Talcott Wil-
liams, Joseph Wharton, Louis Vossion, Philadelphia; Mary-
land Historical Society, Peabody Institute, Institute for the
Promotion of the Mechanic Arts, Baltimore ; U. S. Naval
Institute, Annapolis; Smithsonian Institution, Weather Bu
reau, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S. Geological Sur
vey, U. S. Naval Observatory, Anthropological Society, Mr
W. B. Taylor, Surgeon-General's Office, Dr. A. S. Gatschet
Major J. W. Powell, Prof. Herman Haupt, Capt. Thomas
Jefferson Lee, Washington, D. C. ; University of Virginia
Leander McCormick Observatory, Charlottesville ; Virginia
Historical Society, Richmond ; Mr. Jed. Hotchkiss, Staunton
Georgia Historical Society, Savannah ; Cincinnati Society of
Natural History ; Cincinnati Observatory ; Prof. E. W. Clay-
pole, Akron, 0.; Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington, Ky. ; Athe-
naeum, Columbia, Tenn. ; Geological Survey of Missouri, Jef-
ferson City ; Prof. J. C. Branner, Little Rock, Ark. ; Col.
William Ludlow, Detroit; Wisconsin State Historical Society,
Madison ; Davenport Academy of Sciences ; Kansas State
Historical Society, Topeka ; Colorado Scientific Society, Den-
ver ; University of California, Prof. Joseph Le Conte, Berke-
ley ; Lick Observatory, Mt. Hamilton, Cal. ; Prof. Daniel
Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal. ; Mr. George Davidson, San Fran-
cisco ; Observatorio Astronomico Nacional Mexicano, Tacu-

isoi.j 127

baya ; Sociedad Cientifica, '' Antonio Alzate," Mexico ; Bishop
Crescencio Carrillo, Merida, Yucatan.

Accessions to the Library were announced from the Comitc
de Conservation des Monuments de L'Art Arabe, Cairo,
Egypt ; Royal Society of Tasmania ; Secretary of Mines,
Melbourne, Victoria ; New Zealand Institute, Wellington ;
Tokyo Library ; K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, St. Peters-
burg ; M. O. A. L. Pihl, Christiania ; Naturforschende Gesell-
schaf't, Bamberg ; K. P. Geodiitische Institut, Association
Geodesique Internationale, Berlin ; Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft, Emden ; Verein fur die Geschichte und Altertums-
kunde, Erfurt ; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des Reg.-Bez.,
Frankfurt a. 0. ; K. Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Deutsche
Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle a. S. ; Schweizerische
Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Bern ; Societe de Physique et
d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva; Biblioteca N. C. di Firenze ;
Direzione Generale della Statistica, Rome ; Ministcre de l'Tn-
struction Publique et des Beaux Arts, Societe Americaine de
France, Paris; Dr. John Evans, Hemel Hempstead; Natural
History and Antiquarian Society, Penzance ; Royal Society,
Edinburgh ; Bureau of Statistics of Labor, Boston ; Dr. J. S.
Newberry, New York ; Departments of Labor, State, War,
Smithsonian Institution, Mr. Sanford Fleming, Washington,
D. C. ; Col. Charles C. Jones, Augusta, Ga. ; Mr. William
Harden, Savannah ; Dennison University, Granville, O.

Pending nominations Nos. 1230 and 1231 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, October #, 1891.

Present, 9 members.

Vice-President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the Chair.

Letters of envoy were received from the Naturforschende
Verein, Briinn ; K. P. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin ;

128

[Oct.

K. Saehsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig ; Ge-
sellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften,
Marburg; Verein fiir Vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiir-
temberg, Stuttgart; Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires; Oficina
Meteorologica Argentina, Cordoba.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Imperial
Academy of Science, Prof. Serge Nikitin, St. Petersburg (134) ;
Societatea Geografica Romana, Bucharest (131-134); K.Danske
"Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen (134) ; University R.
de Norvege, Christiania (128-134); Societe Entomologique
de Belgique, Bruxelles (134) ; Fondation de P. Teyler van der
Hulst, Harlem (134) ; Naturforschende Verein in Briinn (128-
133) ; Academie des Sciences, Cracow, Austria (134) ; Osser-
vatorio Marittimo, Trieste (131-134) ; Section fiir Naturkunde
des 0. T. C, Vienna (134); K. Geodatische Institut (135), K.
P. Meteorologische Institut (134), Deutsche Geologische Ge-
sellscliaft (135), Berlin; K. Saehsische Altertums Verein,
Dresden (134) ; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des Reg.-Bez.,
Frankfurt a. O. (134) ; Gr. Hess. Univ. Bibliothek, Giessen
(129); K. Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Akademie, Halle a. S.
(134) ; Verein fiir Thiiringische Geschichte und Altertums-
kunde, Jena (134); Verein fiir Erdkunde, Metz (131-134);
Dr. C. A. Dohrn, Stettin (134); Verein fiir Vaterlandische
Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart (131-134 and Trans,
xvi, 3) ; Prof. Johannes Diimichen, Strasbourg (134); Prof.
Guido Cora, Turin (134); R. Accademia di Scienze, etc.,.Mo-
dena (134); Societa Africana D'ltalia, Naples (131-134) ; 11.
Accademia di Scienze, etc., Padua (131-134); M. A. Des
Cloizeaux, Dr. E. T. Hamy, Paris (135) ; Cte. de Charencey,
St. Maurice les Charencey (134) ; Institution of Civil Engi-
neers (129, 130), Sir James Paget (134), London; Mr. Alfred
R. Wallace, Parkstone, England (131-134); Prof. Robert W.
Rogers, Carlisle (135) ; Col. Garrick Mallery (135), Prof. C. V.
Riley (134), Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. ;
Museo Nacional, Dr. 11. Burmeister, Buenos Aires (134);
Iustituto Fisico-Geografico Nacional, San Jose de Costa Rica
(131-134); South African Philosophical Society, Cape Town
(131-133).

1891.] iZv

Accessions to tlie Library were reported from the Tokyo
Library ; R. Accademia Degli Agiati, Rovereto, Austria ;
Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft " Isis," Dresden; Society
des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, Bordeaux; Bureau des
Longitudes, Paris; Socicte de Geographie, Toulouse; M.
Nicholas Ball, Block Island, R. I. ; New York Forest Com-
mission, Albany ; American Museum of Natural History,
Prof, J. S. Newberry, New York; M. J. A. Udden, Rock
Island, III.; Academy of Sciences, St. Louis; University of
California, Sacramento ; Observatorio Meteorologico-Magnet-
ico Central, Mexico ; Commissao Geographica e Geologica,
San Paulo, Brazil; Museo Nacional Oficina Meteorologica
Argentina, Buenos Aires; Direction Central de Estadistica,
Guatemala, C. A.

The death of D. Humphrey Storer, M.D., Boston, Sep-
tember 10, 1891, aged 87, was announced.

Prof. Cope offered a paper for the Transactions on the
" Ophidians of North America," which was referred to Drs.
Horn, Ryder and Heilprin.

Dr. Horn made a communication on the genus Calospaste.

Dr. Franz Boaz, of Worcester, Mass., presented through the
Secretaries a paper entitled, " Vocabularies of the Tlingk,
Haida, etc., Lauguages."

Prof. Cope made some remarks on the results of a late
expedition to the Gallapagos islands.

Pending nominations Nos. 1280 and 1231 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting, October 16, 1891.

Present, 17 members.

Vice-President, Dr. Rtjschenberger in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :
A circular was received from the Local Committee on
Organization of Pan- Republic Congress and Human Freedom

130

[Oct. 16,

' League, inviting the Society to its reunion on October 12 and
13, 1891, at the State House and Academy of Music.

A circular from the Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu Niirn-
berg, announcing the celebration of its ninetieth year.

A circular from the Academie Royale des Sciences de Lis-
bonne, announcing the death of its Secretary, Jose Maria
Latino Coelho, on August 29, 1891.

Mr. Paul Leicester Ford requested by letter the permission
to consult the draft of the Declaration of Independence, now
stored away with other valuable papers of the Society.

Letters from the President and Mr. W. S. Baker were read
in support of the request.

On motion, the Curators were authorized to restore to
a place in the fireproof building of the Society its manu-
script of the Declaration of Independence in the autograph
of Thomas Jefferson.

Dr. Hays moved as an amendment " that it be kept in a
fireproof safe."

The amendment, being put to a vote, was not agreed to,
and the original motion was adopted by the Society.

On motion, it was resolved that Mr. Ford be permitted to
hdve access to the document in question in the presence of one
of the Curators of the Society.

Letters of envoy were received from the Academie Royale
des Sciences, etc., de Belgique, Bruxelles; Societe des Sciences
Physiques et Naturelles, Bordeaux ; Bureau des Longitudes,
Ecole Polytechnique, Musee Guimet, Ministere des Travaux
Publiques, Paris.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Society of N. S. Wales, Sydney, Australia (131) ; Accaclemia
degli Agiati, Rovereto, Austria (134) ; K. K. Naturhistorisches
Hofmuseum, Dr. Aristicles Brezina, Vienna (135); Dr. Caspar
Rene Gregory, Leipzig (135) ; Academie des Sciences, Belles
Lettres et Arts, Bordeaux (134) ; Societe' de Geographic,
Lille, France (135); Ecole d' Agriculture, Montpellier (135);
. Museum d'Histoire Naturelle (128) ; M. Victor Duruy, Prof.
A. de Quatrefages, Paris (135) ; Natural History and Philo-

1891.]

131

sophical Society, Belfast (134); College of Pharmacy, Phila-
delphia (135); Central Meteorological Observatory, Mexico
(135); Mr. Everard F. im Thurn, British Guiana (135).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Socie'te'
Royale de Geographie d'Anvers; Academie Royale des Sci-
ences, Bruxelles ; Geographische Gesellschaft, Bern; Naturhis-
torische Gesellschaft. Niirnberg ; Accademia delle Scienze,
Torino; Ministere des Travaux Publiques, Paris; Yorkshire
Geological and 'Polytechnic Society, Halifax, England; Geo-
logical and Natural History Survey of Canada, Montreal Geo-
logical Society of America, Rochester, N. Y. ; Free Public
Library of Jersey City; Messrs. J. E. Ives, Henry Phillips,
Jr., Pennsylvania Prison Society, Philadelphia; IT. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, U. S. National Museum, Washington,
D. C; Mr. W. Curtis Taylor, Tacoma, Wash.

A photograph was received for the Alburn from Dr. Caspar
Rene Gregory, Leipzig.

The Committee appointed to examine Prof. Cope's paper,
offered at the last meeting for the Transactions, reported that
he desired to withdraw the same and recommended that the
request be granted. On motion, the Society permitted the
paper to be withdrawn.

The stated business of the meeting was then taken up, and
pending nominations Nos. 1230 and 1231 were read, spoken
to and balloted fur.

The following minute was read from the Library Committee :

Stated Meeting, October 10, 1891.

The Chairman was authorized to report to the Society the suggestion
that the fireproof for the valuable books and papers heretofore ordered by
a vote of the Society, which order was not executed because of the absence
of any sufficient foundation for the fireproof, be now carried into effect,
as the walls of the building appear to be entirely sufficient for that pur-
pose.

On motion, the Library Committee respectfully requested the Curators
to indicate to the Committee what cases they will need for the purposes
mentioned by Dr. Morris to the Committee for the display of antiquities,
etc.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. R. PRINTED DEC. 28, 1891.

1^2 [Oct. 16,

Dr. Morris, on behalf of the Curators, stated the reasons
why at present the Curators could not designate exactly how
much was wanted ; that much of the collections of the Societ}>-
was as yet uupacked and temporarily inaccessible ; that until
the Curators knew how much space would be needed they
could not designate it.

Mr. McKean moved that the Committee on Hall be requested
to carry into effect the order of the Society, made several
years ago, to procure a fireproof safe for the safe custody of
the valuable books and papers of the Society, or to inform
the Society, if they find such to be the fact, that the walls of
the Society's building are not yet deemed strong enough to
support such a safe.

Mr. DuBois inquired as to whether any limit had been
placed as to the size and price of such a safe.

The Secretaries replied that in the original motion there
was no limitation.

Dr. Cope suggested that a new base might have to be built
to support so great a weight.

Dr. Greene suggested that several small safes might better
serve the purpose than one large one.

Prof. Barker suggested that a vault could be erected in the
basement of the Society's building as a receptacle for its
documents.

On motion of Mr. McKean, the motion was referred to the
Hall Committee.

All other business of the meeting having been disposed of,
the Tellers reported the result of the voting for candidates to
the Presiding Member, who declared that

2197. Prof. George Forbes, F.R.S., London,

2198. Mr. Joseph G. Rosengarten, Philadelphia,
had been duly elected members of the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

1891] 1«*3

Staled Meeting, November 6, 1891.

Present, 31 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Mr. Joseph G. Rosengarten, a newly elected member, was
presented to the Chair and took his seat.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

A letter of acceptance of membership from Mr. Joseph G.
Rosengarten, Philadelphia.

A letter from Mr. William Curtis Taylor, requesting ex-
changes on behalf of the Tacoma Academy of Science, Ta-
coma, Wash. On motion, the Academy was ordered to re-
ceive Proceedings from No. 96 and Catalog.

A letter from Mr. Joseph G. Rosengarten, in behalf of
various persons, requesting the Society to accept their gift of
a marble relief portrait of the late Mrs. Emma Seiler, and to
fix a time for its formal presentation. On motion of Mr.
Dudley, the gift was accepted and the 20th of November was
selected.

Letters of envoy were received from the Societc Imp.
Russe de Geographie, St. Petersburg; Institut Meteorologique
de Roumanie, Bucharest; Meteorological Office, Royal Statis-
tical Society, London; Royal Dublin Society, Royal Irish
Academy, Dublin ; Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, Har-
risburg; Theological Seminary, Hartford, Conn.

Letters of acknowledgment (135) were received from Prof.
Serge Nikitin, St. Petersburg ; Anthropologische Gesellschaft,
Vienna; Prof. Peter Ritter von Tunuer, Leoben, Austria;
Prof. Abel Hovelacque, Paris ; Mr. Samuel Timmins, Arley,
England ; Philosophical Society, University Library, Cam-
bridge, England ; Victoria Institute, Linnean Society, Royal
Society, Royal Meteorological Society, Messrs. C. JuhlinDann-
feld, P. L. Sclater, London ; Manchester Geographical Society,
Philosophical Society, Glasgow ; Prof. Andrew A. Blair, Mr.

131

[ Nov. 0,

Joseph G. Rosengarten, Philadelphia ; Kansas Academy of
Science, Topeka.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Societe
Imp. Russe de Geographie, St. Petersburg ; Institut Meteoro-
logique de Roumanie, Bucharest; Bataviaasch Genootschap
van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, Batavia; K. Akademie van
Wetenschappen, Amsterdam ; Instituto y Observatorio de
Marina, San Fernando; Philological Society, Cambridge, Eng-
land ; Meteorological Council, London ; Mr. Samuel Timmins,
Arley, near Coventry, England ; Mr. James B. Francis, Lowell,
Mass. ; Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston ; Hartford
Theological Seminary, Mr. J. A. Spalding, Hartford ; Geologi-
cal Survey of Penrsylvania, Harrisburg ; American Society
for Extension of University Teaching, University Marine Bio-
logical Association, Prof. Edwin J. Houston, MacCalla & Com-
pany, Philadelphia ; Commissioner of Pensions, Bureau of
Education, U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Dr.
Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C.

The death of Hon. William Morris Davis at Philadelphia,
was announced as having occurred in October, 1891.

On motion of Secretary Brinton, the paper of Dr. Boaz, on
" Indian Languages," was ordered to be printed in the Proceed-
ings.

A communication on " The Electrolysis of Metallic For-
mates," by Hill Sloane Warwick, was presented by Secretary
Barker.

Curator Patterson Du Bois presented the following report
on the examination, by Mr. Paul Leicester Ford, of the auto-
graph copy of the Declaration of Independence owned by the
Society.

JVotes on the Various Copies of the Declaration of lndeptndcn.ee in Jeffer-
son's Handwriting.

According to order the Society's copy of the Declaration of Independ-
ence was examined by Mr. Paul Leicester Ford, in the meeting room of
the Society, on Wednesday, October 21, 181)1, in my presence as (. uiator.
The following facts were obtained from Mr. Ford.

1 'l,r»

There were nine known MS. copies of the Declaration :

1. Jefferson's original first draft is now in the possession of the Depart-
ment of Slate at Washington. It contains five emendations by Franklin
and two by John Adams.

2. On the 28th of June, 1770, a fair copy was submitted to Congress.
It was discussed on the 3d and 4'h of July, and passed late in the day of
the 4th of July. There is no evidence that this copy, or any other, was
signed, except by the regular official attests, on the 4th of July. All
traces of this copy have been lost for m^ny years. The engrossed copy
now in the Department of State at Washington, which is, of course, not
in Jefferson's handwriting, was signed on the 2d of August following —
some of the signers not having been in or meanbers of the Congress on
the 4th of July, while others who were there and voted for the Declara-
tion were not among the signers.

Between July 4th and 8th, Jefferson wrote copies as follows :

3. One for John Page.

4. One for George Wythe.

5. One for Edmund Pendleton.

6. One for Richard Henry Lee, the copy now in the possession of the
American Philosophical Society, to which it was presented by Lee's
grandson.

7. In 1825, Jefferson wrote that he had given a copy to Mazzei, who had
subsequently given it to a French countess. Of this we know nothing
further.

8. A fair copy was written for Madison, perhaps fifteen years or so after
the copies made in 1776 were written. This is now in the possession of
the Department of State.

9. In 1821, Jefferson wrote a copy which he inserted in his autobiog-
raphy.

This Society has in its possession the letter, dated July 8, 1776, in
which Jed'erson presents to Richard Henry Lee the copy above num-
bered 6. Jefferson writes : " I enclose you a copy of the Declaration of
Independence as agreed to by the House, and also as originally framed ;
you will judge whether it is the better or worse for the critics." On July
21, Lee acknowledged it, and said : "I wish sincerely, as well for the
honor of Congress as for that of the States, that the manuscript had not
been mangled as it is." On this Mr. Ford observes: "In 1825, when
this manuscript came into the possession of your Society, John Vaughan,
who, I believe, was then your Secretary, wrote to Jefferson, asking
him 'if it was the original draft.' To this Jefferson replied, stating
it was not, but added : ' Whenever in the course of the composition,
a copy became overcharged and difficult to be read with amendments,
I copied it fair, and when that also was crowded with other amend-
ments, another fair copy was made, etc. These rough drafts I sent to

distant friends who were anxious to know what was passing

Whether the paper sent to R. H. Lee was one of these, or whether, after

136

[Nov. 6

the passage of the instrument, I made a copy for him with the amend-
ments of Congress, may, I think, be known from the face of the paper.'
An examination of the paper proves conclusively that it is the latter, to
which has been added an endorsement in the handwriting of Richard
Henry Lee, and marginal notes in the handwriting of Arthur Lee, both
of which are attested by Richard Henry Lee, the grandson of the former,
on the document itself. As Arthur Lee was absent from this country in
1776, and did not return to it till 1779, his notes must have been made
suhsequent to the latter date."

The underscoring and bracketing in the copies 3, 4, 5, 6 signify, then,
that Congress either struck out or altered the phraseology of those pas-
sages.

Mr. Ford desires me to return his hearty thanks to the Society for the
privilege of examining the manuscript. It seems to me that the Society
is likewise indebted to Mr. Ford for the foregoing valuable information.

Patterson DuBois, Curator.

The Treasurer, Mr. Price, presented a report from the Mi-
chaux Committee, as follows:

To the American Philosophical Society :

The Michaux Committee respectfully reports that at a meeting of the
Committee, held on November 5, 1891, a letter was received from Dr. J. T.
Rothrock, enclosing the following list of the subjects proposed for the
Thirteenth Course of Lectures given under the auspices of the American
Philosophical Society :

1. Vegetation of the Bahamas and Jamaica (illustrated).

2. Vegetation of the Bahamas and Jamaica (illustrated).

3. Physical Geography of the Bahamas and Jamaica (illustrated).

4. Some Problems for the Future, arising from Forest Growth, Surface
Drainage and State Lines.

5. Forestry in Pennsylvania.

6. Relation of Forests to the Surface of the Earth.

7. Some Points in Practical Forestry.

It is expected that the Lectures will be delivered in the Hall of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, which has been kindly tendered to him by
the Academy for that purpose.

The Committee approved of the proposition and requests the Society to
make an appropriation of $25o out of the income of the Michaux fund to
meet the expenses of the Lectures.

In January, 1890, the Society made an appropriation of $200, out of the
income of the Michaux fund, to Prof, lleilpiin, towards the expenses of
his expedition to Mexico and Yucatan, and your Committee has just
received from him a paper entitled " Observations on the Flora of Northern
Yucatan," in the nature of a report to it of his botanical work in that

1891.] ■*■"' [Heilprin.

country, which is herewith submitted as part of its report to be printed in
the Proceedings of t lie Society.

The Committee submits the following resolutions, which it desires shall
be passed by the Society.

Resolved, That the sum of two hundred and fifty-five dollars be appro-
priated out of the income of the Michaux fund towards the expenses of
the Thirteenth Course of the "Michaux Forestry Lectures," by Dr. J. T.
Rothrock.

Resolved, That the paper of Prof. Heilprin, entitled "Observations on
the Flora of Yucatan," as well as the paper presented by Dr. Rothrock
entitled "Some Observations on the Bahamas and Jamaica," in the
nature of report to the Michaux Committee of his visit to these Islands
in 1891, be printed in full in the Proceedings of the Society as part of
the report of the Michaux Committee.

By order of the Board,

J. Sergeant Price, Secretary.

The resolutions, as reported, were adopted by the Society.

Observations on the Flora of Northern Yucatan.

By Prof. Angelo Heilprin.

It is not a little singular that while the Mexican region as a whole has
from the beginning of the century to the present day attracted the atten-
tion of botanists of all nations, and contributed more largely to the initial
understanding of geographical botany than perhaps any other region of
the globe, the Province or State of Yucatan should not have drawn to it
a single botanist of note. Indeed, it is only in the last few years that any
systematic effort has been made towards the determination of its flora,
even the relationship of which has not yet been precisely ascertained.
Grisebach, in his Vegetation der Erde (1884, Vol. ii, p. 301), dismisses the
region with the bare statement that unfavorable climatic and physical
conditions prevent luxuriance of vegetable development, and Hemsley,
in his report upon the botany of Mexico and Central America, prepared
for Godman and Salvin's Biologia Centrali- Americana {Botany, iv, p. 151,
1888), merely asserts our ignorance in the following words : "Before con-
cluding this part, we may add that little is known of the details of the
botany of Yucatan, except that it is very poor and scanty, and largely
composed of plants that still bear long droughts without injury. The
poverty of the flora is ascribed to the fact that the copious rains rapidly
filter away through the porous limestone substratum." Drude, in his
Ilandbuch der Pfia nzengeographie (1890), ignores the region entirely. In
view of this very limited knowledge of the flora of a country so interesting

Hellprin.] -»-"" [Nov. 6i

as is Yucatan, I venture to submit a few general observations which were
hastily picked up during a field reconnaissance made in the early part of
1890 (late February and March), principally in the interests of geological
and zoological research. The collection of plants, which serves as a basis
for some of the determinations referred to in tins paper, was made by Mr.
Winner Stone, one of my associates in exploration, to whom I am indebted
for notes and remarks on distribution, etc. I desire in this place also to
acknowledge my indebtedness for various favors to D. Emilio MacKin-
ney, of Merida, Yucatan, the author of the now progressing Nuevo
Judio,* who has kindly assisted me in the determination of species not
in flower, and of which specimens could not readily be obtained for our
collections, and also furnished the local or Maya names.

Perhaps the traveler's first surprise on landing in Yucatan is that his
eyes do not immediately fall upon a line of lofty primeval forest ; secondly,
he may be distressed by the utter barrenness which at times distinguishes
much of the region that is covered by the bush or 'jungle." This is the
condition throughout much of the dry season when the trees and bushes,
instead of being buried in dense and brilliant verdure, are as bare as
though they had just passed through the tail end of one of our northern
winters. The more striking does this condition appear when it is recollec-
ted that the region under consideration is well within the tropics, but little
elevated above the level of the sea, and seemingly well fitted for the devel-
opment of a rich and luxuriant flora. In the region first visited by us — the
flat limestone tract included between the seaboard and the capital city —
the vegetation is monotonous to a high degree. There is little of that
variety of form which we are accustomed to associate with the vegetation
of the south — little or nothing of the life which astonishes by its exuber-
ance. By far the greater number of the arboreal elements of the scrub —
for it is more nearly scrub than either jungle or forest — belong to the
group of the Leguminosse, among which the yax7iabin\ (a species of
Cassia) and the dog-acacia or subinche (Acacia cor tug era), with their abatis
of thorns, stand out as prominent members. Beyond the presence here
and there of one or more species of cactus (Gereus Paruoianus, G. fliigdli-
formis, Cactus opunt ia ) and the vision of distant cocoa-palms and oranges,
there is little to remind the stranger from the north that he is not traveling
in his own country. There are no large foresters swinging garlands of
evergreens to the breeze, no canopy of flowers to waft perfume to the air.
All about are tree-like bushes, fifteen to twenty-five feet in height, thin and
so spare in their foliage as to permit of but indifferent shade, and most of
them stocked with a wonderful armor of hooks and thorns. There are few
flowers on the interground, and what appear on the branches above are
almost wholly of a yellow color — the flowers of the Cassia and of the nuiner-

* El Nuevo Judio : Apuntes que serviran para laformacion de La Flora Yucateca. Merida,
1889.

t Pronounced with the German pronunciation of the vowels, yashabin. The x which
appears in many of the Maya or Yucateean words, as in l.'xmal, lias the sound of <sh.

1891.] l^J [Heilprin.

ous associated Acacias. These may be taken to represent the white blos-
soms of our cherry and dogwood Eere and there the eye catches a glimpse
of a solitary screw-pine, theQipil* of the Mayas (Pandanus candelabrum), a
plant which seems to have pretty firmly engrafted itself upon the Yucatan
flora.

"Withal that is lacking to indicate a tropical flora there is equally little
that is really distinctive of the northern woods ; there are no oaks, in iples,
beeches, poplars, junipers, cedars or pines. Excepting the Acacias we failed
to detect a single genus of northern forest trees.f Yet the total impression
produced by the vegetation was one immediately suggestive of the north,
and not of a flora intermediate in character between that of the north and
that of the south. The largely denu le I condition of the trees undoubt-
edly conduced towards this impression.

This is the picture of the limestoie flats between Progreso and Merida,
and of much of the region lying to the east, south and west of the capital
city; it is the picture as we found it :n the dry season, in the month of
March, before nature had yet begun to respond to those refreshing
influences which are the offering of the rainy season.:): It was t lie tropical
winter. But even at this season of the year there were pieces of landscape
that were fragrant in their verdure. Wherever the hand of man had
transformed the native scrub into the fertile, but ever dreary and monot-
onous, heanequen country, with it- countless aloes (Agave rigidaf var.
A. Sisalana) planted in avenues of geometrical precision, the eye is sure
to rest upon a number of scattered garden spots. They are the groves of
the haciendas, and it is difficult to conceive of anything more brilliant or
refreshing than these oases in what might be termed a fertile desert. The
dense masses of foliage of the orange, ramon (Brossimum alieastrum), and
one or more species of Ficus (F. long if alia), with their deepest tints of
green, and the overarching plumes of the cocoanut, offer a sharp contrast
to the bleak expanse of hennequen, and a picture of loveliness not soon
to be forgotten.

Along the roadways and in the gardens of Merida numerous examples
of the true arboreal vegetation of the tropics are to be met with. Con-
spicuous among these are the silk-cotton tree {Bombax ceibn) and the
bonete or ktimche (Jacaralia Mexican//), both of which assume the stately
proportions of forest trees. At the time of our visit they were already in
full fruit, although they as yet showed scarcely a vestige of leaf. This
peculiarity, so novel to the stranger, was also true of most of the larger
trees, such as the sapote (Sapota achras), pochote (Eriodendron anfractu-
osam), the so-called native cedar or cedro (Cedrelu odorata), etc. The

* The Maya 0, or reversed C, is pronounced as a short lingual tz.

fSo many of the bushes and trees being destitute of leaf, and therefore largely unrec-
ognizable, it is possible that more of the temperate forms are actually represented than
appeared to us to be the case.

t Returning to Progreso in the early part of June, I found that the vegetation, although
considerably advanced, was still backward as compared with that of the eastern low-
land plains of major Mexico, and in every way much less luxuriant.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. S. PRINTED DEC. 28, 181)1.

Heilprin.J 14U |Nov. 6,

plum or siruela (Spondias) was also bearing heavily, but it still boie traces
of flowering. One of the most ornamental trees of the roadside is the
"southern pine" or Casuarina, which also thrives extensively in the open
and windy sand spots of Progreso.

The tree which at the time of our visit gave the tone of luxuriance to the
vegetation was the ramon (Brossimum alicastrum), the dense masses of
whose foliage are a refreshing object in the street scenery of almost every
town in northern Yucatan. It is extensively cultivated for horse and
mule fodder, and thus frequently appears for cause stripped of its leaves
for a height of thirty to forty feet. It then shows to advantage the brilliant
contrast between its pile gray, almost white, trunk and the dark green of
its crown. Plants with showy flowers were not numerous, and the flowers
where occurring were not specially remarkable either for beauty or for
fragrance. There were, however, one or two notable exceptions, which
went far to redeem the reputation of the tropics. One of these was the tree
known in the Maya language as xlcuiclie, which comprises the two species
familiar to botanists as Pachira alba and P. fastuosa. Both forms were
completely naked, except for the large tufts of red and white blossoms
which were scattered over the branches. The tree is a favorite with the
natives, and we met with it at numerous places along the open roadside ;
but its true home is the village garden. Scarcely less attractive in its dis-
play of flowers is the siricote {Cordia Sebestana), with its large and bril-
liant cups of scarlet, the abiding place of several species of humming-bird.

The picture of Merida and its surroundings, so far as the vegetation is
concerned, is also the picture of much of the outlying region where settle-
ments have effected a lodgment. The approach to every village is heralded
by a growth of sabal or cocoanut, the former of which attains the dimen-
sions approximately of the Florida palmetto, rising in graceful shafts sixty
to eighty feet in height. Its most picturesque garb is seen when the tree is
enclosed by the trunk and cable masses of the copo (Ficus rubiginosa) ,
whose close embrace makes it appear as though the same trunk and roots
were nourishing and supporting the lives of two very distinct organisms.
The fig, of later growth, had wrapped its massive descending roots about
the shaft of the palm, and in such a manner as to leave little or nothing
of its fellow visible except the tufts of leaves. Manifestly the pseudo-para-
site had started life from above, possibly from seeds deposited by a bird,
gathering sustenance from the atmosphere and its contained impurities. I
could find neither here nor in Mexico proper, where 1 subsequently had
frequent opportunity of observing this growth, evidence of strangulation
of the host. Inasmuch as the trunk of the palmetto does not materially
increase in bulk after it first rises from the ground, I doubt much if this
closing around causes any real injury to the plant attacked, contrary to
the general belief of the natives. The finest specimens of the cocoa-palm
were met with by us at a locality on the north coast known as the Serrito,
a few miles to the east of the Puerto de Qilam. The tree does not in this
place grow to any great height, perhaps forty to fifty feet, but it appears

1891.] *-^*- [Heilprln.

in fall vigor, and many of the trees of the large grove, which is here
bathed by the ocean breezes, were laden with fruits. Compared witli the
cocoa-palms which I subsequently met with in the Mexican region west
and northwest of Vera Cruz, these appeared to be of a much more healthy
type, and altogether their general aspect was much fresher. In the same
region is also found the dwarf cocoauut {Cocos coyol).

In the mountain region forty to sixty miles south of Merida, or beyond
Ticul, certain new elements are introduced into the vegetation, which
impart to it a somewhat distinctive character ; but, broadly speaking, the
flora is still that of the northern limestone flats, with its acacias as the
dominating feature. At several points on the northern flank of the Sierra,
as between the hacienda of San Juan and Uxmal, and again between
Ticul and the hacienda of Tabi, there are extensive growths of the red
gum, the chakah of the Mayas {Bnrsera gummifera), the tree which yields
much of the chewing gum of commerce. Like most of the larger for-
esters it was destitute of leaves, and in its peculiarly dichotomizing
branches and copper-colored trunk, it could not fail to attract the attention
of the traveler. The tree grows to a height of some forty to sixty feet, and
in such close association as to form woods of its own. I met with it in con-
siderable abundance along the line connecting Vera Cruz and Jalapa, not
far from the village of San Juan. Along the roadways and in the thinner
jungle the lesser pineapple or pinuela (Bromelia pinguin) was very abun-
dant, its long and rigid saw-like leaves, tipped with bright crimson, form-
ing an effective foreground to the more delicate types of vegetation
beyond. Especially beautiful is the effect produced by these plants at the
approaches to the famous ruins of Uxmal ; great tufted masses, five to
seven feet in height, line the roadway on either side — a natural stockade
alike impassable to man and beast.

Only along a comparatively short stretch of roadway between Tzamal
and Tunkas, on the Camino Real to Valladolid, did Ave meet with that
phase of vegetable development which the mind popularly associates with
a southern flora — a flora which is tropically luxuriant, and where luxuri-
ance is dependent not upon the special growth of plants of a single order,
but upon an assortment of largely heterogeneous elements. The begin-
nings of such a vegetation wre found a few miles to the southeast of Sitil-
pech. The limestone has here undergone deep decay, liberating a rich
deposit of red earth, which has attracted a profuse and varied flora. The
trees are very much larger than we had heretofore seen in the bush and
some of them almost noble in their proportions. Manifestly they are the
remains of a forest which was at one time far more majestic than it is
to-day, and which dates its primal destruction probably to the period of
the early colonization of the country by the Spaniards. The overarching
boughs, decked with a profusion of dog-jessamine ( Taberncemontana amyg-
dalifolia), orchids and air plants, especially the litter, help to form a
dainty bit of road scenery which it would be difficult to match. Of the
orchids, the Gattleya was especially abundant, forming by its large
bunches great unsightly scars in the axils of the forest trees. We col-

Heilprin ] J.**- [Xov. 6,

lected also a number of Oncidia, etc. The epiphytes were mainly Tilland-
sias or Bromelias, which in places literally covered some of the large for-
esters, especially the pick (Inga xilocarpa). Among other components of
the vegetation are the Spanish bayonet (Yucca.) and Fourcroya, rising
thirty to forty feet, and several species of cactus (Cereus grandiflora, C.
fligelliformis, Melocactus). The firstof these, the fav-famed night-blooming
Cereus, occurs in great sprawling musses, dependent from the lower
branches of the bush. Here and there it is closely associated with the
organ or giant cactus (Cereus Peruviana) and with other species to form
dense and impenetrable thickets. Many of the plants were in flower at
the time of our visit.

Three large cenotes, or, more properly, aguadas, those of Shkashek and
Balantun, open up within a short distance of one another on this road,
and their deep basins are largely encircled by a luxuriant growth of forest.
Over the surface of two of these, great lily pads had encroached upon the
water, recalling a picture from our own far north. In a second well a
brake or cane, together with the pith (Pandanus utills), had largely
usurped the place of the lily. I observed here also a number of calabash
bushes or trees (Crescenlia cujete).

On the northern coast of the peninsula, adjoining the luxuriant supo-
tales of the Serrito, is a vast mangrove maze. Unlike the mangroves of
the Southern United States, such as I had observed in profuse develop-
ment on the western coast of Florida, or of Bermuda, the Yucatan man-
grove is a noble forester, rising a hundred feet or more in height. The
great air-shoots or roots descend from an elevation of fifty to seventy-five
feet, and in their massiveness recall the giant Gables of some of the Ficacece.
In its general aspect the mangrove forest is most impressive — a wilder-
ness of roots, stems and foliage, into which but little sunlight penetrates.

Attention has already been directed to the scanty character of the Yuca-
tan sylva ; this is, indeed, the nature of the "jungle," which is referred
to by nearly all travelers since the clays of Stephens and which encom-
passes the sites of many of the larger ruins of the interior. The true
forest jungle, such as is to be met with in the State of Tabasco or in the
low Mexican region west of the Gulf, is wanting over the greater part of
the extensive limestone plain of the north, nor does it show itself in the
mountain tracts either. This condition has led botanists to assume that
the northern half of the peninsula was climatically and physically uu-
suited to the development of the profuse and healthy vegetation which
elsewhere distinguishes tropical Spanish America. Indeed, Grisebach
goes so far as to assume that the deficiency of forms is mainly due to an
absence of rainfall, which is, however, as well marked in Yucatan as it is
in most non-mountainous tropical countries. The fallacy of this view has
already been pointed out by Woeikof.* The scraps of luxuriant growth
that appear here and there, taken in conjunction with the giant dimen-
sions of some of the scattered foresters, seem to me to point rather to

* Reise durch Yukatan und die siidostlichen Provinzen von Mexilo, 1871. Petermaim's
Miltheilungeri, 1879, p. 202.

1891.] 14o [Heilprin-

favorable than to unfavorable conditions and to an explanation of the
existing sparseness of the vegetation which lias no connection with cli-
matic or physical influences. I think it all but certain that an extensive
forest at one time covered the land, and that successive devastations in
one form or another have brought the surface to the condition in which
we now find it. That the Spaniards here, as in Mexico proper, caused
wanton destruction of the native forests is positive; but how often the
destruction has been continued since the period of the conquest has not
yet been determined.

The following brief notes on some of the plants observed by us may
serve in a measure to elucidate the vegetation of northern Yucatan ; most
of the determinations have been made by Mr. MacKinney, who has also
supplied the Maya names (the second name which occasionally appears in
parentheses is the one in common use).

Cassia sp.f (Yaxhabin). — Tree, 15-20 feet, very abundant in the open scrub
between the seaboard and Merida. Flowers bright yellow.

Acacia corniyera (Subinch'). — Very abundant in the bush.

Acacii udonttissima? (Baalch >.

Iii'jn xttocarpa (Pick). — One of the largest of the roadside trees, 70-100 feet
or more in height. This tree appears to be specially selected for
decoration by the Tillandsia.

Bombax ceiba (Yaxche). — The silk-cotton tree is one of the giants of the
Yucatan flora, of which it constitutes one of the distinctive features ;
70-100 feet ; very abundant. Specially noble examples of this tree,
one of them measuring not less than eight feet in diameter, are found
in the region about Ticul. Destitute of leaf at the time of our visit,
but bearing an ample supply of pods.

Eriodendronanfractuosum (Porhote). — An abundant tree, mostly of smaller
size than the ceiba; flowering.

PacMra alba, Pachira fastuom (Xcuyche — Amapola). — Cultivated as orna-
mental trees ; 15-25 feet ; flowering, but devoid of leaves.

Brossimum alicaslrum (Ox — Ramon). — Very abundant in all the village
gardens ; cultivated for fodder. Tree, 60-80 feet.

Ficis (jrandifvlia (Ahum). — Large and abundant tree.

Ficus rubiginosa (Capo). — Very abundant as a pseudo-parasite on Sabal.

Ficus laurifolia — Shade tree in the park of Merida.

J.icaratia Mexicana (Kumche — Bonete). — Large and abundant tree — in
fruit. The conspicuous triangular fruit is prepared in a variety of
ways as an article of food.

Carica papaya (Put — Papaya). — The papaw ; very abundant in gardens.

Bursera gumtnifera (Ghacah). — Tree (destitute of leaf at the time of our
visit) very abundant in the hill region south of Ticul ; 50-GO feet.

Spondias lutea (Abal — Xkinim-lwbo — Siruela). — One of the forms of Yuca-
tan plum ; extensively cultivated.

Spondias microcarpa (Aac-abal).

Spondias rubra (Xkis-abal).

Cordia Sebestana (Kopte — Siricote). — Abundant in gardens.

Heilprin.] lzl'± [Nov. 6,

Cedrela odorata (Eulche). — Abundant in gardens in 3Ierida and in nearly
all villages.

Casuarina. — Abundant in gardens and in open places ; 30-60 feet.

Anona squamosa (jalmui — Saramayo). — The custard apple.

Anona muricata ((Juandoano).

Anona glabra {Op).

Sapote achras. — Much cultivated for its delicious fruit ; tree 50-80 feet.

Lucuma mamosa (Chacalhas). — The rnamey.

Mamea Americana. — The San Domingo mamey ; extensively cultivated.

Persea gratissima (On — Aguacate). — Alligator-pear.

Plumeria alba (JViete — Flor de Mayo). — Cultivated for its beautiful and
highly aromatic flowers.

Taberncemontana amygdilifolia (Uoupek — Jazmia, de perro). — Dog-jessa-
mine. Very abundant along some of the roadways, as on the Camiuo
Real between Izainal and Tekanto ; flowering.

Crescentia cujete (Luch — Jicara). — Calabash tree ; observed at the aguada
of Shkashek.

Tecoma equinoctialis (Sac-ak — Btjuco de Chiquiuite).

Cucurbita pepo (Eum — Calabassa). — Calabash.

Rhizophora mangle (Tapche). — Forming extensive forests on the north
shore, east of the Puerto de Dilam.

Cereus Peruvianas (Nan — Organo). — The organ cactus, forming dense
and almost impenetrable thickets ; 20-30 feet. Very abundant near
the hacienda of Tabi, southeast of Ticul. A smaller species is known
as Nuutsutsui.

Cereus grandiflora (Pitaya). — Abundant in the thickets, where its great
depending masses impede penetration.

Cereus flagell if or mis (Canchoh). — Common on rocks.

Cereus lanatus (Tsacdm).

Cactus opuntia (Pakd>n). — The common nopal.

Mdocactus communis (Polxnuk—Bimaga) . — Abundant in places.

Bromelia pinguin (Chom—linuela). — Abundant, and forming dense thick-
ets.

Musa sapientia (Sac-haas). — The common banana ; extensively culti-
vated.

Musa paradisiaca (Box-liaas). — Plantain ; also common.

Cocos nucifera. — Abundantly cultivated, and forming along the northern
shore beautiful groves ; 50-70 feet.

Cocos coyol. — Dwarf cocoanut.

Sabal Mexicana (Bayal-xaan). — I am not certain that this is the common
species of palmetto of Yucatan ; the tree attains a height of some
70-80 feet.

Thrinax olomale (Bon-xaan).

Thrinax par vif alia (also Bayal-xaan?).

Pandanus candelabrum (Cipil). — Stray specimens appearing here and
there in the bush, between Progreso and Merida.

Pandanus utilis (Pah).— In the waters of the cenote of Balantun.

L891.] -I^O [Rotlirock.

Some Observations on the Bahamas and Jamaica.

By Dr. J. T. Jiothrock.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 6, 1S01,
as part of the Report of the Michaux Committee.)

The American Philosophical Society having last season set apart from
the Michaux legacy the sum of three hundred dollars towards defraying
the expenses of my West Indian exploring and collecting trip, I desire
to offer the following :

The ohject of the appropriation was the collecting of photographs and
information which could be utilized in the preparation and delivery of the
annual lectures, popularly known as "The Michaux Forestry Course."

Towards accomplishing, this, the islands of New Providence, Eleuthera,
San Salvador, Watling and Inagua, all of the Bahama group, were visited,
as well also as Jamaica and its lesser political dependency, the Grand
Cayman, which is situated one hundred and ninety nautical miles, nearly
W.N.W., from the western end of Jamaica.

As the time allowed for my entire trip was but three months, it is evi-
dent that no prolonged stay could be made in any one place. "We de-
voted by far the greater portion of our time to the island of Jamaica, and
found everywhere, but especially on its greatest altitudes of 7000 feet,
ample returns for our search.

In all, about one hundred and fifty good negatives were obtained. As
duplicates were usually made, it is fair to say there are about seventy-five
satisfactory illustrations of trees, physical geography and topography of
the islands visited.

How rich a field the island of Jamaica offers may readily be inferred
from the following facts :

1. If reduced to a square, the island would be about sixty-five miles
long by as many wide.

2. Its population is only about 600,000 souls.

3. Only twenty -five per cent, of its area is under cultivation.

4. The agricultural methods are very primitive and fertilizers are
sparingly used.

5. Notwithstanding these facts, this small area, after retaining enough
for home uses, sends into the markets of the world nearly §9,000,000
worth of products each year. These are mainly from the vegetable king-
dom.

It is well, also, to call attention to the fact that, of these exports, prob-
ably about fifty per cent, are shipped to the United States as against
thirty-seven per cent, to Great Britain. Of lruit alone, we received in
1889 not less than $1,580,000 worth, as rated by the exports there. Of
course, its value here was vastly greater. There has been during the
past five years a decided increase in the trade with the United States, and
some also with Canada.

Rothrock.] 14b [Nov. 6,

In spite of the relative proximity of the Bahamas and Jamaica, the con-
trast between these islands is exceedingly marked. The Bahamas are
low and show no considerable elevations. Jamaica reaches a maximum
altitude of 7360 feet above the sea level. The soil of the Bahamas is
scanty, and consequently cultivation entails fertilization. That of Jamaica
is of great depth, and its continued productiveness is evidence of a vast
natural fertility. The flora of the Bahamas shows marked resemblance
to that of Florida. The flora of Jamaica is essentially tropical, save at
such altitudes as suit plants of cooler regions. In such places we found
the common chickweed (Stellaria, media), the white clover (Trifolium
repens), associated with plants from the cooler parts of southern regions.

The mangrove (Rhizophora mangle), common to the tropical seas
around the globe, attains in Jamaica (compared with that in Florida
and in the Bahamas) a surprising height. Near Port Morant are large
jungles, where the trees attain a height of at least sixty feet. This is the
proper place to call attention to possible tannin production, which the
mangrove suggests. No tree that we have here, at all approaches it in the
percentage of tannin it contains. That the mangrove should have
remained so long unutilized is due to the difficulty of obtaining its tannin
free irom coloring matter. There is this to be said, however, that in the
near future, owing to exhaustion of other tannin-producing trees, the arts
will be forced to draw upon the mangrove, even if an improved chemistry
is not able to free it from this objectionable color. The natives obtain a
red brown dye from the bark by simply steeping it in water.

When one remembers that the aboriginal population of Jamaica must
have depended largely upon the indigenous vegetable products for food, it
is surprising to observe to what an extent these have been supplanted by
fruit and food from introduced plants. For example, the mango, bread-
fruit, cocoanut, bananas, and likely also the yam. Even the logwood,
now so important to Jamaica, has been introduced there.

Of the original forest but little remains in Jamaica, though reproduction
has again covered the steeper slopes with a luxuriant growth of timber.

Jamaica is not wanting in hard woods. Some of these are of great
value. It is claimed that of these they need none from us. Though, on
the other hand, it is equally sure that tor white and yellow pine the
island draws very largely upon our resources. The United States fur-
nished Jamaica in 1889 nearly $i00,000 worth of building material, of
which the major part was probably lumber. It is not probable that the
economic resources of the vegetable kingdom in Jamaica are properly
recognized, or that we derive from them now anything like what we shall
in the iuture.

Attention should also here be called to the fact that, years ago,
attempts were made to introduce the Sisal hemp from Yucatan into the
islands on the southern coast of Florida. It appears to have been aban-
doned (probably from want of proper machinery to extricate the fibre).
The plants are now growing wild in these Florida islands, and have been

1891.] J-47 [Rothrock.

introduced, under the intelligent and earnest direction of Gov. Sir Ambrose
Shea, into the Bahamas, where they promise soon to furnish large quanti-
ties of fibre which will rival manila in the markets of the world.

From Publication No. 86, of the U. S. Hydrographic Office for the Year
1888, page 1, I quote the following: "The sea breeze generally sets in
about 9 a.m., and, blowing either directly on shore, or, according to the
trend of the coast line, at an angle to it, continues till about sunset, when
a calm interval is succeeded by a light off-shore air, attaining its greatest
strength about day dawn, and being succeeded by an oppressive calm, to
be again followed by the sea breeze. On the coasts of Cuba, Santo Do-
mingo, Puerto Rico and Jamaica, the regular sequence of land and sea
breezes is seldom interrupted." So far as our observation could go in so
brief a period, we can entirely confirm this general statement. These
local breezes must not, however, be confounded with the trade winds
which, from latitude 28° N., come normally from the N.E. or E.N.E. and
sweep over the ocean areas in which these islands lie. Neither must we
lose sight of the fact that, at Kingston, in Jamaica, the wind comes the
year through almost constantly from the S.E.

Observation has shown that during the months of November, Decem-
ber and January frequent rains fall upon the northern side of the island
of Jamaica. It would appear as if the direction of these trade winds and
the position of the island of Cuba might explain some notable differences
in the distribution of this winter rain upon the northern shore of Jamaica.
From Cape Maysi, on the eastern end of Cuba, to Morant Point, the east-
ern end of Jamaica, the direction is N.E. £ N. or about N. 39° E. The dis-
tance is about 180 nautical miles. Port Antonio bears by the compass
from Cape Maysi about 8° more to the westward than Morant Point.
Both of these places are, however, fairly in the line of the N. E. trade
winds, which may reach them without sweeping over the mountainous,
fog-enveloped eastern end of Cuba. It is important to bear in mind that
these mountains on the eastern end of Cuba attain a height of 7000 feet
and must have a temperature considerably below that* of the sea level.
A line drawn from Lucea, on the northwestern end of Jamaica, would
cut the mountains of Cuba about 100 miles from the eastern end. In
other words, the trade winds from the N.E., to strike Lucea, must first
cross the mountains of Cuba, where, by the lower temperature, the mois-
ture is precipitated. Whereas, the normal N.E. trade wind can reach
Port Antonio without having to cross the Cuban mountains. The latter
reach the Jamaica coast as wet winds, whose moistu re is precipitated on
the northern side of Eastern Jamaica ; but the winds which reach Lucea
come as dry winds.

The facts, as observed by us, were, first, the large aqueous precipitation
of Port Antonio and the small precipitation at Lucea. The whole fact
is briefly expressed by the saying of the sailors, that to find Port An-
tonio you had but to enter the blackest, rainiest port on the northern
side of Jamaica.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. T. PRINTED DEC. 31, 1891.

l^S [Nov. 6.

The practical bearing of this is not hard to see from a sanitary stand-
point. The high ground on the western end of Jamaica is the climate
most suitable for the invalid. The beautiful little town of Lucea, if it
possessed a large, well kept hotel, would be an ideal winter resort for our
northern invalids.

"Whether considered from the standpoint of climate, scenery or pro-
ductiveness, Lucea could be made a more desirable winter resort than the
Bahamas. Indeed, I am so strongly impressed by the possibilities of
Northwestern Jamaica for the invalids of the future that I cannot refrain
trom making these statements as positive as I have.

There is one more factor to be considered in the climate of Lucea. It
is that the trade winds from the N.E. tend, on striking the northern coast
of Jamaica, to be deflected into E.N.E. winds. This would place Lucea
somewhat under the protection of the parishes to the east of it ; so far, at
least, as the rainfall is concerned.

We lay in the harbor of Port Morant, on the southern side of Jamaica,
whilst a furious north wind was blowing on the northern side of Jamaica
and deluging the region near Port Antonio with the rainfall. Yet we re-
ceived a very moderate share of the rain, which was drained from the
clouds by the mountains north of us.

Dr. Morris read a note from Mr. Patterson, Trustee under
the will of the late Franklin Peale, suggesting the removal
of the stone-age collection of relics, and moved that the
Curators be instructed and authorized to withdraw from the
custody of the Academy of Natural Sciences the Peale stone-
age collections.

A discussion ensued, in which Dr. Brinton, Dr. Morris, Dr.
Cope, Mr. Dudley, Mr. Martindale and Mr. Du Bois took
part.

The President stated the manner in which the Society had
become the owner of the collection referred to.

On motion of Mr. Dudley, the further consideration of the
whole matter was postponed until the next regular meeting of
the Society, and the Curators were requested in the mean-
time to examine into the facts and report upon the same.

At the call of deferred business, the report from the Com-
mittee of which Prof. E. D. Cope was Chairman, postponed
from May 1, 1891, was taken up and considered.

Prof. Cope requested that the same might be postponed
until next meeting, which, on motion, was agreed to.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

1S01.]

149

Staled Meeting, November SO, 1891.
Present, 26 members.
President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.
On motion of Mr. Dudley, it was

Resolved, vein, con., That the ordinary business of the Society should
be suspended, and that such matters as were set for this evening should
be postponed until the next regular meeting, and that the only business
that should be attended to to-night, should be the reading of a paper by
Mr. Henry C. Baird, on "Carey and Two of His Recent Critics — Boehm-
Bawerk and Marshall," and the presentation of the portrait of Mrs. Seiler.

Mr. Henry Carey Baird read a paper on " Carey and His
Recent Critics."

Mr. Rosengarten read the following letter :

Frederick Fraley, Esq.,

President American Philosoplrical Society.
Dear Sir : — Some of the friends of the late Mrs. Emma Seiler, includ-
ing many of her pupils, desire to present to the Philosophical Society, of
which Mrs. Seiler was a member, a marble relief portrait of that lady, to
be placed in your Hall, as a memorial of her scientific labors and of her
success in elevating musical education, and of her contributions to a bet-
ter knowledge of the voice in speaking and singing. You are respect-
fully asked to request the Philosophical Society at its next meeting to
accept this gift, and to fix a time when it can be presented, and a memoir
of Mrs. Seiler, be read, to be preserved and printed in the record of the
Transactions of the Society.
We are very respectful^, etc.,
Mrs. Caspar Wister, Mrs. S. I. Lesley,

Mrs. Brinton Coxe, Mrs. Marriott C. Smythe,

Miss Rosengarten, Miss Maria Moss,

Miss Bradford, Mrs. John W. Field,

Miss Maria Hopper, Miss Ella C. White,

Mrs. Messchert, Miss Mary A. Burnham,

Miss Messchert, Miss Kate S. Gillespie,

Miss Bennett, Miss B. M. Randolph,

Miss Eliza B. Chase, Mrs. George McClellan,

Mrs. Agnes G. E. Shipley, Rev. Dr. T. K. Conrad,

Mr. William Ellis Scull, Mr. William Piatt Pepper,

Mr. M. H. Messchert, Mr. Edward H. Coates,

Mr. Charles Piatt, Mr. J. G. Rosengarten.

P/iiladelphiei, November 4, IS'dl.

150

[Nov. 20,

Mr. Eosengarten, presenting the portrait of Mrs. Seiler,
spoke as follows :

Mr. President : — At the last meeting, the American Philosophical
Society agreed to accept a marble relief portrait of the late Madame
Seiler, presented by a few of her friends and pupils. I now have the
pleasure,-on behalf of the subscribers, to present it to you and through
you to the Society. Madame Seiler was a member of this Society, one of
the six women who have thus far been enrolled on its list. The others
were Princess Dashkoff, Mrs. Somerville, Mrs. Agassiz, Miss Maria
Mitchell and Miss Helen Abbott. Her works on "The Voice in Singing"
and "The Voice in Speaking " were not her only claims to this distinction.
In Germany, her native country, Madame Seiler was a pupil of the famous
teachers of the University of Berlin, and it is to her that is attributed the
first use of the laryngoscope in studying the organs of the throat,
while her discovery and description of some of the parts of the throat
were of great value. She brought letters of introduction from well-known
German savans to the late Dr. George B. Wood, for many years President
of this Society, and through him was enabled to make the acquaintance
of the Rev. Dr. Fumess, among its oldest members. This venerable
member of the Philosophical Society helped her in all of her literary
work, and was her kind and steadfast friend through all her life ; his last
act of kindness was officiating at her funeral, when his tender sympathy
and earnest words assuaged the grief of her family and her friends. But
no patronage and no help would have availed without the talent, energy
and ability which won for Madame Seiler hosts of friends here. Her
success was shown in the establishment of a singing academy, where
many pupils were trained in her methods, and her little leisure was spent
in scientific and literary work. Much still remains in manuscript, but
her printed books have been freely used and commended by the later
writers on the subjects specially her own. As "a mark of respect and
affection, her friends and pupils have secured this admirable marble relief
portrait. It is the work of Mr. Henry K. Bush Brown, a young American
artist, and it is now presented to the Philosophical Society, with the
request that it may find a suitable place on the walls of its hall, where
there are portraits and busts of many of the distinguished men who have
been members. What Madame Seiler did to entitle her to this honor will
be set forth in detail in a biographical sketch to be read this evening, and
that memoir will no doubt be preserved in the growing list of necrological
notices in the printed papers of the Society. On behalf of the subscribers
this marble relief portrait is presented to the Society as an expression of
the affection and admiration felt for Madame Seiler in her lifetime and in
the hope of thus perpetuating her name and memory as those of a woman
who did much for a scientific knowledge of music and whose general cul-
ture, broad sympathies and earnest labors endeared her to all who knew
her. Coining to this city almost an entire stranger — not even a master of

1891.]

151

the language spoken here — it was the kindness shown to her by members
of the Philosophical Society Hint enabled her to find employment and to
show her mastery of her art and to carry on her scientific work and to
write her books. It is eminently fitting, therefore, that this memorial
portrait should find its final resting place on the walls of your hall, and
that her name and services should be perpetuated in your records. I
now, in the name and on behalf of the subscribers, hand over to you and
through you to the keeping of the Society, the portrait of Madame Seiler,
a member of the Society, a woman of many virtues and talents and be-
loved by a large circle of friends, who have joined in thus testifying their
sense of the honor conferred on her by this Society and of her eminent
right to it.

The President accepted the portrait in a few appropriate
remarks.

Mrs. J. P. Lesley then read the following sketch of Madame
Seiler :

Mrs. Emma Seiler was born on the 23d of February, 1821, at Wurtz-
berg, in the kingdom of Bavaria. Her maiden name was Diruff, and her
father was court physician to Ludwig, Kiug of Bavaria, and also Surgeon-
General to the kingdom. Emma Diruff had two brothers and two sisters.
One of her sisters afterwards married Dr. Canstadt, a celebrated physician
and professor at Jena, who also started a medical journal, which is still in
existence. Her other sister married Dr. Demme, professor of surgery at
Berne, and brother of a distinguished Lutheran clergyman of that name,
formerly settled in Philadelphia.

The children of Dr. Diruff were on familiar terms with the young
princes and princesses at the court of King Ludwig, and occasionally
shared their lessons with the same tutors and professors, and Emma grew
up in close intimacy and friendship with the princesses, and with the
young Maximilian, and Otto, King of Greece. She lived in the atmos-
phere of court life, was early presented, and the king and queen valued
highly their intercourse with the family of the court physician. To our
American ideas these are trifles, but unless we understand all the early in-
fluences of a young life, we cannot realize what one must have to over-
come in later years when living among people to whom all such distinc-
tions are purely artificial.

Her early youth was a very happy one, devoted to her education, in the
heart of a family circle of sufficient wealth to be free from serious anxie-
ties and cares, and their home in the midst of beautiful scenery, for which
she had all her life a deep appreciation.

In the year 1841 Emma Diruff was married to Dr. Seiler, a young phy-
sician whose family like her own was one of the oldest and most aristo-
cratic in Bavaria. The estate of her husband, to which she at once re-
moved with him, was situated in Langenthal in Switzerland, not far from

15^ [Nov. 20,

Berne. She was then twenty years old. For some years she lived in
outward comfort, not called on for serious exertions beyond the cares for
her children and the guidance of her family affairs. But in 184(5 some
speculations in which her husband had engaged failed ; all his property
except the estate on which they lived was lost, and from this time forth
she lived a life of deep and constant anxiety, and under the necessity for
unremitting exertion. They both thought that their home on the estate
might be made remunerative by turning it into a private asylum for
insane patients, and into this work Mrs. Seiler threw herself with the
energy and ardor of her nature, making herself the sympathetic friend of
those whose mental maladies were of the milder type, and having great in-
fluence over the violent. At one time, after watching successfully for
some months a case of suicidal mania, the patient escaped her and was
found to have hung herself. Mrs. Seiler, after an hour of heroic effort,
succeeded in restoring the life that was apparently extinct. At another
time, she was badly injured by lifting an insane woman, and carried that
injury and the suffering it occasioned to her dying day. But she was
never one to dwell upon personal sorrows and pains, or talk about them;
nor could she help away her griefs by personal resentment, a poor way
for any of us to be helped. But she went on courageously with the work
appointed to her, only finding her eyes and her heart more open and sym-
pathetic with her sufferers, aud her hands more active.

In the year 1847 a famine came upon Switzerland, not due to failure of
crops, but to political causes. The French invaded Switzerland in prep-
aration for the Franco-Austrian War, blockaded all the outlets, and
the price of provisions became so high that the very poor had no means to
supply their wants. At Langenthal aud in many other places, they fell
dead in the streets from starvation. Mrs. Seller's heart ached well-nigh
to bursting with the miseries she saw around her — the dead and dying in
the streets, the wretchedness of those who survived. Night and day she
pondered on their distresses and thought over plans for their relief. But
all her plans required money and she had none. One night iu her agony
she prayed, " Oh, my God, send me power to help my poor dying people !
Oh, my God, show me the way!" "I prayed all night upon my
knees," she said, "and by daylight my mind was clear."

She rose early, and having attended to her family and her patients, she
went to the clergyman of the village, to ask for his sympathy and ap-
proval. When she had finished an ardent appeal to him, he said to her
in a deep and solemn tone which she was fond of imitating, "Head the
Bible to those dying people." And when she said, " But they are starv-
ing to death; they must have food," he only repeated mechanically, " Bead
the Bible to those dying people, every one." When she declined to do
this, and rose impatiently to go, he said, in the same sepulchral tone, " When
that great day comes when the Judge shall separate the sheep from the
goats, where willow be?" "That does not concern me at all," said Mrs.
Seiler, " whether I shall go with sheeps or goats. I was thinking of some-

1891.] 1°^

thing very different. But you, sir, how shall it be with you in that day ?
Will y<>u go to sheepsor goats?" There was uoanswer to this question, and
she hurried away to carry out her vision of the night without the aid of
the clergyman. "I walked to every comfortable house that I could reach
on foot," she said, "and besought them to give me whatever they could
spare in food or money." Her eloquence brought a generous response.
Then she weut through the wretched streets, and invited three hundred
to come to her house the next day. She bought materials, and herself
prepared large kettles of nourishing broth, and bought huge loaves of
bread. Then she lodged and fed them through the day on her own prem-
ises. Many lives were saved by this timely aid, but this was but one part
of Mrs. Seller's midnight planning. As soon as the poor lives were enough
restored for work she induced them to learn some little handicraft by
which to help themselves. She herself understood all the beautiful
methods of embroidery and exquisite darning and crocheting, and to
these she added braiding of hats and baskets and mats, that she might
teach them. The hands so awkward and unskillful at first, soon became
expert under her instruction, and even very little children in the end did
exquisite work. And now she had a real manufactory of salable
articles. Then she sent to many rich persons at a greater distance to
come and see. "I was a very handsome woman then" she said with
naive simplicity, "and I thought to myself, I will now make my beauty of
some use. So I did send to all my courtiers [she meant admirers] to come
and see me, and I made it very agreeable for them, and they did buy all
my poor people's work, and that did give me much money, to take in and
feed and teach more starving people, and then many young ladies of fine
families came to me and said, ' Mrs. Seiler, we will learn all your arts,
and then we will come and help you to teach the poor people ;' and they
did. And so the circle of blessing was extended."*

I cannot close this little history of one brief period of Mrs. Seder's life
without telling you that her methods in this time of her country's needs
were so successful and far reaching that the Swiss government and after-
wards the Swedish and Danish governments sent emissaries to see them ;
and so convinced were they of their goodness and practicability that they
copied them in their own administration.

Her versatility and energy and physical strength were at this time very
great, and her resources unfailing. During the whole period of the
famine she had to plan carefully and keep the strictest account of expenses
and also arrange new plans to replenish an ever-lessening treasury. So,
while teaching the handicrafts, she set about discovering the fine natural
voices which she knew must exist among the poor peasants who tlocked
daily to her estate. Having found fifty or more capable of it, she devoted

* Mrs. Seller's daughter writes me : " When I was in Germany, I made it a point to ask
my mother's brother and sister as well as old friends about her youth, ami all agreed
that she was not only the handsomest girl in Wurtzburg, and called ' The Rose of
Wurtzburg,' but was also beloved by all who knew her."

154 [Nov. 20,

herself with ardor to the training of a band of choristers, who in time
sang the most beautiful music all over the neighborhood ; she gave lovely
concerts, and the proceeds enabled her to carry on her pious charity a
much longer time.

Much of all this I learned from her own lips, told so incidentally and
naturally, one could see that she did not herself appreciate its admirable
character. But it was strikingly confirmed to me by a lady from this city
who with her husband traveled through that region only a few years ago.
In the mountains she met a peasant whom she asked if he had ever
known a Mrs. Emma Seiler who once lived there. His face brightened all
over as he assured her that he remembered her well, and then he told
with enthusiasm the story of her saving the lives of sq many of his com-
rades and the good she had done in many ways to all the people.

Late in August of 1851, the home at Lagenthal was broken up, the pri-
vate asylum came to an end, and Mrs. Seiler found it necessary to sup-
port herself and her children by her talent for music, and she left Swit-
zerland never to return to it as a home.

She went first to Dresden, and there took lessons of "Wiek, the father of
Clara Schumann, with whom she became intimate. She supported her-
self and her children by giving piano lessons while she was cultivating
her voice. But while in training there she lost her voice, a bitter disap-
pointment to her, because ' she could earn much more by teaching vocal
than instrumental music. She remained in Dresden three years, during
which time her house was the rendezvous of the principal musical celeb-
rities. She worked hard at her piano lessons, but she did not recover
her voice. Then she went to her sister Mrs. Canstadt at Breslau and
passed a year giving lessons, and then to Heidelberg. Here she found
piano lessons poorly paid; every one wanted singing, and this inspired
her to study with zeal the laws of vocal physiology, and the causes of the
overstrain which had destroyed her own voice and that of so many
others. Here at Heidelberg she became intimate with the two Bunsens,
the chemist and the statesman, and also with Kirchoff, professor of
physics. Bunsen the chemist and Kirchoff together discovered the spec-
troscope while she was there, which excited all her enthusiasm.

In December, 1856, she met Helmholtz, who was made professor extra-
ordinary of music. He was then engaged in writing his great wrork on
" Sensation in Sound," and went to Mrs. Seiler almost daily for several
months for advice and for verification of his calculations by her ex-
periments. After living in Heidelberg nearly six years she went in 1856
to Leipsic to study herself, and to give her children a musical education
at the conservatory. Here she knew well Moschelles, Drysholk, and
David the violinist, and also the professor of physiology Ernest Heinrich
"Weber, and with his aid she studied the anatomy and physiology of the
voice and published her first book " Old and New in the Art of Singing,"
which created a profound sensation in musical circles. From Leipsic she
went to Berlin. By the care and training she had given herself after she

1891.] 1°°

had discovered the cause of her trouble she recovered her voice, and was
now once more able to give lessons in singing. She had the first laryngo-
scope, invented by Manuel Garcia, constructed after her own directions,
and by it she discovered the verification of her theories with regard to the
head notes of the female voice. In Berlin too she found herself in a de-
lightful society, meeting often Du Bois Reymond, the egyptologist Lep-
sius and many other distinguished companions.

In 1866, finding her means of earning a livelihood almost at an end
through the straightened means of the German people during the war,
which did not permit many to indulge in the luxury of music, she left
Germany and came to Philadelphia. Every movement of her life seems to
have been made under the stress of stern necessity. She loved a perma-
nent home, but she accepted these changes, the parting from old friends,
the barriers of language, the unaccustomed ways of a new world, with
the same sweet patience and simplicity that characterized her life.

I am not competent to speak of her musical career in this city and must
leave it to abler minds to do it justice. She brought letters from wise and
good men in Europe which at once placed her cause in the best hands.
The extracts from the valuable sketches of Charlotte Mulligan and Har-
riet Hare McClellan, former pupils and friends, which follow my imper-
fect record, will supply the information I cannot give. From Dr. Fur-
ness she had the highest service that devoted friendship could give, since
he gave time and personal labor and much care in translating her manu-
scripts into exquisite English. Her work on "The Voice in Singing "
is entirely her own. In the "Voice in Speaking " she had much assistance
from her son, Dr. Carl Seiler, in the physiological parts. In establishing
her school of vocal music she had the personal assistance and generous
backing of many devoted friends.

1 may mention here that within two years of her residence in Philadel-
phia Mrs. Seiler was made a member of the American Philosophical
Society, an honor accorded to but six women since its foundation : the
Princess Catherine Romanowa d'Aschkow, Mrs. Somerville, Miss Maria
Mitchell, Mrs. Emma Seiler, Mrs. Louis Agassiz and Miss Helen Abbot.

I have heard that she was not a good business woman, and I can well
believe it. No one has all the gifts. Her monumental work consists in
the voices she trained, and in the noble principles of art she inculcated.
I am told that the principal strength of her teaching lay in cultivating
purity of tone and truthfulness of expression.

Those who think that she overdid the value of technique, would do
well to read her fine chapter on "The Esthetic View " in "The Voice in
Singing." It was one of her strongest and deepest principles, differing
greatly from some modern ideas, that art and genius cannot do the best if
divorced from morality. So she despised "Wagner's music, and would
say indignantly, "He is a man of immoral life ; we must not allow that
the music of the future can be furnished from such a source." As one of
her dear friends said of her to me, "No, Mrs. Seiler could never believe

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. U. PRINTED DEC. 31, 1891.

156

[Nov. 20,

that a bitter spring could bring forth sweet waters. It was the same with
her innocent pure mind in all art," said this same discerning friend.
" She could walk about a room full of nude figures with real enjoyment of
the exquisite outlines, but let her see a fully veiled figure whose attitude
or expi*ession denoted meanness or low tastes and a shudder went through
her."

I had not a close intimacy with Mrs. Seiler ; she was too much occupied
for me to have been willing to take up much of her time ; but those who
knew her better can easily fill out and correct the only portrait of her that
my warm personal friendship allows. She came at intervals an uninvited
but most welcome guest to take tea and pass the evening with us ; those
evenings will never be forgotten.

Her conversation had a rare charm, and was by no means confined to
those subjects she would have been supposed to be most interested in.
She had an appreciative interest in what each friend had most at heart.
The young artist in painting was surprised to encounter in her such
sympathy with the humblest efforts., and was charmed with her accounts
of the various schools of art in the Old World, and her stories of wonder-
ful paintings and their effects. The scholar and the student found
her a delighted and receptive listener to his researches in Archaeology or
Egyptology ; and her personal stories of distinguished scholars whom she
had known intimately in Europe lighted up the moments she gave them.
Often most amusing in its dramatic characterization of persons and events
her conversation was always kindly and could not wound. I must make
one exception. There were occasions where she was carried out of
herself by her indignation at what she knew or believed to be wicked-
ness. But these occasions were rare. She had in the main a sweet
and patient temper as surely as she had a warm and loving heart and a
sunny spirit. One remembers far oftener the delicious humor, the inno-
cent childlike mirthfulness with which she would tell of her own adven-
tures and escapades. I recall how, after her first visit to Europe, after
she had made a home among us, she came to spend an evening with us,
and the glee with which she told us one little incident of her travels.
She was in Italy, and I think on the train between Rome and Naples,
when some ladies who were attracted by something she said about music
to her companion joined in the conversation. In the course of it they
mentioned that the Italian government had directed that the works of
Mrs. Emma Seiler on the "Voice" (an American lady they called her)
should be introduced into all the schools. Do you know her, they
asked? She looked reflective. "Yes, I do know that woman quite well
indeed," said Mrs. Seiler; "she is a good woman andshe knows quite
well about the voice ; she has studied it long. Ladies, your gouvairn-
ment [so she pronounced it] has done a very good thing indeed to direct
that the books of Mrs. Seiler shall be taught in the schools. I will myself
tell her just so soon as I return to America." And she bade them fare-
well without disclosing her identity.

1S91.] 15'

There is no doubt that she was impulsive and impetuous; those quali-
ties could not have existed apart from the divine energy that accom-
plished such results. The sources of our virtues are also the sources of
our faults. Let it he said that she was sometimes undisciplined in speech,
and sometimes misunderstood her friends. We will remember that she
came to us Puritans, Quakers, self restrained people, from a demonstrative
and enthusiastic nation of Europe, and that we are quite as likely to have
misunderstood her. Let us remember, too, the constant strain and stress
of her hard-working life in a profession of all others trying to nerves and
spirits. And if she demanded much of others she was harder on herself.
After toilsome days she often studied into the small hours of the
night to keep herself at the high-water mark of knowledge which she
conscientiously exacted of herself.

In 1883 her children induced her to give up a life of such incessant
exertion, to close her school of vocal art, to take a trip to Europe for
relaxation, and on her return to take only private pupils. Her visit to
Europe at this time illuminated the remaining years of her life; every-
where she met with warm friendship and cordial admiration. When she
returned, it was to a peaceful home, where loved children and grand-
children could often come to see her, where she received pupils through
the day, and lived alone with one faithful, loving German servant to
whom she was both friend and mother. It was a quiet, retired but peace-
ful life. She had always been simple and unworldly, full of humanity
and taking delight in small pleasures, such as lie within the reach of all.
The companion of princes, the fiiend of the first statesmen and philoso-
phers, poets and musicians of Europe, the beloved of Clara Schumann and
our own Anna Jackson, found joy in making one poor German girl happy
and in being made happy by her. "We go to the Park in the hot sum-
mer days, Paulina and I ; we sit down by the water, and under the trees
and hear the birds sing ; we look at the children on the flying-horses and
we visit the Zoo. In the winter if we are tired or lonesome Paulina and
I will go to the opera. Sometimes we do go to see Buffalo Bdl, and we
laugh and shake all over, and that rests us."

Mrs. Seiler left us on the morning of December 21, 1886, at two o'clock.
She had been ill for nearly two weeks, but few persons had known of it,
and it was a surprise to nearly every one. She had often said she hoped
she might not live beyond the age of sixty-five, and her wish was granted.
Her disease was spinal meningitis, and she was unconscious from the begin-
ning of her illness to its close. For her we could ask nothing better.
She escaped the languors and disabilities of old age ; she never tasted death.
At the brief funeral service, I longed to hear some voices of those who
had loved her and whom she had trained sing the beautiful hymn, "Oh
Spirit freed from Earth."

After her hard-working, self-denying life, crowded with services to her
fellow-men, and faithful to the end, she has entered into immortality.
For, what Dr. Furness said of her in beautiful words (which I must not

Jt? [Nov. 20,

try to quote accurately, but I am sure I caught bis idea) is the great truth :
What she thought or believed about immortality is of less consequence,
than that she lived a life which must keep the soul near to God, here and
hereafter.

Extracts from a Biographical Sketch op Madame Emma Seiler,
by Charlotte Mulligan.

"The death of Madame Seiler, which occurred in Philadelphia recently,
deprives the world of one of the most remarkable women of the century.
Every teacher of the voice in America, every student who has made a
specialty of the throat and vocal apparatus, knows the value of Madame
Seller's discoveries and her books upon these subjects are the standard
authority. * Not one of us has improved upon her work, with all our
efforts,' said Dr. Lennox Browne to us, three years ago, in London,
'and she stands still the peer of Ihe greatest of us all.' In this testimony
hundreds of other physicians would agree, and the world of science has long
known the importance of her researches, and accorded her an honor-
able position among its savans. Garcia was the discoverer of the laryn-
goscope, but Madame Seiler applied it, and followed out a course of study
that, when presented to the world, greatly facilitated the efforts of those
who were endeavoring to understand the vocal action. 'The greatest
living authority upon the voice,' Garcia himself, styled her his friend and
colaborer, and the encomium was rightly hers.

"During her early life Madame Seiler became deeply interested in the
study of medicine, her father being at that time physician to the court of
Bavaria. It was considered almost a sin in that age for a woman to learn
anything about the structure of the human frame, and every tendency
towards the acquisition of such knowledge was promptly checked. These
restrictions greatly hampered the young girl, but she found opportunity
to read books from her father's library, and before her marriage had
acquired an extensive knowledge. The voice appears always to have
interested her particularly, and she was first attracted to the subject by
the song of a pet bird. Her own description of the way in which she
arranged to see the throat of a human being after death, illustrates the
persistency with which she prosecuted her studies. Going to spend some
time with an aunt, she made friends with a medical student in the town,
and to him confided her desire. He, at the risk of being discovered, pro-
cured a throat and took it to the house late one night, when the old aunt
had retired. 'Two weeks we worked together,' she said, 'examining
the muscles, dissecting them with the greatest care and studying every
detail.' This study wTas always done at night, but the time Madame Seiler
counted as most precious to her, for it developed her understanding of a
subject that was of the greatest importance, yet not at all familiar even
to professional men. For several weeks after this experience her work

1S91 ] ±° J

was constantly interrupted, and she struggled with many bitter trials.
Her mind was not inactive, however, and she formed theories then that
later on she demonstrated to be facts. Acoustics to her became a science
that offered the greatest possible interest, and she studied the inflections in
the cries in birds and beasts until they became a perfect language to her.
Falling water, the different sounds in the atmosphere, and the myriad
tones from the insect world, all had for her their harmonies or lacked the
essentials of perfect tones. She heard in nature what is shut off from ears
that are duller than hers, and she lived in a world upon the border of
which we can only stand. The human voice, according to Madame Seder's
view, had never yet been developed to accomplish even half of which it
was capable. Some of her theories were exemplified in her own case,
and up to the last year of her life, she could produce superb tones, that
rang and vibrated with wonderful power and beauty. The production of
such tones required constant work, but once they were acquired they
were well worth the labor and discouragement that attended the study. We
have never yet heard a pupil, who had studied with this famous woman,
who did not show either in the speaking or singing voice, some of the
remarkable qualities that she knew the voice could be made to possess.
One of these was richness of tone, a peculiar concentration that demanded
attention, and an effect of power combined with sweetness. Madame
Seiler possessed it to a remarkable degree, and imparted it to all those who
had the intelligence to study with confidence in her great ability. The
voice in speech was second only to the voice in song, and she laid great
stress upon the care that young children should have when they are be-
ginning to discriminate between sound and noise. No great singer ever
came directly from Madame Seiler's care, because she paid most attention
to those qualities which tend to make a voice retain its beauty and fresh-
ness. When those were acquired, then the accessories were undertaken,
but many a pupil tired of the preparation, and other masters built upon
her enduring foundation, reaping a glory that never could have been
theirs but for her conscientious work. Madame Seiler was also a woman
who had lived all her early life among scientific men in Europe who
appreciated her mind and made much of her. Her life in this country
was one of comparative isolation. She could not understand the lack of
reverence and respect with which she came in contact, especially in
younger people, and she sought her chief happiness among her books.
The end came peacefully, and the bright, gifted woman fell quietly asleep.
Her death falls heavily upon many throughout the country, for she had
been a great benefactor to hundreds, who, through her instrumentality,
have learned the true use of the voice. It is difficult to believe that her
work is completed, to realize that all is over, that she is removed forever
from this world. As one of the many who knew her value, who appreci-
ated her true nature and wonderful knowledge, we pay a parting tribute
as friend and pupil."

1^0 [Nov. 20,

Extracts from a Biographical Sketch op Madame Seiler,
by Harriet Hare McClellan.

"In passing from the highest tones of the falsetto register, still higher to
the head tones, she was the first to observe a change in the motions of the
organ of singing, which she discovered to be due to a sudden closing to-
gether of he vocal ligaments to their middle, 'with their fine edges one
over the other, leaving free only a third part of the whole glottis imme-
diately under the epiglottis, to the front wall of the larynx.' The fore-
most part of the glottis formed an oval orifice which with each higher tone
seemed to contract more and more, and so became smaller and rounder.
It was objected to this result of her observation that such a contraction of
the glottis was only possible by means of 'cartilages and muscles, ' but
that such cartilages and muscles as could render an action of that kind
possible were not known. Madame Seiler fully admitted the soundness
of this objection, while she was, after repeated trials, more and more con-
vinced of the correctness of her own observation; so she began anew to
study the anatomy of the larynx in dissected subjects and was rewarded
by finding within the membranes of the vocal ligaments certain fibres of
muscle which she called the aryteno-thyroid interna, and which have also
been found by other observers. They consist of muscular fibres, some-
times finer, sometimes thicker, and are often described in recent works on
laryngoscopy as continuations or parts of one of the principal muscles of
the larynx, but her chief discovery was of certain small cuniform carti-
lages within the membranes of the vocal ligaments, and reaching from
their junction with the arytenoid cartilages to the middle of the ligaments.
She states that she found these always in the female larynx, and that they
undeniably work the shutting part of the glottis, but as they are only
now and then fully formed in the male larynx, it follows plainly that only
a few male voices are capable of producing the head tones. She adds
that observation in the microscope revealed in those larynxes in whiclf
the cuniform cartilages were wanting, parts of a cartilaginous mass or the
rudiments of a cartilage in the place indicated, and accounts for the car-
tilages not having been discovered earlier, by the fact that the male lar-
ynx was most commonly used by anatomists for investigation, as its mus-
cles are more powerful and its cartilages firmer than in the female larynx.

"Thus she proved her point, and better still she succeeded, by patient
effort and persevering practice, of which she was unsparing now that she
had discovered the cause of her inability to sing [the attempt to carry up-
ward the throat tones beyond their proper limit] in once more recovering
her voice. Certainly if proof were demanded of the truth of her theory,
or the practical value of her method, it need be sought no further than in
the fact of her having succeeded so completely in the restoration of her
own voice, a task recognized by all singing teachers as infinitely more
difficult than the original training of an untried organ. At last she who
understood the art of singing could sing again— and a glad song she
sans: !

1891.]

161

"She has spoken for herself as to this portion of her experience and it
seems most appropriate to quote her own words:

" 'As I had had for many years the best teaching, both German and
Italian, in the art of singing, and had often sung with favor in concerts,
1 was led to believe myself qualified to become a teacher of this art, but I
had hardly undertaken the office before I felt that while I was able to
teach my pupils to execute pieces of music with tolerable accuracy and
with the appropriate expression, I was wanting in the knowledge of any
sure starting point, any sound principle from which to proceed in the
special culture of any individual voice. In order to obtain the knowl-
edge which thus appeared to be requisite in a teacher of vocal music, I
examined the best schools of singing, and when I learned nothing from
them that I did not already know, I sought the most celebrated teachers
of singing, to learn what was wanting ; but what one teacher announced
to me as a rule was usually rejected by another. Every teacher had his
own peculiar system of instruction. No one could give me any definite
reason therefor, and the best assured me that so exact a method as I sought
did not exist, and that every teacher must find his own way through his
own experience. In such a state of darkness and uncertainty to
undertake to instruct others appeared to me a manifest wrong, for
in no branch of instruction can the ignorance of the teacher do
greater injury than in the teaching of vocal music. This I unhappily
learned from my own personal experience when under the tuition of a
most eminent teacher I entirely lost my voice, whereby the embarrassment
I was under, so far from being diminished, was only increased. After this
misfortune, I studied under Fredeiick Wiek, in Dresden (the father and in-
structor of Clara Schumann), in order to become a teacher on the piano,
but while I thus devoted myself to this branch of teaching exclusively, it
became from that time the aim and the effort of my life to obtain such a
knowledge of the human voice as is indispensable to a natural and healthy
development of its beautiful powers.

" 'I availed myself of every opportunity to hear Jenny Lind, who was
then dwelling in Dresden, and to learn all that I could from her. I like-
wise hoped from a protracted abode in Italy, the land of song, to obtain
the fulfillment of my wishes, but beyond certain practical advantages, I
gathered there no sure or radical knowledge.

" 'In the French method of instruction, now so popular (1868), I found
the same superficiality and uncertainty that existed everywhere else. But
the more deeply I was impressed with this state of things, and the more
fully I became aware of the injurious and trying consequences of the
method of teaching followed at the present day, the more earnestly was I
impelled to press onward in search of light and clearness in this dim
domain.

" ' Convinced that ouly by the way of scientific investigation the desired
end could be reached, I sought the counsel of Prof. Helmholtz, in
Heidelberg. This distinguished man was then engaged in a scientific

162 [Dec. 4,

inquiry into the natural laws lying at the basis of musical sounds. Prof.
Helmholtz permitted me to take part in his investigations, and at his
kind suggestion I attempted by myself, by means of the laryngoscope, to
observe the physiological processes that go on in the larynx during the pro-
duction of different tones. My special thanks are due to him that now,
with a more thorough knowledge of the human voice, I can give instruc-
tion in singing without the fear of doing any injury.' "

Mr. Rosengarten presented to the Society the laryngoscope
used by Mrs. Seller, which was stated to be the first ever used in
America. At the conclusion of the memoir, the President
invited those present to a light collation that had been pre-
pared.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, December 4-, 1891.

Present, 11 members.
Mr. Richard Vaux in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

A letter of acceptance of membership from Prof. George
Forbes, London, November 1, 1891.

A letter from the Coast and Geodetic Survey Office, Wash-
ington, D. C, asking for exchanges, which request was granted.

The following were ordered to be placed on the Proceed-
ings Exchange List :

Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass. ; Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, New Haven, Conn. ; Agricultural
Experiment Station, Lincoln, Neb. ; Agricultural Experiment
Station, College Park, Md. ; Agricultural Experiment Station,
Raleigh, N. C. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn,
Ala. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Starkville, Miss. ;
Agricultural Experiment Station, Fayetteville, Ark. ; Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Laramie, Wyo. ; Agricultural
Experiment Station, Providence, R. I. ; Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Tucson, Ariz. ; Agricultural Experiment Sta-

1891,]. 1^3

tion, Experiment, Ga. ; Agricultural Experiment Station,
Ames, Iowa; Agricultural Experiment Station, Fort Collins,
Colo. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Ala. ; Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Brookings, S. Dak. ; Agricul-
tural Experiment Station, Corvallis, Oreg. ; Botanische Ver-
ein, Provinz Brandenburg, Berlin, Prussia ; Bowcloin College
Library, Brunswick, Me. ; Library of the University of Lyons,
France; Museo Oaxaqueno, Oaxaca, Mexico; American Mu-
seum Natural History, New York City, N. Y. ; New Jersey
Natural History Society, Trenton, N. J.

A circular from the American Chemical Society, New
York, announcing a meeting to be held in New York city on
December 29 and 30, 1891.

Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey
of India, Calcutta ; Academie des Sciences, Amsterdam ;
Observatorium der K. K. Nautischen Akademie, Triest ;
Society of Natural Sciences, Buffalo ; Secretary of State,
Washington, D. C.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Comite
Geologique de la Russie, Imperial Russian Geographical So-
ciety, St. Petersburg (135); Prof. A. E. Nordenskiold, Stock-
holm (134, 135); R. Danish Geographical Society, Copenhagen
(135); Musee Royale d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brux-
elles (129-134); Academie R. des Sciences, Amsterdam (131-
134 and Transactions, xvi, 3) ; K. K. Militar-Geographische
Institut, Wien (131-134); K. K. Sternwarte (135); K. K.
Astron. Meteorolog. Observatorium, Triest (131-133, 135);
Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Allenburg
(135); Prof. F. Reuleaux, Berlin (134); Naturwissenschaft-
liche Verein, Bremen (135) ; K. Sachsisches Meteorologisches
Institut, Chemnitz (135) ; Verein f tir Erdkuncle, Dresden (135) ;
Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Freiburg i. B. (135); Natur-
historische Gesellschaft, Hanover (135) ; Verein f lir Thiirin-
gische Geschichte und Altertumskunde, Jena (135); Dr. Julius
Platzmann, Leipzig (135) ; R. Accademia di Scienze Lettere
ed Arti, Modena (135) ; R. Comitato Geologico d'ltalia, Prof.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. V. PRINTED JAX. 6, 1892.

1G4 [Dec. 4,

Guiseppe Sergi, Rome (135); Prof. Gaston Maspero, Paris
(135); Societe des Sciences Naturelles et Archasologiques de
la Creuse, Gueret, France (134); Prof. E. Mascart, Bureau
Central Meteorologique de France (135) ; Sir Henry W.
Acland, Oxford, Eng. (135); Prof. J. P. Postgate, Cambridge,
Eng. (135); Department of Science and Art, Royal Astro-
nomical Society (135), Mr. Charles Leland, London (134, 135);
Royal Dublin Society (135); Royal Society of Edinburgh,
Royal Observatory, Mr. James Geikie, Edinburgh (135) ; Ver-
mont Historical Society, Montpelier (134); Prof. Elihu
Thomson, Swampscott, Mass. (135); Prof. James Hall, Albany,
N. Y. (134) ; Rochester Academy of Science (135) ; Mr. Henry
Carey Baird, Philadelphia (131-135); Wyoming Historical
and Geological Society, Wilkes-Barre (135); California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (131-135).

Accessions to the Library were announced from the Natur-
forseher Verein, Riga, Russia; K. K. Sternwarte, Prag ;
Osservator'io Marittimo, Trieste ; Bayerische Botanische Gesell-
scbaft, Miinchen ; Societe Neuchateloise de Geographie, Neu-
chatel ; Direzione Generale della Statistica, Prof. Guiseppe
Sergi, Rome; Prof. Paul Topinard, Paris; R. Academia de
la Historia, Madrid; Philosophical Society, Cambridge, Eng.;
Geological Society, Mr. Henry Wilde, London; Hon. George
E. poster, Halifax, N. S. ; American Oriental Society, New
Haven; Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conn.; Buffalo
Society of Natural Sciences ; College of Pharmacy, Philadel-
phia; U. S. Bureau of Education, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C. ; Historical Society, Mr. C. S. Wake,
Chicago; California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco;
Geological Survey of Arkansas, Little Rock; Observatorio
Astronomico Nacional de Taeubaya, Mexico.

A photograph for the Society's Album was received from
Mr. Samuel Wagner.

The decease of the following members was announced :

J. II. B. Latrobe, Baltimore, August, 1891.

Dr. D. Humphreys Storer, Boston, September 10, 1891,
set. '87.

1891.] 160

Moncure Robinson, Philadelphia, November 10, 1891, set. 89.
Rev. Thomas Hill, Portland, Me., November 21, 1891, set. 73.

The Curators presented the following report:

hall op the
American Philosophical Society,
104 south fifth street.
Philadelphia, November 28, 1891.
The Curators, having fully considered the matter of the Peale Stone
Age Collection now on deposit at the Academy of Natural Sciences, and
all the facts relating thereto, as requested by resolution of November 6,
are of opinion that a resolution should be passed requesting the return of
said deposit to the custody of the Society in accordance with the terms of
the bequest of the late Mrs. Peale.

Patterson I uBois.
J. Cheston Morris.
R. Meade Bache.

On motion, the Society

Resolved, That the return of the Peale Stone Age Collection from its
temporary place of deposit, the Academy of Natural Sciences, be now
requested.

The Annual Report of the Treasurer was presented and
referred to the Committee on Finance.

Mr. Price moved that the consideration of the report from
Dr. Cope's Committee be deferred until the next stated
meeting.

Dr. Cope read the report.

The subject was discussed and Mr. Price's motion was then
carried.

On motion of Dr. Hayes, it was

Resolved, That the Secretaries present at the next meeting a report in
writing of the cost of issuing the Proceedings quarterly and of such extra
number not including the text and report a form to meet postal laws.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Baird.l lVO [Nov. 20,

Carey and Two of His Recent Critics, Eugen V. Bbhm-Bawcrk and Alfred

Marshall.

By Henry Carey Baird.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 20, 1891.)

Permit me, this evening, to ask your attention to a brief examination
of the recent criticisms of Carey by two economists — the one an Austrian,
the other an Englishman. Although these two writers treat the economic
problem, each from an entirely different standpoint, one is as remote from
an appreciation of the truth as the other; and further, neither recognizing
what constitutes the great fundamental principle in Carey's system, they
have both left his position unassailed, as indeed it is unassailable. The
Austrian is Bohm-Bawerk, Honorary Professor of Political Economy at
the University of Vienna; the Englishman, Alfred Marshall, Professor of
Political Economy at the University of Cambridge.

Prof. Biihm-Bawerk has published two ponderous treatises, the first
intended to be destructive of other men's reasonings and theories, and is
entitled, "Capital and Interest, a Critical History of Economical Theory;"
the second, designed to be constructive of theories of his own, is entitled,
"The Positive Theory of Capital" — whatever a "positive theory" may
mean, seeing that man's vision, mental as well as ocular, being limited,
and thus short of the capacity to take in the whole situation, he can have
no absolute or positive knowledge — nothing more than his poor faculties
permit of. Mr. Bohm-Bawerk's first book, as translated by Prof. Smart
of Glasgow, makes of text, 8vo, 428 pages; the second, as translated, 8vo,
426 pages, while a distinguished professor of political economy, who
thinks well of the author's labors, has recently assured me that the mar-
row of these-854 pages might have been put into forty pages. Such is the
thoroughness of this Austrian savant that he inflicts upon the student of
economics twenty-one times as many words as the ideas he possesses are
worthy of in the presentation. As for myself, I can say that I have care-
fully and critically read the whole of these dreary pages — dreary because
of an ever-recurring sense of the unsoundness of the author's premises,
as well as of his conclusions.

The net result of Dr. Bdhm-Bawerk's "Capital and Interest," wherein
he charges Carey, in what he says of interest, of being guilty of "a tissue
of incredibly clumsy and wanton mistakes," is that "Present goods jiossess
a greater value than future goods ;" that a " loan is a real exchange of pres-
ent goods against future goods f and "Present goods possess an agio in
future goods. This agio is interest."

Such is the actual product of 428 pages of the most complex, confusing,
narrow, hair-splitting, and arrogant criticism, criticism, too, by a man
who has himself built up a superstructure which rests upon a fallacy.
This fallacy consists in the fact that the writer has included in and treated

1891.] 167 [Baird-

under "Interest " things that are not interest at all. Interest is the com-
pensation paid for the use of the instrument called money, and its substi-
tute, credit, always expressed in a money of account, and for them alone.

This instrument, money, is the great instrument of association — that one
thing, the possession of which, with its quality of universal acceptability,
in highly organized — civilized — society, commands all other things to which
we attach the idea of value. To talk of the rent of a house, a farm, or a
garden, the freight or passage paid to a railroad, or a steamship, or a
steamboat company, or proprietor, or the porterage in a cart, or a wheel-
barrow, as interest, is to add a new and most vicious element of confusion
to that despair of thoughtful men, that fruitful parent of misery to man-
kind, the "Dismal Science." The very word agio, which Dr. Bolim-
Bawerk would apply to all manner of goods, wares and merchandise, had
its origin with reference to a money of account, and to this hour it can be
applied to or qualify no manner or form of thing not expressed in a money
of account.

Further, Dr. Bohm-Bawerk has jumbled up the profit that a capitalist
can make out of his own business ventures over and above the profit im-
agined to be properly due to his own time and labor, with the interest
problem. Thus does he further and hopelessly bemuddle the subject of
interest. He calls this profit, which is not interest at all, interest, and which
it is impossible to separate from the results of the personal exertions,
sagacity, experience, and risks of the capitalist — "natural interest."
Where, in nature, will he find interest, where trade, money, credit, houses,
ships, railroads, tools, wagons, wheelbarrows, textile fabrics— where, I
would ask, without the application of human labor, any single commodity
to which we attach the idea of value? Are not civilized society and all
its appliances for forwarding trade, commerce, production and consump-
tion, purely the work of man, and hence artificial? Is not this natural
interest a collocation without meaning? Is not this doctrine of Dr. Bohm-
Bawerk's, to use his own words, as applied to Carey, " one of those theo-
ries which cast discredit, not only on their authors, but on the science that
lets itself be seduced into credulous acceptance of them, not so much that
it errs, as for the unpardonably blundering way in which it errs?" For
one, not only do I think that it is so, but to me it is a source of wonder
and amazement, that the perpetrator of such blundering can criticise others
in the severe and arrogant terms in which Dr. Bohm-Bawerk has done.

But what is to be thought of his treatment of Carey ? Why, that it is
simply infamous, for the reason that the necessary preliminary to refuting
and denouncing him as guilty of a "tissue of incredibly clumsy and
wanton mistakes " has been his misrepresentation. In order to refute
him, he has been forced to attempt to make it appear that Carey was
guilty of the stupidity of treating distribution, as Dr. Bohm-Bawerk has
done, as interest, not distribution. What Carey himself calls "the law of
distribution," he calls "Carey's interest theory." After quoting what
Carey distinctly states regarding distribution, and which he calls such, he

Baird.] Ibo [Nov. 20,

comments as follows: "On these preliminary facts, then, Carey builds his
great law of interest; that, with advancing economical civilization, the
rate of profit on capital — that is, the rate of interest — falls, while the abso-
lute quantity of profit rises" (the interjected words, "that is, the rate ot
interest," being Dr. Bohm-Bawerk's, not Carey's). Carey distinctly and
emphatically says: "Interest is the compensation paid for the use of the in-
strument called money, and for that alone." And again: "When a man
negotiates a loan, he obtains money for which he pays interest; when he
borrows the use of a house, he pays rent; when he hires a ship he pays
freight."

This dictum of Carey's is not merely clear and to the point, but it is in
accordance with the common understanding of mankind. To change it
as Dr. Bohm-Bawerk has attempted to do, is to bemuddle and confuse the
subject. Before he and his translator obtain the right to arraign Carey as
"a confused and blundering writer, " it is incumbent on them both to
show that his definition is wrong, and that Dr. Bohm-Bawerk's definition
is correct, and the only correct one. Until they have clone so, their de-
nunciations obviously prove their own incapacity properly to criticise a
man of Carey's originality, lucidity, power, and far-reaching influence
upon mankind.

Of the numerous economists whose doctrines Dr. Bohm Bawerk has
attempted to criticise, none has he denounced in terms so opprobrious as
those applied to Carey and his distinguished disciple, E. Peshine Smith,
and yet of all these men, the philosophy of none but Carey and Smith is
capable of explaining the real cause of interest, or of clearing up the con-
fusion into which Dr. Bohm-Bawerk has become involved regarding
value.

Interest owes its existence to precisely the same cause and conditions
as does money — the necessity under which man stands for association and
combination with his fellow-men. But for this necessity there would be
no interest, no money, indeed no political economy. Any system, or
pretended system, of political economy which is not grounded on this
great principle of association, this overmastering condition of man's
nature, is false and misleading, a delusion and a snare — a system of con-
fusion leading not only to further confusion, but to the wreck of the
hopes, the rights, the civilization of mankind. The system ot Dr. Bohm-
Bawerk does not even remotely recognize it; he has not even the faintest
glimmer of it, although all political economy is and must be concerned
about it. He has dropped out of his system the great fundamental law,
the great dominating fact as to the existence of man in society. His
system is therefore of necessity not only useless, but worse than use-
less.

The second treatise of Dr. Bohm-Bawerk, "The Positive Theory of
Capital," gives us, as a net result, the old and exploded wage-fund theory
of the economists, with, as an annex and as a result of his interest theory
of present goods possessing an agio in future goods, the effects of extension

1891.] *-V J [Baird.

of processes of production and the number of producers to he provided for
during all these imaginary processes — extended or non-extended, though
they be. In fact, he has added to, not decreased, the complication which
arose out of the unsound and even absurd wage-fund theory, involving,
as it did, a fixed " national subsistence fund."

Attempting to bolster up the theory of saving as a source of capital, Dr.
Bohm-Bawerk has no real conception of the actual source of capital. His
whole theory is antagonistic to the truth that wealth consists in the power
of man to obtain mastery over nature; and that capital is the instrument
by means of which that mastery is acquired; and further, that capital ac-
cumulates in the exact ratio that consumption follows production, and
that matter takes upon itself new and higher forms — what we term con-
sumption and production being mere transformation of substance; in
other words, the more continuous and rapid the motion of society, the
greater the power to accumulate capital and to acquire wealth.

An entire "book" is devoted to the discussion of "Price," in which
even a definition of that vital woid is wanting, the evidence being therein
presented, in abundance, that the author is quite unaware of the fact that
price is the expression of the power of a commodity to command money
in exchange, and is always expressed in a money of account.

While two entire volumes are filled with discussion looking towards the
effort to establish the cause of interest and of the rate of interest, -Dr.
Bohm-Bawerk has not even Ihe most crude conception of why it is that
people are obliged to borrow money or credit, or goods, or rent houses, or
factories, or why one man buys and another man sells labor power. If
he had recognized association with his fellow-men as the most dominating
necessity of man's nature, and that money, with its qualities of universal
acceptability, and of almost perfect divisibility and aggregation, was the
necessary instrument of association, he would not have inflicted upon
mankind such a tissue of learned fallacy in reference to "present goods"
and "future goods," labor wages and the wage fund theory. Above and
beyond all, he would not have made those fundamental errors as to inter-
est, which is paid only for the use of money or credit expressed in a
money of account, but which he has jumbled up with the hire of all sorts
and kinds of goods, wares and merchandise. He does not even know
why "present goods" possess what he calls an agio in "future goods,"
i. e., because of the necessity under which man stands for association and
combination with his fellow-men.

Marshall.

Under the title of "Principles of Economics," Prof. Marshall, of
the University of Cambridge, has published the first volume, 754 pages, of
a treatise in which no great broad principle is presented, in which no end
of petty details are given, and in which not a single clear and valuable
analysis of economic phenomena is to be found; and in which an entire
absence of the true capacity for analysis is shown. The profundity of

Baird.] J-7U r Nov. CO,

Prof. Marshall may be judged from the fact that he says: " It makes indeed
little real difference to the life of a family whether its yearly income is
£1000 or £5000." No one but an economist could enunciate such non-
sense, and still retain his position as an authority in a high department of
knowledge.

His book, largely accepting the doctrines of Ricardo. is full of apologies
for him, and for his inaccuracy of statement. For instance, he says:

"His exposition is as confused as his thought is profound. He uses
words in artificial senses which he does not explain, and to which he does
not adhere, and he changes from one hypothesis to another without giv-
ing notice. If, then, we desire to understand him, we must interpret him
generously, more generously than he himself interpreted Adam Smith.
When his words are ambiguous, we must give that interpretation which
other passages in his writings indicate that he would have wished us to
give them. "

It is quite proper that a teacher who can talk in this style should have
no difficulty in deciding that Carey and others who have refuted Ricardo
do not understand him. After myself reading "Ricardo" more than
thirty years ago, I told Mr. Carey that I could not understand what he
was driving at. His reply was, "Ricardo did not himself understand."
Nor do I think he did. Confusion in language involves confusion not
merely in argument, but in thought ; and in no other department of
knowledge but that of political economy, would it be possible for one who
needs such apologies, as those made for Ricardo by Prof. Marshall, to
become the founder of a distinct school.

The blunders which Mr. Marshall has made with reference to Carey
and Frederick List, and especially as to the indebtedness of the former to
the latter, are most remarkable.

For instance, he says Carey was born in Ireland, when, had he taken
the least trouble to examine any biographical notice of him, he would, at
a glance, have seen that he was born in Philadelphia. Then he asserts
that List's "Outlines of a New System of Political Economy," a trad
published in Philadelphia, 1827, and its wide circulation were "the be-
ginning of his fame, as it was of the systematic advocacy of protectionist
doctrines in America," whereas this movement was commenced in 1819,
and Mathew Carey was one of the originators of it ; and three years be-
fore the appearance of List's tract, or in 1824, the first really protective
tariff enacted in the United States was passed.

Then he says that this publication of List's was made ten years before
the publication of Carey's first important work, his "Principles of Politi-
cal Economy," and adds, " Carey owes many of his best thoughts on
protection to List."

Now, Carey's attention to economic subjects commenced in 1835, when
lie published his "first important work," the "Essay on the Rate of
"Wages," and there is not a particle of evidence that he ever read the in-
significant little tract of Frederick List. If he ever did he wholly failed

1891 ] 171 [nair(L

to profit bjr it, as in all of his earlier books and papers he advocated the
doctrine of laissez nous faire, never having publicly declared his adhesion
to protection until the publication of "The Past, the Present, and the
Future" (1848). Nevertheless, in each of his early books will be found
the germs of those vital and far-reaching principles which he so grandly
developed in his "Principles of Social Science," his progress from 1835
to 1860, and even to 1875, having been steadily onward. By the benefi-
cent practical working of the tariff of 1842, he was, in 1844, induced by
the logic of events to range himself on the side of protection as a necessary
national policy. But it was not until 1847 that he was able to reconcile it
to economic theory.

In 1847, when he had outlined his law of the occupation of the earth,
which has completely overthrown the basis upon which rested Ricardo's
theory of rent, he readily emerged from the last vestiges of a belief in so
absurd a theory applied to an artificial society as laissez nous faire. Lying
in bed one morning, picturing to himself the settlers on the sides of the
hills, moving clown into the valleys and approaching each other, as wealth,
power and civilization grew, he realized the vital importance of bringing
the consumer to the side of the producer, and, as he said to me, "I jumped
out of bed, and, dressing myself, was a protectionist from that hour."

The fact is Carey, not having studied German until 1856, List's "Na-
tional System of Political Economy," published in Germany in 1841, was
to him a sealed book until 1851, when a French translation by Richelot
appeared in Paris. Carey's copy of this book in the Library of the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, with his pencil marks in it, showing passages
which he considered striking, clearly proves that he made but little use
of it.

But the question of Carey's position as a social philosopher is not to be
determined by whether or not he picked out from some other investigator
one idea here or another there, but by his philosophy as a whole. His
great merit does not consist in the fact that he has demonstrated that asso-
ciation and combination with his fellow-men is the greatest need of man,
or that in the utilization of labor power — the most perishable of all com-
modities— is to be found the measure of the growth of a people in wealth,
power and civilization ; or that money, the instrument of association, by
giving utility to billions of millions of minutes, which without it would be
wasted, acts as a great saving fund for labor ; or that a necessary condition
of advance in civilization is that man passes from the use of poor tools, in-
cluding poor lands, to the use of good tools, including good lands ; or that
value is the measure of the power of nature over man, and is to be found
in the cost of reproduction, while utility is the measure of man's power
over nature ; or that, with the development of this last-named power, dis-
tribution takes place under a law by virtue of which to labor goes a large
proportion of a larger yield — freedom thus growing with the growth of
wealth and civilization.

It is not by reason of the clear demonstration of any one of these great

PROC. A]tfER. PHILOS- SOC. XXIX. 136. W. PRINTED JAN. 6, 1892.

Baird.] -L * -> [Nov. 20,

truths, or of all of them, but of their demonstration plus the interlocking
and the interweaving of these vital truths into one great and harmonious
whole. Thus and thus only is it that he has presented a system of social
philosophy deeper and broader than that of any other economist from the
days of Plato and Aristotle down to our own time. By this touchstone
— fundamental truths with their relations to each other, worked out into
a complete system — is it that Carey is to be judged, and judged rightly
and justly, and not by mere verbal criticism, or by an attempt to prove
that an idea here or another one there was previously promulgated by
some other teacher.

A great admirer of Frederick List, for what he had done in building up
the German Empire — a work without which Bismarck, Von Moltke, and
William I would never have been heard of in history — Carey had but a
poor opinion of List's "National System of Political Economy," for the
very good reason that it lacked juSt what he had aimed to present in his
own books, and what are absent in Prof. Marshall's volume, broad, deep
and enduring fundamental principles, interlocked and interwoven into
one grand and harmonious whole, like Carey's own great and noble
"Principles of Social Science." Indeed, no such voluminous wnter on
social subjects as Carey has ever lived and written who has paid so little
heed to the writings of other economists. His own economic and statisti-
cal library, now in the Library of the University of Pennsylvania, will
bear me out in this statement. Colwell collected the writings of political
economists ; Carey collected those of travelers, historians, statisticians and
scientists ; and to these he went for the material out of which to demon-
strate those great principles which will ever bear his honored name.

How far Carey has been successful in impressing his philosophy upon
the people of the United States, and upon the national policy, is well de-
picted by a recent and far from friendly critic as follows: " Measured by
results," says Prof. Levermore, "the Carey school, and not its opponent,
has achieved success in the United States. For thirty years, the stone
which the builders rejected has been the head of the corner. Carey and
his friends never captured our colleges; but, for a generation, they had
dominated five-sevenths of the newspaper offices, a pulpit far more
influential than the professorial chair. The arguments to which Carey
gave form and eloquence are in the mouths of more than halt the business
men and farmers of our country; and, in the last Presidential campaign,
the Republican party reaffirmed the extremest principles of the Carey
school, including even the rancor towards England, with a violence and
absoluteness that would probably have surprised Carey himself " ("Po-
litical Science Quarterly," Dec, 1890, pp. 573, 573).

The reason for this is not far to seek. Carey dealt in broad and endur-
ing principles so interlocked and intertwined that any man of ordinary
intellect, once captured by them, might ever after during his life bid
adieu to the hope of freedom from their intellectual domination.

Nihil est veritutis luce dulcius. Indeed, nothing is sweeter, nothing

1391] 1*3 [BoaS-

more delightful, than the light of truth ; and Carey has given to mankind
a great body of truth, instinct with life and being, an organic whole
demonstrating those principles which govern the well-being, the happi-
ncss and the civilization of the human race. The destruction of the
foundations of this system demand men of greater power than Kugen V.
Bohm-Bawerk and Alfred Marshall. They have not even made a lodg-
ment in the outworks. In the citadel all is calm and serene, without
apprehension of successful attack by such incompetent leaders — leaders
who lack at once a knowledge of even the elementary principles of eco-
nomic truth, and the power to group and place in proper relation to each
other those things which they do teach, if, indeed, their theories have any
connected relations one to another. If they have such relations, these
gentlemen have failed to show them.

Vocabularies of the Tlingit, Haida and Tsimshian Languages.

By Dr. Franz Boas.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 2, 1S9L)

The following vocabularies were collected by the author when studying
the Indian tribes of British Columbia, under an appointment of the Com-
mittee of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, ap-
pointed for the purpose of investigating and publishing reports on the
physical characters, languages, and industrial and social conditions of the
Northwestern tribes of the Dominion of Canada. It was decided that in
the report of the Committee a brief comparative vocabulary only should
be printed. As, however, the languages of the North Pacific Coast of
America are little known, the vocabularies may be found to possess some
value.

The following alphabet has been used :

The vowels have their continental sounds, namely : a as in father ; e
like a in mate ; i as in machine ; b as in note ; u as in rule. In addition
the following have been used : a, b as in German ; d = aw in law; E = e
in flower.

Among the consonants the following additional letters have been used :
g', a very guttural g, similar to gr ; k', a very guttural k, similar to kr ;
q, the German ch in Bach ; h, the German ch in ich ; q, between q and h ;
c = $h in shore; c = th in thin; tl an explosive, dorso-apical I ; dl a
palatal, dorsal I. ' following a consonant designates the u position of the
organs of articulation.

Boas.]

174

[Oct. 2,

1. ENGLISH-TLINGIT.

Stikeen Dialect.

above, on top of, ka.

Acer tlra'tlre.

ada?n' s apple dletu' q(l) kagu'ntle(2)

= neck (1)? (2).
afraid (aku ti) qetl.
again detso
ahead ian.
Alnus ke'cic.
always dj'etlu'k, yuk'a.
Anas boschas kindetcune't = mov-
ing straight up.

clypeata k'in.

Mstrionica ts'utsk.

ancestor acukua.

angry k-'ant — wa nuk.

ankle k'os t'aktl = foot knuckle.

Anser t'a'wak-.

apron, woman's, cuqe't'a.

dancing, SE'n(l)k-et(2) ==? (1)

apparel (2).
apparel, wearing, ket.
Arctostaphylus uva ursi tinH.
arm, hand, djin.

armor, wooden, tlra'tlre ( = Alnus).
of parallel sticks, se'u

k'et (see apron).
held in mouth, k-,a(l)koe't(2)

= mouth (1).
Arnica cordifolia an(l)ka(2)na'gu

(3)=town (1) on (2) medicine

(3).
around, outside, da.
I walk around house hit da ya qoa

gut.
arrow tcune't = moving straight.
double-pointed, tcune't k"'atla'-

ke.
ashes k-'an it e' = fireplace.
Astur atricapillus kyedju/k.

Atlda, name of a place.

aurora k,'an(l)yiq(2)k,u(3)wate(4)

= fire (1) like (2) out of doors

(3) color (4).

gyits'o'k.

axe CEnqoa'ri.
stone, kye't'6.

baby g'ata gua'tsgo (male and fe-
male).

back dik\

of hand djin kotl.

bad tletl wu c k'E = not good.

badger nosk.

bark gan da = wood around.

basket for blankets ne'etl.

for berries k*ak'.

bat tsik'redita/n.

to bathe dECutc.

baton of shaman wiitsag'a'.

beach tren'e'te = sand place.

bear, black, ts'ek.

grizzly, quts.

white {polar), caq.

beard k-'atatsa're.

beaver ts'ikrede'.

bed ye'al = something to lay on
(Chilkat).

bedroom It.

bee gandasa'dji.

belly yura'.

belt si'gi.

berry tick'.

salmon, wutst'ati tlek'.

black, gawa'k" (Rubus).

dried, atka qok\

black, t'otc tick' = blackberry.

Betula glandulosa tleri's.

atta'ri.

1891.]

175

[Boas.

bird lo'tli.

a species of, with red icings,

kon.

black I'otc (see soot).
blanket tl'e.

cedar bark, batik k-'o'u.

martin skin, k'oqk'o'u.

Chilkat, na'qein.

Blennius sp., dlui'.
blind tlk-octen.
blood ci.

to blow (wind) do'wanuk

to blotc uq.

blue ts'oyi'qale (ts'6? yiqate =

colored).

jay k'eck'.

board for drying salmon ganire't =

smoke place.
bone s'ak1 (see tall, short),
boom s'E'salo s'a'ge=sail in oblique.
bow of canoe cEkE'.
bow sEk's.

bowstring sEk-s na'se^bow guts.
box ket. tlak't.

large, tluk't tlen.

bracelet kis.

Brachyrhampus marmorata tc'it.

braid ca kEsi't (cathead).

brains tlak'egi'.

breakers lit ra ll'ek- (tit = wave).

breast He'tka.

breath. dEse'uk.

brother, elder, unu'q.

younger, kik'.

brother-in-law (wife's brother) kan.
brush Hi't'a.

for clothing at k- a Hi't'a.

Bubo rirgiiiiaii)is tsisk'.

Buccinum tl'itlk'.

bucket k'e'ea.

butterfly tleilu'.

by and by jidEtqE'nga, tlltsV.

calf of leg ts'e'yu.

Caltha palustris atague'k'e.

cambium of Tsuga sEk\
Ganace obscura nukt.
canoe yak'.

Tlingit, frit.

Haida, wutsde'.

Cardium Nutalli (cockle) g''atl

ka'tsk.
cariboo wutsi'H.
carpet netlntl'i'ii.
to carry in hand ran — tEn.
cat due (Chinook).
cedar, yelloic, qar.

young, tlF.qrE'te.

cedar bark tir.

prepared for weaving matt

rut.
cedar (and spruce) root qat.

hat qat ts'aq.

Ceryle Halcyon tlaqanets'e'.

chair ka ra kl'djet^on top of

v/hich one sits.
chatterbox k''a tleyo's = mouth

playing (see to lie),
cheek wac.

f/ii'e/ank'a'6 (see rich).
child g'itV.
chin teg".
Chiton Sielleri ca'u.

tunicata kor.

Circus Hudsouicus qeq.
clear, it is, weather, a ka wa qats.
cloud guts (see heaven),
cloudy ku tli guts = it is out of

doors cloudy.
club g"'uts (see crabapple tree),
coal t'otc (see black),
cold sia't.

Colymbus glacialis k'Eg'e'it.
column, heraldic (totem post)

kote'ra.
comb qedo'.

common people Ica'n (see poor),
cone of Picea ts'oba'ne.
to cook (at — )sae'.
copperplate tina/.
cormorant y6k\
corpse naru'.

Boas.]

176

[Oct.

cotton rtoods s'E'sa (see sail).

Cottus sp. wek\

council atkaqtoa'k.

country a'n(e).

cousin (father's sister's child) at.

(mother's sister's child) tlak'.

(see sister),
crab s'a'u.

crabapple tree g"'uts.
crescent (see moon).
cross {minded) k-'an — rao (see angry),
crow ts'E'quetl.

crown of head ca kl = head top.
to cry g-aq.
Gychrus longicollis as k-'t6yik ca' =

woman in the woods ; as k'to

= woods, ca=woman.

dagger tsa'g'atl.

to dance a — tl'eq.

dance of shaman iqt daide'de.

dancing apparel tl'eq k-et.

danger at sea kutleqe'tlcEn.

name of Yetl's mother, Kotso

teriE't,
daughter si (probably child, said by

mother).
day yigEri' (see noon, to-day),
daylight k-ewa'.
dead (na) na.
deaf tlk'otl'Eqtc.
deer k'oka'n.
dentatia te'k-e.
difficult tli tse.
dish grease g'EkEne'.
of mountain goat horn tli'net

ts'ik'.
dishes uuk'.
diver ts'uts.
to do si, y^ — sine'.
dog kyeil.

doll si (see daughter),
door k-'aha't.
dragon fly tlk'acecqa'wu =no man

head-hair. They are said to

sing : tletl(l)qat(3)ca(3)caqawu
(4) = not (1) I (2) on (3) head
hair (4) = no hair is on my
head.

to dream a — djun.

to drink tana'.

drum ga'u.

dry wa qok.

duck g'uts.

dust tc'eH, k'es'e'dja.

eagle tc'ak'.

black, tc'ak'(l)ie's(2) = eagle

(1) black (2).
ear guk.
earring djac.
east wind nanaqe't.

tl'ak-ak-a'q (Chilkat).

easy tletl tli tse = not difficult.

to eat (at — ) qa.

ebb tide renatle'n.

eggs of lice Hits.

elbow t'er.

elk tsisk'.

Empetrum nigrum qitlewu'ts'e.

empty aqu'ktle.

end ce.

Epilobium angustifolium ko'kan

na'k' = deer medicine.
ermine da
evening qa'na
excrement ha'tle.
eye wak*.
eyebrow ts'e.

eyelashes wak- qa qe'q'6.
eyelid, lower, wak- tEri.
upper, wak* k-a'.

face rE.

far (na) tl".

far out into the sea dekyi.

fast rEsiye'k.

fat, for greasing face, rE nets'e'

1891.]

177

[Boas.

father Ic.

father-in-law ru.

fathom wat (see /«W, probably

n mjtli).
(from elbow over breast to

finger) k'at'e yiq ku wat.
(from shoulder over breast to

finger) qik ce gu'ntle yiq ku

wat.
(shoulder to fingerof same arm)

qik ce yiq ku wat.
(elbow to finger of same arm)

tcik-e yiq ku wat.
feather k'oa'tl.
feather bed k''oa'tlria't = feather

place.
to feel, I feel better, ag-a ctuq denok.
fern teats.
to fight g'an".
finger tl'ek- (see toe).

first, tc'eq.

sec<md, tl'ek-(l)tlen(2) = finger

(1) great (2).
third, tl'6k-(l)g'a'tsg6(2) =

finger (1) small (2).
fourth, wun ka tc'eq (see first

finger),
fire k'an.
fire drill toutle' (see round, and to

turn round),
fireplace k'an i'te = fire place.
fish, fresh-water, bin tak'a'te.

a small species, kn'e'ta.

fish line kye'u.

of kelp, tlEra'ne.

fishotter nukceya'n.

flood tide clak-nKde'n.

flounder tsE'nt'e.

to fly de'ken.

foot k-'6s.

forehead kak'.

fox nagats'e' (borrowed).

friend qone'.

frog Hiqtc.

in front of k-'e'ye (Chilkat).

frost kaqiuVn.

Fucus vesiculosus tare'de.

fuel gan (k-'an ?
full cawahik.
fur seal q'on.

fire).

(!.

Oallinago Wdlsoni gutsre totli =

heaven bird.
gens tan.
gel up I ce'ndE !
girl catk'.
to give diet — te.

give me to drink ! hahea qa tana' !

to go god, at.

I go to town an(l)k-'e'ye(2)de

(3)qoa(4)giit(o) = town (1) in

front of (2) ? (3) I (4) go (5)

(Chilkat).
good (i'E) k'E.
good-natured (tli) an.
grandfather, mother, tletlk'.
grandson cqa'nke.
grass so'uk-.
grease eqe'.
gull kye'tlEdi'.
gutts nase'
GutscEtla, Chilkat name = horizon

mother.

Haida Dekyina' = people far out
seaward.

hail kadE'ts.

hair ca qa/wu = head hair.

hairdress of shaman k'its.

half cu'ro.

halibut tcatl.

hand djin.

Harelda glacialis yaau'ne.

HaricanE'ko = old woman under
us, a mythical person.

hat ts'aq.

war hat, shaman's hat, wak"(l )

k et(2) = face (1) wearing ap-
parel (2).

to haul in si'yik*.

Boas.]

178

[Oct. 2,

he hu, bote, qsEte'.

head ca.

head ornament used in dances ca
k-et.

to heai' aq, aqtc.

heart tek\

heaven gutsEre' = cloud place.

heavy (re) datl, (tli) tse'.

heels k-'etak'.

heron tlak'.

herring ra/u.

herring rake Hi'tla (see brush).

high water ran k'Etwada'.

/«'s to( — ri).

hoof ague'ntle.

/iooA;, halibut, naq.

round, t'eq.

horizon k-u gats.

gutscE = sky end.

7*0/71 cede.

7iorse gyiidii'n (Chinook) ; dik- ka
ra kidjet (Sitka) = back upon
sit.

house hit.

dug out part in centre of, tak*.

humming bird tag-atg'iya'.

hungry, probably : ran : 1 am hungry
qat ran owa ha ; it makes us hun-
gry haet ran a wu si ha ; if I
am hungry qat ran he'ne.

I, J.

7 qat, qatc.

ice t'f'k'.

icicle k'iri t'e'k'e = above ice.

inside to, g-e.

it is inside white a g-e ra.

instrument rEre't.

island k-'at.

ivory cuqdu'k.

jaw, lower, q'ats.

just a short time ago, resti'.

K.
kelp gic.
swimming apparatus of, kutlt'e'.

kelp cake tlak'a'sk.

kettle, wooden, oq'aka'gante.

kidneys kaha/gd.

killer (Delphinus Orca) kylt.

knee kyir.

kneejoint sa're.

kneepan ca k unu'k'o.

knife tlta.

large, weks, gwa'tla.

knothole in a board k'ats.
to know aqtc = to hear often.

CEgok=:to understand.

knuckles (djin) kagu'ntl.
Kyinastl'ac, name of a man.

labret g-ak'.

silver nail, k-'annoq (k-'a =

mouth).

large plug, k''a nd'uk'a'.

ladder dzet.

Lagobus albus k-,etsauwa'.

lame tlEk-a'tck.

langtiagi yuq'atE'figi (see to speak).

large tlen, yuk' tlige' (?).

to laugh (at — ) co'uk".

to leave k'owate'n.

Ledum palustre ts'ikc' etldl'n.

left hand, ts'EtnEqi (djin).

leg k#'6s.

of animals atca'kari.

above knee k'ats.

leggings k*'6s k"et = leg clothing.
liar k'a, tle'ye s'a'te = mouth play

master.
life tsen.

light tletl wu dEtl = not heavy.
lightning Hetl'e'gu = thunder bird

opens his eyes.
like y iq = similar to.
Linasp. rug 'n we's* = sun lice.
Up, upper, k-'a tlo (k*'a = mouth). .
to listen (at — ) sia'q (from aq — to

hear).
little ga'tsgo.

1891.1

179

[Boas.

liver tl'ok*.

long ku wat, ye — ku wat (see

fathom).

ku dare't.

long ago tc'otla'k.

a long time (de) tc'ak'.

loon cuwa'n.

louse weV.

low 'water ran uwa tla.

lungs kyegu'.

Lupinus ka'ntak-.

Lycopodium clavatum k*6'kan sl'gl

= deer belt.

to make si.

man ka, tleingi't.

many k-toq.

men ku ciri tihe'n.

things at ciri tihe'n.

married, baptized, hin qErodowate'
= face put into water.

martin k'oq.

mashed kaqE'k'tl.

mask wuk1 kaladu'k=:face not per-
forated.

mast sE'sa (to) a'se = sail in tree.

master s'a'te.

of the upper world Tahi't.

mat, made of cedar bark, g'iitc.

match, rubbed cedar bark, g'atc.

may be — gutl.

meat dlir.

medicine nak'.

Mergns sarrator hin yikag'u' =
water rim.

midnight tatEii'n (tat = night).

mind toru'.

mink tlenik'u'qfi.

month dls.

moon dls.

new, ka'wakis = all out.

first crescent, wutsik e'n.

half, dis cu'ro.

full, dis ran ra'wawEt.

PUOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX

moon, last crescent, rare ka/nakis.
morning ra k'e'naen ; ts'6 tat =

blue night.
mortar t'ek-'a ria'ti = pounding

place; ka qE'guaret = rubbing

upon place.
mother at II'.
mother-in-law can.
mould tlaq.
mountain goat towe'.

horn tline'tl.

mouse, shrew, kaga/k\

kuts'I'n.

mouth k"'a.
much tleq.
mud ts'eH, k'utlk.
mussels rak.
my aq (— ri).

N.
nail qak-.
naked kEtldarE'k.
navel ko'utl.
neck dletu'q.

necklace s'ak- set = bone necklace.
nephew (sister's child) k-atlk'.

(brother's child) g'it'a'= child.

net ge'wu.

news neg.

night tat.

no tlek'.

noon yigEri'.

north wind is blowing qon do-

wanu'k.
nose tlo.

ornament tlo n nas.

of shaman, wak- ket =

face ornament.
nostril tlo torn til.
not tletl.
nothing tlek'.
now ke'idEt, ya'ridEt.

O.
oak duk\
oar aqa kdarE't = long paddle.

136. X. PRINTED JAN. 7, 1892.

Boas.]

180

[Oct. 2,

oblique s'a/ge.
ossophagus tlekatcu'q'6.
Oidtmia psrspicillata k-aq.

sp. kite ka ru = wing on white.

Olachen sak.
old man can.

woman ca/wat can.

on top of ka.

I put it on top of, akayiqa'6.

one eyed tlecauwa'ke.
to open one's eyes tl'ik'.
to open a salmon tlag'E'ts.
opposite kiku'.
otter kucta.

people kucta k-a = otter man.

our ha ( — ri).
outside da.

the house ku.

oicl, white, k'ak'.

plate made of slate tEts'e'k.

point tlo.

Polygonutum tlek'wa hinte — water

herry.
Poly poms as tak-a'di = tree biscuit.
poor icti'n, k'anickide'q.
porcupine qatla g'E'tc^hair sliarp.
porpoise tcitc.
post gadz'.
to pretend to be rich (tc'E) ck-'a —

tli nek'.

to be hungry (tc'E) to— ran s ha.

to be a Tsimshian Ts'dtsqE'nqc

— tlie'q.
puffin qeik.

quiver gue'tl.

to paddle adlqa'.

paddle aqa'.

to paint neguo'tl ; kE— CEHi't (see

brush),
painter neguo'tl s'a'te = painting

master.
paint, black, for face, t'6tc = soot.

red, for face, tlek.

palate ky'e'ktlEn.

palm of hand djin t'ak" (see plant).

Parmtlia s'e'qone.

Paras {titmouse), ka toru' = man's

mind.
perforation of nose tlo to ru tli.
pestle (ka)t'e'k'a = (upon) pounder;

(ka) qe'gua = (upon) rubber.
Pica Hudsonica ts'eg e'ne.
to pick guk.
pipe ts'ek* da ket = smoke around

box.
place for something rero't, ria'ti.
plant of foot k-'6s t'ak (see palm),
plate k^'eye't = something in front

of (Chilkat).

rabbit g aq.

racoon s'aq.

rafter kaqret.

rain se'u.

rainbow kiteqauag a't = many col-
ored wing.

it is raining (dag) sete'n.

raspberry tlek' we'de.

rattle, made of puffin beaks, djin
kaqE'ta (djin — hand), djekaq-
E'ta.

shaped like a skull, ceco'q.

raven yetl.

razor k'areyi'qa.

to recover from sickness (wu) neq
(see to save).

red k'an yiq ate = fire-like color.

reeds tlakridze.

rib ts'6k\

Hibes qahewu'.

rich anka'6 (see chief).

ridge of house s'erEto'.

right hand ciiEneqi (djin).

ring, finger, tl'ek" kakis = finger on
ring (see bracelet).

1891.]

181

[Boas

ring, foot k*'o9 ka Ids = foot on ring.

rock (small island) no.

roof nan, hit ka = house-top.

rotten tl'ok-.

round toutlcao (see to turn round).

to rub with pestle ka — tlEqEk'tl.

sail s'E'sa (see cotton goods),
salmon qat.

humpback, teats.

spring, g-at.

hooknose, tl'o'uk.

dog, thltl.

white., t'a.

dried, atk-'eciqok (qok = dry).

salt etl qok = dry sea.

sand tl'e'u.

satiated ciiwa hik.

to sate neq.

Saxidromus s'o'uk ? gatl.

scraper Hi'ts'a.

sea rEk-a'k, etl.

heavy, agovvata'n.

seal tsa.

sea lion tan.

sea otttr yuqtc.

to see ten, sete'n, tli ten.

septum tlo t'aka'.

shaman iqt.

shark i fits'.

s/irtrp tlag'E'ts.

sheep, big horn, djE'nu.

sheets s'E'sa ka re'gse.

shell sp. 1 le's.

Cik'a' tlfito', a point near Sitka.

shoe ml.

shore line hin k'a'co (hin = water).

short ku watl.

shoulder qikca'.

sick nek'.

sinew, thread, tas.

to sing (at — ) ci.

sister, elder, tlak.

s&m douk.

skull ea s'ak- = head bone.

of a corpse ca kvEqa'go.

sky, clear, akawaqa'ts.

gutsEiE = cloud place.

slave go'uq.

to sleep ta.

sleepy (te) ta owaha'.

small ga'tsgo.

to smell tsine'ky.

smoke ts'ek-.

to smoke sk-a da ts'ek' — mouth

around smoke.
smoke hole gat, gan.

roof of smoke hole gane'tle.

snail tak\

snake tl'ut tla'k".

snow diet.

it is snowing ara kawa dan.

son g-it'a' (probably child, said by

father).
son-in-law kan, seq'u'q (?).
song of shaman iqt k*'a ci'ree.
soot t'otc.
Sorbus kEltcane't.
soup, made of berries, qu'ktle.
south wind is blowing rE'ndeu

do'wanuk.
sparrow-hawk gano'k.
to speak yug'a — tKfi, rEka'.
Spermophylvs Parryi tsatlk'.
spider k-asest'a'n.
spirit ) ek'.
spoon citl.

large bailer, cin.

short, CE'ca.

sprout wuts.
squid nak'.

used for bait nEq nak'.

squirrel kanatltsa'k.

a small species, tlk-oqwe'tsa.

to stand gya.

stand up ! gyida'n !

star kutaq'a'renaha.

to steal ta'6.

to steer yfiru tlaa'.

steering -paddle rEdi'ga.

Boas.]

182

[Oct. 2,

stern of canoe gyikka7.

Sticta pulmonara acakare'ci.

stockings tl'eg'u'n.

storm ara odete'.

stone tliE.

stout ku tla.

straight, upright, kin de tcun.

ahead ran de tcun.

stomach yum'.

stop crying c'itlk'E'tl.

storehouse in tlie woods tCEtl.

stranger t'auya't.

strawberry cak'.

street de.

strong {rope, etc.) til wu's.

(man) tli tse'n (see life).

summer k'uta'n.

sun (ra) gan.

the sun is shining (dag) gan.

sunset re anaHi'H.

sunrise ky'e anaHi'H.

swan g'uktl.

sweat t'iir.

sweat-lodge qar.

swee'. tli uukts.

sweetheart tseri'.

to swim randat'E'tc.

T.
tail tl'et.

faM (ye) — s'ak- ku wat = bone long.
temples wak'co' (vvak' = cye).
then adaqai'd.
their hast 6 ( — li).
they lias, h.istc.

thief ta'.o s'a'te = stealing master.
tti'/t qun.
thine i( — ri).

to think of somebody su— s'et'E'n.
thou woe', wo 'lc.
thumb go'uc.

thunder, thunderbird, netl.
tide hat.

fired (wu ti) que'tl.
Tlaqkdle, Chilkat name = perpet-
ual man's father.

TUngit tleiogi't.

tobacco g'antc.

to-day ui'yigEri.

toe k-'6s tl'ek = foot finger.

together wucten — ta.

we liugh, at to ta co'uk-.

to-morrow sere'nk*.

day after, seie'nk- tliraakEte'n.

tongue tl'dt.

tooth 6q.

town an (see country).

trap ie'q.

tree k'ats.

frifte iiii.

the heavenly, k-e'wak a'oqa'wo.

Tringa ayahi'a.

trout k''i a't.

frimA; k-6'uk-ok-.

Tsimshian Ts'otsqE'n.

Tsuga rEn.

£o torn round toutl (see round, fire-

drill).
to turn back, on foot, k'uq k-atudaa't .

k-aqudigu't.

in canoe, kmqritla'.

the tide turns ara kan dida'.

twins write kikrE'de — two together

opposite.

Uha k-'atc.

uncle (father's brother) stVni.

(mother's brother) kak.

up de ki
uvula nut'ari.

V.-

Vaccinium Viti» Idcea negu'u.

uliginosum ts'ik'a'qk'.

ovalifolium kanat'a'.

Valeriana tltcanisla'k'.
vein ts'ikc.

vertebra dik1 s'ak- = backbone.
viry leq, site'.

1S91-]

183

Viburnum acerifolium k'Kqwe'q.
village, winter, tak'ane'.

summer, k-'uta'n.

voice sek.

to tcalk god, at.

wall gy'Iri'.

warm (te) t'a'.

warrior g"'an s'a'te = fighting mas-
ter.

water bin.

wave tit.

ice ohan, oba'nc.

weak tletl wu tli tseu = not strong.

west wind sa/naq.

wet (ti) tl'Ek\

whale yar.

whistle to uq siret = into plow place.

w^j'te ru, tied yiq ate' = snow-like
color.

widow, widower, hitltsatseca'wat.

willow tc'atl.

wind ky'etlca'.

wing kite.

wing of nose tlogutc.

winter tak (see year).

to wish sigo', gacu'.

W0V g'o'utc.

woman ca'vvat.

a man, who is in the habit of

eloping with women, ea s'a'te —

woman master.
woodpecker gan da da gug' = wood

around (= bark) around pick.
icorms tl'uk-.
wrist djiu t'ak-tl.

to yawn, akye't.
year tak (see winter),
yellow kyetl ba'tle yiq ate = dog ex-
crement-like color.
yes a.
yesterday tatgE (see night).

day before, tatgE tliraakE't.

you riwa'n, riwa'ntc.
young ga'tsgo.

man rEdE'k'.

your rl ( — ri).

II. ENGLISH-HAIDA.

Skidegate Dialect.

(Note. — The words followed by a K. are Kaigani dialect.)

above gi.

it is, ca e'tsi.

to accompany g-ak'a'it.

Acer tlkatlk (borrowed from Tling-

it) K.
adam's apple kagE'n sku'tse=lung

bone.
adze qot'a'.

afternoon seii ta'tsera ga'ista.
again l'sEn.
alive qai'ntnga.

all tlo'qan.

Alnus ka'ac (borrowed from Tling-

it) K.
always wa gye'na.
Anas boschas tha K.

clypeatn Hit.

histrionica k-'E'cg'utk.

ancestor tlsta de tsi'nga = long ago

my grandfather.
ankle gy'atl t'aaiE'l = leg knuckle.
another k'a'lro.
Anser tlgyitgu'n.
antlers naca/nie.

Boas.]

184

[Oct. 2,

antlers, many pronged, g'at g'oa'qa
gig-'il'imii = deer's manifold
antlers.

amis k'ase'.

apparel, wearing, gya.

apron of woman dig} Itgyitlgya (dl
t'a'tse).

apron for dances k-'antsetlqa/gya
(gya = wearing apparel).

Arctostaphylus uva ursi dinq (bor-
rowed from Tlingit) K.

arm below t Ibow Hi, nia'i.

above elbow Hi tin.

armor, wooden, for breast, tcidlkit.

for belly, k-'antsetlqa/gya

(see apron).

made of sea lion skin, k"'et'i't

(k'et^= sea-lion).

armpits skut.

Arnica cordifolia Hit haua'c.

arrow, with bone or metal point, ts'I'-
talEn.

blunt, for birds, k-'u'ngal.

ashes dltE'tlqet.

aunt (mother's sister) ao=: mother.

(father's sister) sk-afi.

aurora g'ot qalga da'nt'atl.

axe gyeil dsao.

baby k-a'qa (see weak),
back skua'e, gyi'nguta.
vertebra gj i'figuta sku'tse =

backbone.

of house na stlEfi = house back.

of hand sl'o'na.

bad da(ranga).

bald head skaqa's.

ball, to play at, gut kitl k'a'tsu.

played witli seal meat, qot at gut

kitl k'a'tsu.
lark of Isuga ni ; ha/3 K.

of other frees k-'o'lsc.

basket, small, for berries, k'Ti'itas.
large, for berries, k'e'gu.

basket qin.

bat k-'atltsoqa'la.

baton of shaman t'ask''.

beach gyitl.

bear, black, tan.

grizzly, qo'ots (borrowed from

Tlingit).

polar, ha'l'un.

beard sk-'e'ore(n).

beaver ts'En.

bed theida'n — sleep instrument.

beetle :hansk-ea'l K. =face dirt.

before this ku'nrasta.

bdly tatl.

belt (dl)ds2a'wa K.

berry gan(a); ban (a) K.

cranberries dla'e.

dried, g-an hi'l g-ata.

boiled, gan galE'nsEl.

birch atta'ri (borrowed from Tling-
it) K.

bird qet'e't.

a bird with red icings s:ha'ltset

black (tl)k-atl, (s)k-atl.

black cod sk'il.

bladder k'ogE'n sk'an.

blanket gya/atk.

C'hilkat, na/nin (borrowed from

Tlingit).

Blennius sp. :haci'n K.

blood g'a'i.

blue go tlratl.

blue jay tl'E'njut.

body, the whole, tea/ne.

to boil, gan ; qoa'tlta.

boiled food galE'usEln.

bone sku'tse.

bore tlk'e'it.

bowstring tlk-e'it t'a'tse.

box g-6ta, da'ota.

bracelet, copper, nalslgya'.

brain k-as'E'ntsEn, katlE'nts'En.

to break down qu'ndata.
the sea breaks {heavily) g'a'iu g-u'n-
gE (yu'En).

1891.]

185

( B tas.

breast k'an.

brothers and sisters k'ii'tlqa.

brother ta (said by sister).

elder brother guii'i (said by brother).

younger brother da'(orEn) (said by
brother).

second brother guctnEfi katleqa-
gas(?).

third brother guct la'na(?).

brother-in-law k*ea'= sister's bus-
band (said by man).

tlE'nara = sister's b u s b a n d

(said by sister).
Bubo Virginianus gutgune'st K.
Buccinum ckElsk' K.
bucket g'fi'na.
bush tlkyi'n(ra).
butterfly stlak'a'm.
buttocks k-'atltso.
button blanket gun la'ngo gya'atk.
by and by k'oa'i.

calf of leg gy'atl ka'u = leg muscle.
Oaltha palustris nil gi tlEgEn = med-

icine above swim.
canoe tlo'n.

Cardium Nutalli chilhie'i K.
cat to'us (Cbinook).
cedar, yellow, ediatla'n K.

young, ts'6 gyit e.

blanket la'Hial.

bark, used for making mats,

gyle't.
cedar root dle'in.
Ceryle Halcyon k'ut'u'n K.
cheek, lower part of , ts'i'ta.

upper part of, k*'a'n ts'i'ta.

chief (ntn)etlqagida/,

head-chief, la'na a'ora = town

mother.
cliild gyit'(e).
chin tlka'e.

Chiton tunicata c:he'it K.
Stelleri t'a.

Circus Hudsonica do:hatlaga' K.

catching bird(?).
cirrostratus k'ue'au.
cirrus ia'n tse'tla ( a'n = cloud).
clams ska'e, ky'u.

clothing, to wash — ,tada'n tsl'gyida.
cloud ian.
coat djit'i'sku.
red cod skan.
small codfish sa'etae.
large codfish ska'enan.
cold qui'.
colored tliatl.

many, aqa'i tlia'tla.

Colymbus glacialis tatl.

come! (used with the imperative)

ba'la !
the winter is coming ta'da g'i'lga.
cone of pine ctl'ack'E'nial.
to cook by means of heated stones

sitl; gya'galan.
copper plate t'a'6.
cormorant ky'a/lau.
cotton wood tl'al.
Cottus sp. k'al.

tl'a'ma.

cousin skaB = father's sister's and
mother's brother's daughter.

usqu'n = mother's brother's

child.

lEra'n = father's sister's and

mother's brother's son.

Mother's sister's child —
brother.

Father's brother's son =
brother. Elder or younger
brother are used according as
cousin is elder or younger than
self.
crab k-'uct'a'n.
crabapple ke'iq.

tree k'e'yintl.

cranberry ta.

crane, and Gallinage Wilssoni, dEl

(borrowed from Tlingit) K.
crazy dladlgua (see land otter).

Boas.]

186

[Oct. 2,

crow k'a'ltsEda.

crown of head tl'El k'a'tse.

to cry sk a'yetl.

to cut off {neck) (qil)k''e'tl.

dagger k*'a/otl.

to dance Hia'tl.

(shaman's) dance (sk-a'g"at) wikat-
so.

dancing leggins gy'atl gya = leg
dancing ornament.

danger at sea c:ha'noakEn K.

daughter-in-law dziiona'n.

dawn SEn gitlEnga (no'kua).

day SEn.

all day long SEn sga'sg-6.

it is daylight k'a'dega.

dead g-'6t'utl.

deer g-'at.

Delphiuus Oca sk'a'g'a; chau K.
(see shaman).

dish k'a'itla^wide open.

carved on both sides ka'itla

ko'la — dish forehead.

dog qa.

dog fish k-'a'qata.

dug salmon ck'Ek.

doll gyit ; gEde's (children's lan-
guage).

dolphin skul ; k^'an.

door gy'u ; stErl.

in heraldic column gy'u qa'l =

door hole.

down (feather's) tE'nro ; g-E'nro.

dragon fly de'gua t*a'ma'i = sun
louse K. ; nia'mats'ikye (bor-
rowed from Tsimshian).

to drink qull.

drum ga'udjau

dry g-'a'(ga).

duck qa'qa.

</w.s/,; aga'lgua.

dust, dirt, skea'l.

eagle g'6t ; :hot K.

eagle black :hot tlratl K.

eagle gens gyitena'(c).

ear gyu.

opening of ear ka'tle.

earth, ground, k'ul' (see island) ;

tlga.
earthquake tlga i'ldEn.
east wind k-'a'ratsga.
to eat ta.

to eat together ua'ras.
ebb tide gyitlram'tl.
edge of box cltn.
upper edge of blanket si'dE.
egg ka'u.
lice eggs djac.

elbow hi tsEgui' (hi = arm).
elk tci'cku.

Empetrum nigrum :hacka'wa.
to enter k-adl (see to walk),
ermine tlEk-, tlqa.
evening SEn Hi.
excrements kwa'rau.
eye qa'fiir(e).
eyebrow skia'tse.
eyelashes qa'nga dlt'a gutce.
eyelid qa'figa g a'al = eyelid.

face qafig(a).

fall tca'nut karat (see winter).

to fall over k'a.

to fall from esg'oe'.

far dzlfiira.

fat tlko'na.

father (said by man) k'un.

(said by woman) qat.

father-in-law k'6'ne (see son-in-law).

fathom hi rodlagi't (Hi=arm).

half, di ky'e'ore dl6g'e/ta =

my median line of body fathom.

(measure from left shoulder to

top of finger of right hand)
sk'al dlo (sk-al=shoulder).

1891.]

187

[Boas.

feathers, pubis, g'a'tl.

female sexual organs ka'u ; tso'u

(children's lauguage).
a certain festival iiya'ist.

— gag'ue'ta.

to fight ra'nitla.

together gfttg'an la/nitla.

figure k*'eda.

finger si kVne = kand finger.

first, sli k'ua'ns (sli = hand).

second, yak'ola/na.

third, qeiga'us = weak.

fourth, sli iio'uts (sli — hand).

fire-drill tlkia'k'e.
fireplace k'ae'qet.
firewood ts'a'uo.
fish tcitl.

fresh-water, tc'e'na.

salt-water, sk-'a'tlan.

fisJi knife ta'g'atao.

fish line of kelp, tlgai.

fish otter ts'owu'lEk'.

fish roe tca'e.

fish trap, battle-shaped, sk'aia'o.

fish trap, large, gyl'rau.

flat g-a.

flesh gyeri'.

fleshy gyeia/ulgo'u.

flood tide na'etliHit.

fly de'idEii.

fog ia'n(Efiga).

food ga ta'.

footst'h'd.

footprint sl'a seI.

forehead k*ul.

forenoon SEnga'e.

fox naga'ts-e (borrowed from Tling-

it).
frame tlk-a.
my friend ta'que.
frost g'alE'ngudatl.
to fry citl.

on stones citl guta' = fry stone.

Fucus vesiculosus t'al (borrowed

from Tlingit) K.
fur seal k'na'n.

PKOC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX.

gambling sticks SEn.

to give e'ista.

to go k-a, i'sk-as, gEnd'aui't (?).

let us go ha/la d'a'lEn gEnd'aHi't

s'aQ.
good la.

grandchild t'agyE'n.
grandfather tcin.
grandmother nan.
grass k'an.
gravel sqat'E'ldafi.
green gan tlratl = yellow ; gotlratl

= blue.
greenstone (jadeite) dlka tlo'u.
gull ck'in.

gums ts'Eri k-'ul = teeth skin.
gun dzi'gu.
Gyins : ha'noa (the wife of Nen-

kyilstlas).

Eaida qa/eda.

hair k-as k*'e/tl = head hair.

dress of shaman gyietl.

half ja'ko.

moon k-un tretiEroa'e.

halibut, qa'ko, :liak' K.

halloh! ai'difiga !

hand sli, sla'e.

Ilaielda glacialis a'nginge.

harpoon k'a.

line k'a tl'a'tse.

point of salmon harpoon k'udE'nkyil.
hat da'dzEn.

ring da/dzEn. ski'lga.

he la.

head k-'a/tse.

ring of red cedar fiar&tEntlgyi-

k-a'ldE.
to hear gu'dEfi.
heart tek'o'go.
her la.
heels st'a kose' (st'a = foot).

136. Y. PRINTED JAN. 7, 1892.

Boas.]

188

[Oct. 2,

to help etlwa.

heraldic column g} a/ran = standing

upright.
herring l'naii.

it is high water skua'ga (rilgEn).
hips'khtXn'] sku'tse (sku'tse==bone).
hook, for fishing halibut, ta'6.
iron hook stil ta'6.
hole qal.
hoof of deer g"'at st'a'gun (st'a =

foot).
horizon k-ueHtlzi'nrau.
horn (see antlers),
horse gyuda'n (Chinook).
house na.

dug out part in centre of, da'a.

front na qan = house face.

humming -bird qEktgyia' (borrowed

from Tlingit) K.
hungry k-,oe'ta.
husband tlal.

7de(a), tla'(a).

ice g-al(jra).

indeed? oilja?

Indian of the interior ts'ak's.

inside k-a/tlek, na'gust K.

instrument tan.

interstices between fingers sli iatk-ase'.

intestines k' es.

invitation to autumnal festival

la'gyinem.
*><?«, ire'ts.
island gua'e.

KatlEnsku'n, name of a place.
kelp tlk-<a'ma.

cake qa'eda gu'lra = Haida

tobacco.
kettle ck-'El.

wooden boiler, ck'El gan.

wooden, ta'utaqai ; sk'a'lgal.

kidney tca'e.
to kill te'aqan.
knee k'ulo'.

pan k'ulo kaian.

joint gyal k-uld'E'ng6 = leg

joint.
knife sqa'u.

made of shell taqa'6.

to know u'nseda.

1 do not know a'ya.

knuckle d'aniE'l.

Kushtaka (otter people) gEgyii't K.

lake su.

La'nas = the town, place near Rose

Point.
lance tcea'tl.
land tlga.
land otter sdlgu.
large yu'an.
to laugh k'a.
Zefl/dlk^'a'figual.
Ledum palustre hi'lk-agen K. =

mouse neck.
left hand sla'negi sla'e.
leg, above knee, thil.

below knee, gy'atl.

dancing leggins gy'a'tlgya = leg

wearing apparel.
leg of table tlga.

lid of box ta'uta k#a'al— box lid.
to lie k*'6rat, ketlmda'n.
liar k'orat lia'era = lie master.
lightning sqet g'auldan.
to like stat'E'l.
Lina sp. djuwet'ama'e.
line tl'a'tse.
Up, upper, h'o'tsequn.

lower, k'o'uta.

liver tetl'Elkul.

lobe of ear gyii st'a'e = ear foot.

long slf'a, dzin.

ago tlsta.

loose cuva'c.

1891.]

189

| Boas.

lost ga'u.

louse t'am.

low water tse'qoa.

lungs ka'genske'ga (see adam's

apple).
Lupinus gE'ndo.
Lycopodium clavatum g"'at dldsga'-

■wa — deer belt.
lynx tlgyan da'udja'e (tlgyan =:

forest).

to make da, gyin, gotlra.

man e'tlinsa, k'El.

ga ; for instance, k'<ja'laga =

raven gens man.
many sko'l (only referring to men).
k-ca'n (referring to any thing

including men).
■ yu'an (referring to any thing

including men).
martin k-'6'u.
■mask nitca'figo.
master lra'era.
mat lguc.
meat gyeri'.

median line of body ky'eo're.
medicine Hil.
midnight g-al ya'ko.
mind gu'ditfi.
mine tenE'fi;ra ; na'ra.
moccasin st'a tlk'u'nkye (st'a =

foot).
moon k-'un.

new, k-'uri ihai'logEn.

fast crescent, k-'ufi k'eqatlg-a

= the moon opens his eyes.
last crescent, k-'un ihailoda'l-

gEn.
begins to be full k-'un g'aisgo-

gi'lga.

is shining k'undlan.

more i'seS.
morning sEn ae'qEn.
mortar da'ro.

mosquito ts'era'ltEquan.

mother a'6.

mother in-law dzlrona'n (see daugh-
ter-in-law).

mountain t'e'is ; tldera'u.

goat ky'i'nre.

sheep mat' (borrowed from

Tsimshian).

mouse ka'gan.

tsigul a'ora (a'ora = mother).

mouth qetl'e'.

mud tcan.

muscle ka'u.

Mytilus edulis :hal K.

Na eku'n, Rose Point.

nail sli g'u'n = band nail.

naked k-oona'n6.

nape ts'e'kye.

navel sgil.

near a'qan.

neck qil.

needle sin.

nephew (man calls his sister's child)

rad.
(man calls his brother's child)

gyit-

(woman calls her brother's

child) usqu'n.
(woman calls her sister's child)

gyit-

net a'qat.
night g-al.

it is, ga'lga.

nipples tl'E'nwai.

no gau'ano.

Nontlem qaleta'.

noon SEn la'tsera.

north wind k-'ariuste' ga, qu'stcga.

nose kun.

nostril kuntsqul.

not gEm.

notch of arrow stlqu' tse.

now (a)uwia't.

Boas.]

190

[Oct.

oak tca'nan.

oar adl dzi'nda = paddle long.

ocean si.

(esophagus tl'Elqo'ts'El.

Oidemia perspicillata c'i'ndEtl K.

Oidemia sp. g&'oq K.

olachen cii'u.

old k'a'i.

clothing k'u'lzu.

man nEn k-'a'ia.

on gud.

top of u'nse, gi.

one squn, sqa'sgo, sqoa'usEn.
open k-a.

to open one's eyes k-e'qatlg-a.
another one gyina k*'a'lrd.
outside :had5si K.

owl, white, k'ak' (borrowed from
Tlingil) K.

paddle adl.

to paint k'otla'no.

red paint for face (qafi) ma'tsa.

black paint for face (qan) k-1a'tsa.

palate se'ingatse.

palm of hand sli ka'ran (sli =
hand).

Parmelia k'altsdele'dja.

partridge, ptarmigan ; cka'u.

Parus tatlda'nsgyet.

penis tsi'tsl.

people qa'edqa.

perforation of nose kun qal = nose
hole.

of ear gyu qal = ear hole.

pestle da'rao ; da'rao ts'En.

petticoat ca'ata lgyegyia'qa = wo-
man's petticoat.

pile of fuel ts'a'no sqa.

pillar, erected in commemoration of
deceased, qat.

pipe qe'tlKn ga'euda'o= mouth
smoke box.

to piss tse'gEii.

plant of foot st'a k'ara'u (st'a=:
foot).

poker kyitsqala'ngo.

Polygonatum ct'a'u ha'na = witch-
craft berry.

porcupine :hatlgEts (borrowed from
Tlingit) K.

porpoise sk-ul.

to possess (tla) da, k'e'i, (de) ran.

post, in house, k-'6tg'a'ng6.

potlatch wa'tlqatl.

pregnant, she is, 1 tatl gyit'e'
(gyit'e' = child, 1 tatl — her
belly).

puffin k'oqE'n ; k-oana' K.

pupil of eye qa'nge 1 tan kare'i.

Qoia g-a'ndla=: Raven water, a river

on Queen Charlotte Islands.
quartz tlk-a k-'a/tse (tlka = stone).
quiver ts'italE'n dara'd — arrow box.

rafter ts'an sk'a'get.

rain dadl.

rainbow ta'wEl.

rain wind (generally east) qe'u.

raspberry ban gyit'e' — berry small.

rattle, raven, sisa'.

shaman's, dlkum hitaga'ngo.

puffin beak's, He hitaga'ngo.

skull-shaped, k-'el hitaga'ngo.

raven qoia' ; yetl (borrowed from
Tlingit) K.

gens k-'oa'la(c).

to recover from sickness figa'istl ;
lgila.

red sqet.

reed k"'an tl'akida' = grass wide.

rib qe'wc.

Bibes liji'iwa (borrowed from Tling-
it) K. ; k-'etgna'n K.

1S91.]

191

[Boas.

ridge of house, formed by a long

board, tlgi'tlai.
°f upper part of ear gyu tlkun

= ear ridge.
of nose kun tlk-un=nose

ridge.
right, it is all right, tE'mqEn.

hand sqolgyila'na.

river ka'ura.

to roast Jish dlgu.

roof na ii'na = top of house.

inside of, na k'ara'n.

rope of spruce roots k'u'ntla.

of cedarbark k-oa'e.

around food box laut iya'figre.

rotten s'a'ga ; gu'nraga.

round g-a,'S. g-e (see full moon).

Rubus, Vaccmium uliginosum, han

La'ulas =^ berry sweet.
to run ka'Hit.

saliva tl'an.
salmmi tern.

a small species, c:hoa'gank K.

hooknose, tai.

humpback, ts'It'a'n.

white, la'un.

smoke-house for, ta'na na'i.

weir, Hia'i (the centre occupied

by the fish trap gyirau).

berry skii'uran.

salt ta'figa g-a'ga = dry sea.

sand las.

Saxidromus squalidus ky'u.

scalp k-as'E'l.

scared tlqua'ka.

scraper of deer bone gyitsrate'sko.

scrotum k'utle k''al = testicle skin.

sect ta'figa.

far out into the, siako.

sealqoi (borrowed from Tsimshian).
sea lion k-et, kae.

hat sqa'tse dadzEfi.

armor made of the skin of,

k-'og-agya'.

sea otter ko'u ( (?) see martin),
to see kifi, k-ea'fi.

self tloo, a'gEn.

septum kun tE'figare.

to sew tl'El, gya tl'El.

shaman sk-a'g-a.

shark k-'at ; k-'a'qata fi'ora -dog-
fish mother.

she la.

sheath of dagger k-'aotl k"'al = dag-
ger skin.

shells, burned and chewed with to-
bacco, gua'ga.

ship k-'e'i.

short k-'ddza'o.

shoulder sk-al.

sick st'e.

sinew qa'e.

to sing sqaUVfi, k'atsa/6.

sister, djas (said by brother).

sister-in-law tls'nara (brother's wife,
said by brother and vice versa).

tsi'figa (brother's wife, said by

sister and vice versa).

to sit k-'au'o.

skate sqa'na.

skin k-'al.

skull ka sku'tse = liead bone.

sky k'oie' k'ara'n.

slate tlk-a s'a'ga —- stone rotten
(sott).

slave qaldE'figa.

to sleep t'ei.

sleep tlk''ag'a.

sling tsawu'fi.

small gau gE'tso.

to smell sku'ngudEfi.

smoke g'a'eu ; gyine'it.

hole gyinada'i.

snail ct'E'la K.

snake si'ga.

snipe ayahi'a.

snow d'ara'o.

son-in-law ko'ne.

soot kayu'cian.

soul catcher k-'angitlkigya — breast
dancing ornament.

Boas.]

192

[Oct. !

berry soup ac.

to speak, kyetlkul.

to somebody so'ta.

spear shaft kit'ii'.

to throw spear kit.

sparrow hawk skya'rnskun.

Spermophylus Parryi tsatlk'.

spider k''utlsia'n.

spike of pine gia'.

spoon sla'gul.

large spoon sla'gul g-ania'16, sla'gul

g-anE'l.
spring k'in rad, k'in re'da (k'in

= summer).
sprout ck'a'u K.
squall t'a'iso koe'we (t'a'tso =

wind).
squid mi K.

squirrel da'sqa ; gEtltsa'k K.
to squirt yi'lthii.
to stand gya'ran.
star k-'e'iisao.
shooting star k-'e'itsao kwa'rau =

star excrement.
starfish sk'Ti'am.
to steal k-'6'tlta.
stomach gy'e'tse.
stone tlk-a, g'ota'.
storehouse in forest gya'c hala'n.
storm qastl.
story k''a'eg'an.
strawberry hil claha'n.
street gy'u.
strings for tying up blanket, handle,

(dl)t'a'ts(e).
strong dakuya'.
stump of tree, a fallen trunk,

k'';Vqi>.
summer k'in, k'in ya'ko.
sun dzidlgoe.
suspensor of dagger k'a'otl

t'a'ts.
swan titl'u'n.
isweet ha/ulas.
sweetheart k-'atai'ra.
to swim (bird, -wood) tlEgE'n.

table gata da'n = it eat instrument.
tail of bird, ichale, ky'i'ta, sky'ea/6.

offish st'a/i = foot.

to talk kyetlkul.

talker kyetlkul lra/era = talking

master.
tattooing gyida'.
temples near eyebrow skya'ts qota.

tragus gye'lsEnta're.

testicles k-'utle'.

there es\

therefore k-'a'gan.

thicket tlkyan ts'igE'nga yu'an.

</«V/k'6tlta ha'era = steal master.

thing gyi'na.

thirsty k-'ad6.

thorn da'a, da'figa.

thread gy'etla'o.

to throw with stones tsa wa'nga (see

sling),
thumb sli k'use'.
thunder he'lari ; kaqe'gEl.
tide koa'kia'.

the tide turns koa'tlk'at lta'ra.
Tlk-agilt = /Swwe beach; Skidegate.
toad tlkyan k'6st'an = forest crab.
tobacco gul.

toes st'a k-'a'nge=foot finger.
tomorrow da'rgatl.
tongue t'a'ngEl.
tongs, for taking stones out of fire,

tlk-a tso=: stone tongues.
too g-e'dEn.
tooth dz'En.

molar tooth dz'En k'ii'tskul.
town lii'ua.
tree ket. ka'e.
trout ta'tl'at.
twice sting eii.
twins ntsa'ta qe'g-a stin.

Ulva k-'atc.

uncle (father's brother) k-ufi- fat her.

1891.]

193

[Boas-.

unch (mother's brother) k*a.
unmarried man dlniun.
woman sk'Eri k a'nda.

Vaccinium ovalifolium titan

Vitis Idaca ska'uran gylt'e' =

sal mon berry small.
valley tl'a'dan.

vein ga'i iisg-ere'= blood vein.
Veratrum gua'iga K.
Viburnum aceri folium tla'e K.

to walk ka.

wall na ta gul = house side.

warm ky'e'ina.

irarp qa'i.

warrior gutl'i'sta.

ra'Hitlta lra/era = fighting

master.
to wash tin.

one's hands sltla'nEfi.

icasp sral, c:hal K.
water g*andl.
wave g'a'eu.
toe eil, t'alE'figua.
weak k-aqa(ga').
weft k'"6da'i.
icet rEdzi'gb.fi.
whale kun.

fabulous, with five fins . wask-.

what gosu, gog'us.
where gyinu'.

whistle ska'na.
white g'Ti'da.

man ire'ts qa'etra = iron man.

k-,El g*ada'a=man white.

who gyl'sto.

why go'gusg'ano, g'ii'tlEntla'o.

wide tlak-id '.

wife dj'a.

wind tatsa'6.

seaward, tatsa'o sg'a.

eatpaw, tatsa'o skada'lga.

landward, tatsa'ogltl.

increasing in strength t'atse'lga.

wing He'i ; st'a'run.

winter ta'da ; sL.fi ga'rat.

to wish stit'tEl.

witchcraft ct'a'u K.

wolf go'utc ; ho'utc (borrowed from

Tiingit) K.
woman dj'a/ata.
woodpecker clotsg'ada'fi.
wood tlkyan.
worm cik ; slea'ra.
wrist Hue k-'old'E'ngo = arm joint.

year ta'da (see wintei ).

yellow g'an tlratl.

yes a; 6; a'figa.

yesterday da'rgatl tlga'e.

day before yesterday sta g'al stifi-

ge'lgen = two nights ago.
you, pi. dalE'fi.
young gyi'tg'e ; ItE'rEn.

III. ENGLISH-TSIMSHIAN.

above lEqa'.
to accompany stol.
across tsag-a'.
adam's apple sia'uq.

adze of stone tasEi'Etn lap = adze of
stone.

to adopt sEWula'isk = make rela-
tive.

afraid has, pi. lEbas.

ajternoon tla da'otl gya'muk.

Boas.]

194

[Oct. 2,

again tla(l)gyik(2) = perfect sense

(1) then (2).
against tqal.

{hostile) lEbi'lt.

ago, a few days, g'E'rdata.

a few weeks, gyetqa/utq.

a year, long ago, gye k'a'otl

(k'a'otl = year).

long, tkVgyigyat.

air ha.

all tqa'ne.

to allow Enaoq (see to consent).

1 allow him to come Ena'yo dEm

kil'edEks.
also di.

always tla'wula.
ancestor, female, nag an tse'esk'um

(see grandmother).
male, nag'an yetkum (see

grandfather),
and (connecting nouns, etc.) ditl,

gantl.
(before words designating hu-
man beings) dis, g-ans.

(connecting sentences) ada. .

angry tlo'onte.
animal ie'ts'Esk.
ankle hEmho'm.
to answer dilEinaqtl.
antlers qaqa'ns.
arm an'o'n.

above elbow lEbEo'n.

armor of elk skin k'Etla'n.
to arrive batsk.
arrow haua'l.

bird arrow, t'e'es.

to ascend a river g-'a'la.

to ascend a 'mountain maqtl.

ashes OE'nEk'SEk*.

ashore tsE'rEn.

to ask kKi-K'taq.

Asuwa'lgyat (a fabulous monster

belonging to the gens Kan-

ha'da, raven) gy at = person.
at (referring to distant objects) ga,

gasga.

at (referring to present objects) da.
aunt (mother's sister) = mother.

(mother's brother's wife)nEkta'.

(father's brother's wife) na/os.

autumn kso'ot.

axe, European, gyegya'otk= length-
wise fastened.
stone, daliE'rES.

baby, male, gyine'es.

female, wok-'a'uts = without

labret.

back k'a'o.
backward gyi'lEks.
bad hada'q.
to bail ts'e'yuk.

bailer ha(l)ts'e/yuksa(2) = instru-
ment (1) bailing (2).
bark, match, gyinist.
basket, for berries, iu'sEl.
for fish, tsElii'.

of cedarbark, for carrying

household goods when traveling,
do'otlk.

to be ne, nene'.
bear, black, o'l.

grizzly, mEdi'ek.

fabulous (?) white, m.Es'o'1.

gens, gyispotuwE'da.

beard emq.

to beat time k'ansp'a'.

beaver sts'al.

because (a)wul.

bed halela'tlk.

bee ap (borrowed from Tinne).

beforehand gu'ldsm.

behold ! rakstana/ !

belly bEn.

to belong to wald.

below gyeek.

berries, dried, gEne'gu (atl).

Bilqula Lalgyime'l,

bird ts'o'wots.

1S91.]

195

[Boas.

bird, all flying animals, lEpa'yeky.
black t'o'otsk.

paint fur face qto'ots.

blackberries ma'e.

bin ii hit gUS.

white, gus rnfiks.

sea otter, gus ptlon.

Chilcat, gus(l)naikyi'm(2)

gya'muk(3) = blanket (I) sun
(3) ; naikyim, evidently from
na'qin, Tlingit.

blind su'Ens.

blood itle'.

blue kuskua'sk.

boards in bottom of canoe ktsa'oks.

bone sa'yup.

book sa'wuns.

boom t'uksitle'.

boots ts'a'oqs (see foot).

on both sides laqaq.

boic haukta'k.

of canoe gyits'a/iq.

bowstring te'es.

box for food k-alEi'rEnk\

for blankets qpC''i3.

boy womtlk.

brain wunEg'a'us (see head).

branch ane'is, pi. anane'is.

of river lots'ar.

ts'a'tle.

bread ana'e.

breast ka/yek-.

breath kssnatlk.

6n'd^etsaja(l)k-ane'qs = across (1).

to bring da k-a'edEks (da = at,
ka'edEks = to come).

&;oowihad'6'osk=instrument sweep-
ing.

brother (called by brother) weky.

(called by sister) tlE'mkte.

brother-in-law (husband's brother)
tlg-Ega'otks.

(wife's brother) tlg"uag"atla'm.

brown srloqla/p (see stone).

bucket 6'mtlElt.

bullhead (a fish) g-'aye'et.

burial of shaman in house or cave

ts'Em lap = in rock.
burning the dead malk.

payment for, qmalg'Eck

= receive for being burned.

to burn (v. n.) gua lak (see fire).

burning leggings, Gualgaba'qs

(traditional name).

to bury 16 an'o'n^into hand.
bush species (?) qtlatl.
by and by hauwe'ne.
tlaclzE.

calf of leg ha/EUEr.

to call ho'otk, pi. hukko'otk.

I call his name, nsuwa'tkada

(see name),
calm gyaks.
to camp gya.
to move camp layek.
cane, walking, k'a'at.
cininibalqgyat~eat people (Olala).
canoe qsa.

Haida canoe qsa Em Haida.
canoe moves stern foremost lantk.
canon ts'ala'sEr.
cape ka/maks.

carriage ts'e'ktsik (Chinook).
to carry into ts'ElE'm(l)ga(2) =

into (1) at (2).

in flying tikyepa/ik (see to fly).

to carve gyetlk, pi. gyetlgyetlk.
carving knif eh&gyetW = instrument

carving.
cat to'us (Chinook).
to catch salmon spaqtl.
causative — En.

g-an.

cataract ts'Em(l)ho'otseq(2) = in

(1) ? (2).
cedar g'Ela/r, pi. g-Ela'r.

bark hat'a'l.

a certain g'alt.

cluiir hali'd'a (d'a = to sit, ba —

instrument).

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. Z. PRINTED JAN. 9. 1892.

Boas.]

196

[Oct. 2,

channel, narrow strait, mE'qtla.
cheek, lower part, wnnda'.

upper part, tea'l.

cherry g-'Ela'nist.

to chew Ir'a/un.

chief sEtn'a'yit.

child tlgua'mElk, pi. k'apEtgErEtlk.

of chief tlguwa'lksek.

chin tqlakwak (kwaq = lip).
clams ts'aq.

to close one's eyes ts'e'ep.
cloud, overcast sky, sa.

cirrus, wukts'E'n.

club, war-club, kauwa/i.
coat kota's.
cold, to feel, qkua'tko.
to come k'a'edEks.

from watk, pi. amia/an (see

from) .

down kwant.

common things sketg Em ga.
company na'tatl, pi. nata'tltatl.
to consent Ena/oq.
to continue tlawula wal =always do.

tlawula hau = always say.

copper plate baya'tsk.
cormorant k*ag"a'.
corner amo'.

of house amo's.

council lEsa'osk, wulg'ak-a/st.

combined with feast g'ElEga'-

yetl.

councilman (next to chief in rank)
lEgagi'gyat (gyat = person).

country k'a'lts'apt (see toicn).

cover of anything St.

coic mEsmo'os (Chinook).

crab k'Elma's.

crabapple malkst.

crane k-'asqa'os.

crest (of gens) ts'upk (see town, peo-
ple).

crow k'auqa'n.

crown of head mESEma'.

in cry wlha'ut = great say, pi. bak.

for sorrow t'a'oqtlk Em bak.

cup baa'ks = drink instrument.

to cut k-'6ts, pi. k-'ask-'6ts.
to cut off qtsaka'ts.
to cut open pe'atl.

day sa (see cloud),
dagger k'ad Em do'osk.
dance hala'it.
dancing blanket gus bala'it.

hat amhala'it^used in dance.

leggings k'aqselks Em si (si =

leg).
daughter = female cbild.
dead ts'ak.
deaf ts'e'eq.
my dear! (male) nad.

(female) datl.

deep tlEp.

deer wan, pi. wan.

fawn kusts'e'ek.

to die ts'ak, pi. dEr.
dish, carved, kai'itl.

large, k-aiitle'ek.

of mountain sheep horn stata's.

to do wald.
dog has, pi. hasha's.
door lEksa'q (sec out),
double gu'lba.
downward tgye.

jra'g-a.

down a river gi'si.

dreadful bats'E'ks (see ugly).

to dream ksuwE'q.

to dress up no'otk, pi. k'ano'otk.

to drink aks, pi. laa'ks.

drum na'otl.

to dry (v. a.) sigE'r.

cluck me'Ek.

nana'at.

black, amgyi'ek.

spotted, g-ag-awe'.

dust yo'op.

eagle qski'yek.
ear mo.

1891.]

197

[Boas.

earhole ts'Em rno = in ear.
perforation of ear nak*aga mo.
east gTsiya'sk (gT'si = down river).
easy e'EpEn.
to eat ya'wiqk, pi. tqa'oqk.

in compounds, q — .

some/ /ting gap.

up tsatlt.

igg tlgEina't.

elbow ska'neis.

(person) elder than self se'elgyat

(gyat = person).
elderberry bush sk/au la'ots (kan =

tree, la'ots = elderberry).
elderberry la'ots.
elk sia'n.

to elope da (see with),
to enter ts'e'en, pi. lam ts'aq.
European k-'amksi'oa (borrowed

from Hedltsuk ?).
<V( n in g ski'yetlaks.
eye wuI'e'1.
eyebrow lEgyi'l.
eyelashes na'mEl
eyelid, lower, ska'ul.
upper, lEqaa'l.

face ts'al, pi. k-ats'altsa'l.

to fall k'a'ina, pi. le'ina ; sa(l) k-a'-
in(2)=suddenly(l) to fall (2).

far t'a, pi. t'ad'a'.

warait'a'.

to fasten dse'ep.

to dse'ep tqal (= against).

fat (n.) ya'i.

father nEgua't.

address, a'bo.

father-in-law tlams.

fathom ga'it.

half fathom k-'a'yek = breast.

(left elbow to tip of finger of

right hand) disk-a'neis (see el-
bow).

fear bast.

feathers IT.

to fell (a tree) k-'6tstl (k-an).
female (only referring to human be-
ings) ksEm — .
few abo'o.
to fight wuldo'yitk.

with fists dal.

fin offish nEk-auwa'i (see paddle).

Delphinus Orca ne'iq.

to find, to reach, to receive, wa.
finger kuts'6'atl.

first, hats'e'ek-.

second, ksin'a'k-.

third, hasta'leks.

fourth, tlgo'uskai.

to finish g-a'6de, g-ag-a'6de.
fire lak.

is burning gua'lak.

to start fire sEgua'lga lak (se

= to make).
fire drill tki'en.
stick of, de si'etki'en =

foot of fire drill.
fireplace ts'Em la'k = in fire.
fish 15wE'lEm(l)ts'Em(2)aks(3)=:

in (2) water(3).
fish hook t'a'wil.
flag (European) atlo'm(l)gyamuk

(2)=sail(l) sun (2).
flanks sitlk.
fiat tga, pi. d'aqtqa.
Flatheads d'aqtqa = the flat ones.
flounder daqs.
flower niEtsaqala'i.
to fly kyEpa'ek.
fog ye 'en.
to follow ya'ak.
food wune'ia.
foolish mEwa'tsa (wa'tsa = land

otter).
foot si (Nass : sa'e) tsa'oqs (see

plant),
forehead wapq.
forenoon serliaqs.
fork haya'wiqk = instrument eat.
fox naratse' (borrowed).

Boas.]

198

lpct.2,

friend nEse'bansk.

frightened bas.

fringes on upper part of blanket for

tying it t'a.
fringes on pants, etc., hatla'.
from watk (see to take from),
fruit, species(?) ksi'u.

(i.

gambling with sticks qsEn.

sticks qsEn sa'yup = gambling

bone.
the trumps, sticks without

marks, g-a'e.
marked with three rings

ksi, tsErda'm.
marked roith three rings,

the central one broken at one side,

k-'o'dsiqt.
{to gamble icitJi sticks): shuffling and

dealing out, sa'ritsu.
to choose one stick,

gu'sEn.
gens pteq.

to get a " douceur " gyia'iq.
ghost ba'laq, pi. bilba/laq.
gills k"'a/usq.
girl tlgua hana/aq = little woman;

w6k''a'uts = without labret.
to give gyEna'm, pi. gyengyena'm.

food gyi'En.

glabella 16 spEq lEgyi'l (lEgyi'l =

eyebrow).
glacier s'ia'n.
glad 16(l)ama(2)k-a'ot(3) = in(l)

good(2)heart(3), pi. 16 aniii'm

k-ak-a'ot.
to go k'a.

go! nda ! pi. nda'sEm.

to go into a boat 16'k'Em (16 = into).
on a road yak, pi. Hya'k (see

to follow).

out of house ksEr == out.

god sEma'yit kE laqa' = chief above.
good am, pi. ama'm.

goose, black, ha'aq.

white, tle'wun.

grandchild tlukta'ayen.

grandfather niya'.

grandmother nts'e'etso.

grass kEya'qt.

great wT, pi. wud'a'.

great grandchild 6'olis.

great grandfather 6'olis.

grease of oleic hen k-';Vwutse.

grease bag of sect-lion guts sinek-

sa'sk.
green mEtle'itk.
greenstone nEba'n.
grouse maqiue'eq.
to guess go (see to shoot),
gull k-ak-6'um.
gum for chewing skyan.
gun k'ap'Ela'.
guts k'al'a'os.

Ilaida Haida.
hail ts'ats'a'.
hair II.

of scalp k-ii'us (see head).

half qpl'ye.

white qplma'k.

cuttlefish (a crest) qplhatsalt.

halibut tqa'6.

hook yig'a'.

haliotis pElha'.
hammer, stone, tEqtl.
hand an'o'n.

back of, lEqsEne'itl.

handle of paddle g-a'lon.

to hang yaq, pi. ya'iaq.

happy 16 ama k-a'ot (see glad).

llarelda glacialis an'aue'eq.

hat k-a'it.

to hale lEla'leqs.

hawk qtso wotsk.

haics rala'ms.

he, present, ne'EdEt.

absent, ne'Edga.

L891.]

199

[Boas.

head t'Emkfi'us.

headdress amhala'it = used in dance.

in hear nEqEno'.

hearsay amEk'ad.

in compounds, — k*a.

heart k -a'ot.

Iminj p'a'lEk'S.

In el to'upqs.
Heiltsuk Wutsda'.
heraldic column ptsan.
here ya'gua.
hermaphrodite k ana'ts.
herring skE.

rake ky'EdE'.

high gyeps.

hip t'Emba'.

to hit, arrow, batsk (see arrive).

homesick wigyatk.

hoof of cow k -asEsi'm.

of deer k-ana'q.

horse gyuda'n (Chinook).
house walp, pi. howa/lp.

place in the rear of the , slo 'op' e1.

humming-bird ts'E'pts'Ep.
hungry k'te, pi. luk'le.
to hurt sg-a'yigs.
husband naks.

JnE'rio.

ice t'a'6.

in ts'Eni.

ts'ElE'm.

inside ts'ElE'm.

instep lEqsne'eqs.

instrument ha — .

k'an — .

to intend r'ap = must, anything seri-
ous, habitual.

interior, inside of, ts'ar, pi. ts'Ets'a'r.

intestines hat (see womb).

into 16.

to carry, ts'ElE'm ga.

iron t'o'otsk (see black).

island lEks d'a', pi. lEkskuwa'u =
alone sittincr.

island, large stand, lEqlsksd'a',
it ne'edEt.

jackknife haqpa'qt.
jay, blue, kuskua's.
just da.

kelp-cake tla'ask.

kidney lEpE ts'a't (see stomach).

to kill ts'ak, yets (see dead).

killer (Delphinus Orca) ne'iqtl (see

fin),
kingfisher tsia'lk.
knife hatlebl'esk ^instrument

smoothing.
butcher, ha k-'6tsa'me (ha =

instrument, k-'ots = to cut,

a'me = meat).
knothole inboard ane'is (see branch).
to know wula'i.
Kwakiutl Gago'otl, t'ad'a' = those

far away.

labret k-'a'uts.

perforation for, nalc'ag a a'q

(see mouth),
ladder k'ana'qs.
landslide tla.

large wi le'ks (wi=great).
to laugh sis'a'qs, pi. lasaa'qs.
law wulEla/.
leaf ia'riEs.
to leave da/wult, pi. k'ada'wult.

gdaqs.

watk (see from).

the house ksEr, pi. ksSq (see

out),
left hand (nE)me'tekiawan (emi

an'o'n).
leg (a) si'.

Boas.]

200

[Oct. 2,

leg above knee k'Elg^a'isil.

below knee tEintla'm.

to lie down nak, pi. latlk.

lightning ts'a'mte.

to like sa'ra.

lip, upper, kwaq.

little tlgua.

liver pe.

long wl nak' (wl — great).

time sk'ana'q, n'aga'.

to look ue'etsk, pi. nekne'etsk.

after somebody moving away

kuo'tlstakEla'atl.
to look up man ne'etsk.
to love hasa'oknEnan.
lungs clep.

moon gy'a'muk Em ko'open = sun

of night.
morning k*antla/k\
mortar nEbEts'e'.
mosquito gyi'ek = piercer.
mother na'e.
mother-in-law tlams.
mountain sqane'is.
mountain goat mE'te (see sheep).

young, wakH.

mountain lion na'oso.
mouse wuts'e'En.
mouth kutl'a'q (see lip),
mud loa'ky.

to make ts'ap, pi. ts'apts'a'p.

the same wilawa'ldet.

se — , pi. g^asE' — .

(to catch and dry) salmon se-

ha/n, pi. g-asEha'n.
a fist to somebody t'a'gyil an'o'n-

(2)ts*al(3)=:arm(2) face(3).
man io'ot, pi. io'ota.
many haldE, wihilldE (wi = great).
marmot kui'yuk.
to marry naksk (see husband),
martin ie'ne.

mask ame'lEk* = used at night.
masfksiU. Em atlo;m==tree of sail.
master mia'n.
mat of cedar bark sk'an.
meat sa'me.
midnight sErlg-aa/tk.
milk ksEm a'ks=: woman water.
miserable, good for nothing, k'a'mste.

in compounds, kam — .

misfortune happening q — ka.

to miss guft/ades, pi. gutgiuVades.

to mistake for gun.

a monster of the sea ts'Em a'ks=:

in water.
month gy'a'muk (see moon, sun) .

nail (of finger) tlEqs.

of toe tlEqs Em si.

name wa.

narrow, long and, niE'qtla.

a narrow opening lotlko'ol.

neck t'Emla'ne.

neckring of cedar bark lo'e (borrowed

from Kwakiutl).
nephew (sister calls sister's son) =

son.
(brother calls brother's son) =

son.
(sister calls brother's son)

tlgusle's.
(brother calls sister's son)

tlgusle's.
Neqno'q, NEqno;q, supernatural

beings,
nest nUVotlk.
net, large, tk'atl.

small, pE'na.

night ho'opEn.

night atk.

nimbus me'Ek.

no a/yen.

no (adj.), atlgE.

noise bo = any noise.

qstii'meq (of falling objects).

noon lEbare'it sqet'a' gya'muk.

1891.1

201

[Boas.

north gE'ralka.

north-northwest wind gyitEranc'etsk

(see Tongas),
nose ts'aq.

ridge of, kto'usk Em ts'aq.

nose ornament \-&\\i'\.s\i\b'osk.

nostril tsEm ts'aq = in nose.

not atlgE.

notch of arrow hanenia/ul.

now gya' wun.

Nusqe'mta (of the Bilqula legends)

niE.

oesophagus na'ata.

olachcn rE.

ha lEmatk = saviour.

old {man) wud'a'gyat (Em io'ot) =
great people.

on top of laq (also beginning all
names of islands).

on {against) tqal.

the one who tEi'n.

only g-am.

to order gun.

otter wa'tsa (see foolish).

out o/ksa.

outside gye'laq.

over, across, le'r'an.

overcast ts'e'ebe sa = close eye heav-
en.

owl qpalrEmtlk.

to paddle wa'i.

paddle wa'i.

paint, red, for face, mEs'a'wus.

palate atlena'.

palm of hand ts'Em an'o'n = in

hand.
pants p'aqs.

parents nEgua'at (see father),
to be particular whom one's child is to

marry nalEgyidaka'u.
to pay qtka.

paying for burial to qens of fatlier

de'wul (see to burn),
people gyat.

who lived long ago tEtlgyat.

ts'apt.

common, waii/iEn.

pestilence haiatlikVqs {borrowed from

Kwakiutl).
pestle si'ist.

to pierce gyetlk, pi. gyetlgyetlk.
pipe (a)qpeia'n=:eat smoke.
to pity rauira/d.
place of kEnE — (kun — , Gyitksan

dialect).
k — (only in geographical

names).
(where something is frequently

done) kspE — .
(where something is kept) —

ndE.
plant of foot ts'Em tsa'oqs = in

foot.
to play k-ame'elEk=^ to speak good

for nothing.
to play with somebody sila kauie'-

elEk.
poor gue'E.
porcupine a'wat.
porpoise dsii'r.
potlatch ya'uk.
poicder 6'niElak {see fire),
prairie laq nEp'a' (laq = on).
to prepare guldEm k-a'wun= before-
hand ready.
to pretend sis.
pretty amapa's (see good),
principal man.
to pull sa/ik.

up man sa'ik.

to pursue loya'ek, pi. 161iya'ek =

into go on road.
to put into ts'E'lsm = into.
losgE'rE (16 = into).

quick t'en.

to run, aloba'n t'e'n.

Boas.]

202

[Oct. 2,

rabbit ka.

raccoon dsa'olky.

rain was.

rainbow ma'qae.

rapids da'eks.

rattle seso' (borrowed from Tling-

it?).
raven k*aq.

as deity Tqe'msEm.

gens K'auha'da.

rays of sun sisl' gyamuk = feet of

sun.
ready ka'wun.

to receive, eat, q .

receiving payment for burial qde'-
wul.

qlo an'o'n.

to receive taa'qtl.

red niEsk.

relatives wula'isk.

remains man.

to request guna' (see to order).

to return ie'tlk.

into 16 ie'tlk.

rib ptal.

rich amawa'l = well to do.

right hand nEsimia'uwan (Era
an'o'n).

river g"'ala a'ks=ascending water,
pi. g*'ala aka'ks.

up (locative), glgya'ne.

on the River Ksia'n, ts'Ern

sia'n.

to roll down gyfi'agEltk.

roo/awa'lp^ house cover (at).

laqa walp = top of house.

round tkwia'tlk, pi. tkwiyitlye'-
tlk.

rowlock kanwa/i = instrument pad-
dling.

to run ba, pi. otl.

into canoe 16k -Em ba.

away gy'e'eqk.

with somebody da ba.

safe matk.

sail atlo'm qsa = sail boat.

saliva poksk.

salmon han.

spring, hanhiso'ont.

berry uiEk'a'qs.

salt man.

tlkum lap (lap = stone).

the same nene'etl.
sand a/us.
to save lEtna't.
to say ha'u.

ia.

scalp qa/le.

scar tle'eky, pi. tletle'eky.

to scold wl Em ha'ut = great say;

(cf. to cry),
scraper of stone for dressing skins

halogya'tlqan.
to scream aya'wa, ayaluwada.
sea qa'tla (obsolete).

laq man = on salt.

sea egg a'sot.

seal rE'la.

big, to rE'la

young, k"'oa'tk\

sea lion t'e'epEn.

sea otter ptlon.

secretly dak"'a'mtsEn.

leave, tikye'eqk.

to see ne.

seldom wag'E'rEdEt.

self gyilE'ks = back (ia reflexive
verbs).

lEp.

myself \Ep nE'rio.

to send ha/yets.

a present yii'wus.

separate lEksgya't (gyat = people).

septum nda'o ts'aq (ts'aq = nose).

perforation of, nag-'ag' Em

ts'aq.

to sew tlo'opk.

shaman suwa'nsk.

1891.J

203

[Boas.

shame! tsaq !

shavings kain tlEbl'esk = useless
shaven.

sheep mE'te.

sheets tehatlo'ni (see sail instru-
ment).

to shoot go (see to guess).

shore of lake ts'oq (qtsaqtl, Gyilk-
san).

short \i\]pk.

shoulder t'Emg'a'e.

sick si'epk.

sickness hasi'epk.

to sing li'emi.

Sisivtl (double-headed snake) Laqa-
qua'sa=:both sides head.

sister (called by sister; tlE'rnkte.

(called by brother) tlka'uk.

to sit d'a, pi. wan.

skin ana's.

sky ts'Em laqa' =in above.

slave qa'a (tqalwa'alEmqtl?).

to sleep qstoq, pi. laqsta'oq.

slime of snail yetl.

slope, gentle, wulotla'p.

slow laltk.

small ts'o'osk (also, young of ani-
mals).

tlgua.

smoke p'eia'n.

to smoke qp'eia'n = to eat smoke.

smoke hole a'la.

to smoothen t'lE'lEp.

smoothened tlEbl'esk.

snail hatsaE'rslt.

snake niatqaUVltq.

snow ma'dEm.

something ga (see what).

ky'En.

sometimes k-aqpa.

son = male child.

soot g'am.

sorrow t'aqtl.

south ha'iwas (see rain).

southeast gi'si ha'iwas (gisi= down
river, w as = rain).

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX.

span, thumb to second finger,

sa/ols.
sparrow-hawk qskya'nisEii (borrow

ed from Tlingit?).
to speak a'lgiaq, pi. ala'lgiaq.

hau.

together sarait hau.

against somebody lEbi'lt hau.

spider skyet.

spring kwana'ks (aks= water).

spoon of mountain-goat horn haa'ks

= instrument drink.
spruce sE'mEn, pi. sEmsE'mEn.
squid hats'a'lt.
squirrel dasq.

to stand ha'yitk, pi. maqsk.
star pia'ls.
starfish k'atna'ts.
to stay d'a, pi. wan (see to sit).

for a while g"'ad'a = a while

stay.

to camp on beach dsoq.

boat, staying (not moving, on

water) la/o.

to steer hada'i.

stockade da.
stomach ts'al.

stone lap, pi. lEpla'p.

to stop (v. a.), gyila'go.

story ada'wuq.

stranger lEksgyat = separate peo-
ple ; pi. hagulEgya't.

strap for basket k'anauwa'li'.

to strike t'o'os.

to succeed, to be able to do anything,
aqtl.

to suck nEhEma'.

suddenly sa.

summer sont.

sun gya'muk.

rises tlaksewii'ntk gya'muk.

sets tkia'sa.

swallow sEpEqi' Em aks (aks = wa-
ter).

to sweep d'6.

136.2 a. printed jan. 9, 18S32.

Boas.]

204

[Oct. 2,

tail ts'op.

to take ga, pi. doqtga (see at).

to take away setqa ia'gok(?).

to take into ts'E'lEm ga = into at.

to t nhw from fire asti.

to take off blanket saga't.

tall winak (wi = great).

nEptlaqtl.

to taste baq.

tattooing on breast gyetlk^a/yek (see
to pierce).

arm gyetlo'n.

to teach se wula'i = to make know.

to tear down (a house) k'oa'lt.

to pieces pe'El.

tears ksil.

to tell matl.

temples wulksitla'ntk.

then kyek.

adawu'l.

they dEp ne'EclEt.

thimble k-antlo'obes = sew instru-
ment.

thin, lean, ksa sa'yup (sa'yup =
bone?). .

thirsty logE'rEn aks ts'Em aq (aks
ts'Em aq= water in mouth).

thou nE'rEn.

to throw into fire tqe'el.

thumb mas.

thunder k-alaple' Em laqa' = thun-
derbird in heaven.

thunderbird k'alaple'ep.

the tide falls ts'a aks (aks = water).

.he tide rises leks aks (it grows the
water).

to tie, fasten, ts'e'ep.

sometime tlana'k.

Tinne ts'Ets'a/ot = those in the in-
terior.

tired sdna'tl, pi. k'asona'tl.

to da.

toad k'ana'o.

tobacco, Indian, wunda/.

tobacco, European, wunda k'Emk-
si'oa.

to-day seigya'wun.

together sara'it.

to-morrow tsegyets'e'ip (see yester-
day).

day eifter, tsenata/ tsegyets'e'ip.

Tongas land and man gyiteranets.

Tongas woman suwa't (borrowed
from Tlingit = woman).

tongue du'Ela.

tooth ua'n.

lower row of teeth ua'n Em laki'etl.

upper row of teeth ua'n Em laqa'.

top of anything ga'lon (obsolete,
now only "handle of paddle ").

man 'laqa'.

town k-'alts'a'p, pi. k-'alts'apts'a'p.

tragus nEk'a/pEn mo (mo = ear).

to go traveling hat'a'qs.

tree k-an, pi. k-ank-a'n.

trousers of skin p'aqs tqa (see punts).

to try, to examine, sEntsaai'lisk.

to turn back tkwia'tl (see round).

to turn over g-'apha'yetk.

twins kset'Epqada'l (from two).

SEwiha'n = making many sal-
mon.

ugly sqats'E'r.

uncle (father's brother) nEgua't
father.

(mother's brother) nEbe'ip.

under tlEr.

unmarried wok''a'lekyetk.

upward baq.

to use ha.

valley tlkut'e'en.

vein k-ag- Em itle' (itle = blood).

very sEmra'l.

in compounds, SEm — .

1891.]

205

I Bom

nesa'p.

to visit g'a ka'edEks = for a while
come.

wait! hawe'ne (see by and by).

to wait lie'tl.

to walk ya (see to follow).

to ward (ha) sa/rau.

war uklo'yet.

warm gya'muk (see sun).

watching lie'tlks (see to wait).

watt r aks.

wave g-a'op.

we nE'rEm.

wearing apparel gus.

weir for catching seals with falling

tide dsis.
west qpa'la.
whale tlpon.
what ga.
when ? nda.

future, tsedE/nda.

past, adE'ndade, adE'ndae.

where wul.
where? nda..
for a while g'a, lam.
white maks.
who? ichich? go, ml.
whose natl.
whole tqa (see all),
widow, icidower tSEDES ts'ak.
wife naks (see married).

wife, first (principal wife), sima'naks
(mian = master, naks = wife).

second, third wife, k'alna'ks.

wind pask.

a certain, (direction doubtful),

gEgta'tk.

windpipe haa'lagyaq = speaking in-
strument.

wing k-'ak-'a'i.

feathers li Em k^ak-'fi'L

to wish hasa'q.

with da.

without wo

wolf kyeba'6.

gens laqkyebiVo = on the wolf.

woman hana/aq, pi. hana'naq.

womb hat.

woodpecker kitlwue'ansk ; sEmgyi'ek
= spruce pecker.

to wrestle baq.

wrist nEqpa'ra an'o'n.

to write d'am.

year k'atl.
yes 6.

said from a distance haa' = in

a high key.
yesterday gyets'e'ip (see to-morrow).

day before, nata'da gyets'e'ip.

you nE'rESEm.

young man so'pas (Em io'ot).

bear sontlk (eiu ol).

animal tlti-Ein.

TSIMSHIAN TEXTS.

Wulaqtla'tk (where a misfortune happened by a landslide), Inverness.

Tla la'yiksga Ts'Emsia'nga arnia't gasga Ksia'nga nu wul
Having 'left the Tsimshian come from they from the Skinar (past) where

g-asEha'ntga. Adawul g'a lat gasga gya'atsga ; ada

they make salmon. And then for a while they camp at there; and

sBm-
very

Tla ho'onEtiia dak'WmdsEn

tlgo'otlg Em hana'aqsga g'altga sEm'a'gyitga,
the child woman of a certain chief,

go'ga

which

lEgyidaha'wutga

he was particular whom she should marry. (Perfect) night

secretly

Boas.] 206 [Oct. 2,

ka'EdEksga g'a'ltga a'111 a sopa's Em io'otga. Adat k-asga wul

comes a certain nice young man. And he goes where

na'gasga tlgua'lksga. Ada ha'ut gasga dEmt de batga. Adat
lies the chiefs daughter. And he says (?) with run him. And

(elope with him).

ena/oqtga. Adawul k-ada'wutltga. Tla t wasga nawalptga,

she consents. And then they left. (Perfect) they having reached his house,

adawult tqal ba'yint gasga gye'laqga, adaEl ts'e'entsa, ada

and then he against makes her stand at outside, but he enters, and

ha'us dEp na'otga dis nugua't : " Ayentl nak-anuwa'ne.

say (plural) his mother and his father : " Did not you (past) make work you

(go for her sake),

nat?" "Ha'yetga da gya'larat," da'yaga. Adawul ksa otlga
my dear?" "She stands at outside here," he replies. Then out run

tlemkti'yetkgatga. Adawult ts'E'lEm cto'oltga. Adawul

his sisters. And then into she accompanies them. And then

tqa'oqgatga asga loma'msga k'aga'otga. K/antla/kga. Adawul

they eat being in good hearts. It is morning. Then

ka'EdEksga tlgua wud'agya'tga, KsEtnwuts'e'enga wa/atga. Ada
comes a little old person, Female Mouse her name. And

ha'utgat: "Tqe'el g-antsemo'nt ! " ada wa'lsga tlgua'lksga;

she says : "Burn your earring here ! " and she does so the chief's daughter ;

adaElwu'lt asti daqtga tlgua wud'a'gyatga. Adawul ba'utga :
but then she from fire she takes it the little old person. Then she says :

"Datl! Wula'yene, go tEi'nga'dEiit? " "Ayent." da'yaea.

"My dear! do you know, who the taker of you here ? " "No," she replies.

"HatsaE'reldEt," da'yaga. Ada sEm-ba'sga tlgua'lksga. Ada
"The snail," she answered. And very afraid the chief's daughter. And

ha'usga KsEmwuts'e'enga: "Nda'e! gy'e'eqkEn ! atlgE waraida otl,
it said the female mouse : "Go! runaway! not far run,

wul dsoqs dEp nEgua'dEn. Da ya'kEn sto'op'El atlge

where stay (plural) your parents. Just walk on road back of house not

nesa'ba na liya'gESEmt yag'a. Ye'tlEt. Nene'etl 16

visible (past) you went (plural) downward. There is slime. The same iu

ya'kEn baq k-a sqane'esit ada uie le'r'an ya'get ! Nene' wul
go on road up go mountain that and you over go! It is where

ds'oqs dEp nEgua'dEn gye'egEt." Adawul wa'lesga

stay on beach (plural) parents below." And then she does

tlgua'lksga. Sis lam ksErgaga'. AdaEl wu'l batga.

the chief s daughter. She pretends after a while to go out. But she runs.

Sem- 16 ya'tgatga na matldEsga tlgua wud'a'gyatga. Tlana'ksga
Exactly in she goes (past) she told the little old person. Having some time

waldga, adawu'l gua'desga na'kstga. Adat wul wula'isga

done so, then he misses her her husband. And lie then knows

gy'e'eqgatga. Adawult sag'a'it hukho'otkgasga tqane'esga nE wl

she had escaped. And then together he called them all his great

ts'a'ptga. Adawul lolia'gEtga. Tla sEint watga

tribe'. Then they pursue her. (Perfect) exactly she reaches

tlgua'lksga seui laq'c/sga sqane'isga. da nEqna'etga wi

the chiefs daughter the very top of the mountain, just she hears great

qsta'niKqga. Adawult go'usga ts'Et loya'yet. Adawu'la tgye
noise. And then she guesses that they pursue her. And then down

1891.] ^7 [Boas>

bat gasga sqnne'isga. AdaEl tla'wula ba'usga wi qsta'mEqga ;

she runs from the mountain. But always sounds great noise;

ada gyilEks ne'etsgEtga : rakstana'ga ! tla yik'aya'sga wi tla'oga

and 'back she looks: behold! (perfect) down comes great landslide;

k-anka'nga lie'natga ada wu'd'a lEpla'opga gyikgyii'gEltgatga. A.dawu'1
trees "" fall and great rocks roll down. Then

ayawa'sga hana'aqga ; tlat ne'etsga wul dsoqs dEp nEgua'dga,
screamed the woman ; (perfect) she sees where stay (plural) her parents,

asgEt gun 16k-Em ; g'ag'a'dditgasga ts'Em g-aqsa'ogE. Adawul

she ordering to go into canoe ; they finish (have gone) into the canoes. And then

dl gun a'qtlgatga. Adawul 16'k'em g-'apba'yetget gasga

also towards (into) she succeeds. Then go into turus round at

qsa'os nEgua'tga. Matgaga, adaEl wul wi tla/osga nE wul
the canoe of her father. She is safe, but where great landslide (past) where

dso'qtga. Ada gyilgs nEkne'etsgatga, rakstana'ga ! wi ha/ld Em
they had been. And "back they look, behold ! great many

hats-aE'rEltga k-anuwa'ltga. Adawu'lt matltga tlgua'lksga wula
snails make happen it. And then she tells the chief's daughter why

wa'ltga. Ada ne'netgi da Wulaqtla'otga wulawa'ldet.

it happened. And it is at Inverness where it happened.

Kanuwa'de da wul-q-tla'ot-k-at.

It makes name at where landslide-misfortune happening.

Prayer 1.

Neqno'q, Neqno'q ; SEm'a'yits, SEm'a'yits ! ramra'dEn ! tgye ne'e
Neqnoq, Neqnoq; chief, chief! have mercy ! downward look

wal tlErE'nt n ts'a'pEnt.* Man sa'ikya si'Ent. ada ma d'6 ts'ant !
doing under you thy people Up pull thy foot, and off sweep thy face!

Prater 2.

Neqno'q, Neqno'q ; SEm'a'yits, SEm'a'yits ! ramra'dEn ! a'yen
Neqnoq, Neqnoq; chief, chief! have mercy ! else nobody

tEE'n qsEpeia'nsksEn tlE'rEnt ! Neqno'q ! ramra'dEn !
the one to make you receive smoke under you ! Neqnoq ! have mercy !

Prater 3.

L6 sa'ikya na ksEna'tlgEnt, sEm'a'yit ! dsm wul gya'kset !
Into draw thy breath, chief! (future) that it be calm !

Before dinner the Tsimshian burn some food as an offering for Neqnoq.
Alter baving done so tbey pray :

Wa, SEm'a'yits ! dEm ga'bEn guaa qpiye ga'bEnmeE. Tawa'1
There, chief! (future) you eat this part of our food. That is all

man da gua'a ; tawa'l man da gua'a tlguanee. Gyi'EnEm !

left at here; that is all left at here to your child. Give us food!

* Instead of n ts'a'pEnt, I heard also nzszgya'lEnt — your people made by you.

Gatschet.] ^"o [Dec. 18,

Satirical Song, Mocking the Inhabitants op Meqtlakqatla Emi-
grating with Mr. Duncan to Alaska.

1. Oyeya, oyeya, a.
Oyeya, oyeya, a.

Gyila/dsE wigya'tgEn.
Do not (future^ be you homesick.

AtsEda la'yegEn, tsEda suwii'dEn.

When you will leave, when will he you a Tongas woman.

2. Oyeya, oyeya, a.
Oyeya, oyeya, a.

Me tsE g'ara yfi'wus di
You will only send a present also

Atl gEne'guatl ndE sineksa'k.

Of preserved" berries kept in grease bag (sea-lion guts).

3. Oyeya, oyeya, a.
Oyeya, oyeya, a.

Gyila na wi htVutgEn I

Do not (past) you cry !

Wul gyinad'a's Caledonia.
Because they left behind Caledonia.

Tlatsede qga'nEgEn.

When you will have eaten rotten salmon heads.

4. Oyeya, oyeya, a.
Oyeya, oyeya, a.

Gyila'na wa ka'dEU da
Do not be foolish

Go lEbElt ha'usEm da Indian E'edzEn.

Who against you talk the Indian Agent.

A MYTJIIC TALE OF THE ISLETA INDIANS.

By Albert S. Gatschet.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 18, 1891.)

The study of the Indian languages of New Mexico has been neglected
more than that of other sections of our wide territory and it is with much
satisfaction that I present in print the first continuous text worded in one
of them, that of Isleta Pueblo. It is a dialect of the Tewan, or, as it is
called in J. W. Powell's classification, the Tafioan family, with a transla-
tion and with a paraphrasis, which is more comprehensible to the general

1891.] ^^ [Gatschet.

reader. The source from which the two portions of the tale were obtained
is mentioned in the "Comments," with all the particulars needed.

Text I. The Boy- Antelope.
Kamiintchu' yowa' natiiei' we ai' ; hu'ba wi'si Pi'-'li

It is said somewhere a village there (was) ; aDd two "Bighead"

u'-unin t'hii' ai. Pi'-'li upiu/au-ide a-u'kwimban yuwi'na

young people lived there. "Bighead" the girl being pregnant not any

I had)

a'napa hukwa'hi pa'nat ; bepapa'-u uba' pa' ai hua'tchebao,

place to be delivered ; her elder brother then prairie to took (her),

hu'ba u'kwoban. Wi'wai bepapa'ba matcheba'n

and she bore a child. Hereupon her elder brother brought (her) back

tiiei, u'-u ina'shuban pa' ai. Hu'ba wi'm'a

to the village, the babe he left prairie upon. Then a

ta'li'ora-ide u'-u t'aba'n, hu'bak a'wa o-ukemiba'n.

female antelope the babe found, and she brought it up.

"Wiba'-a wi'm'a shiiu-i'de shiitcbe'mik ta'li'ora t'ha'ban

Once a hunter while hunting a she-antelope met

wim'aaii'-a-u fie'rk. Ye'de u'wa-u-ide wi'era-i tamni'n

(and) a boy along with (her). That boy was a runner antelopes

ai'ti t'huri'm. Shii-au'ti makwiba'k naka'tchau wi'ban

than faster. From the chase when he returned notice he gave

kie'nda ta'-i=kabe'-ide, betu'winiban wie'n t'hii' we-i' shi'mba

at once to the town-cacique, (who) proclaimed : four days after all

ta'-inin ishu shanhi'nap: "wi'm'a ii'wa-u-ide tchie'minap

the people on a hunt should start: "(that) a boy was going about

tamni'n an, hu'ba inaba'wa i'shierhinap." Wie'n t'hii we'-i

antelopes with, and we want to seize him." Four days after

shi'mba tiiei'-ide u' tier, 'li'o fier, sua' tier ishii-miba'n,

the whole pueblo, children with, women with, husbands with to hunt went,

ibi t'a taba'n, bi'tchu i-u'beban i'pie t'a

they the antelopes found, but were told, that not the antelopes

/iieramhi'nab, wei'ba-i-i ii'wa-u shie'rhinap tin. Ta'liora'-ide

they should hurt, merely the boy to get hold of try. The female antelope

ana' katchaba'n, hu'ba ii'wa-u u'miban, be-e' 'lipwerhi'nnap.

was informed, and the boy she told not to leave (her).

Ta tamni'n inakwi'er p'i-amba'n, hitiie'rwemik buorti'm

Then the antelopes began to run, and while they rau in a ring

ta'liora'-ide ii'wa-u u'miwe. " Na'yan kin wu'hi tiin-ii'/-

the female antelope the boy called (to her). "Presently we will run noith-

tii'nna-u; hu'bak inshu'minak, natiin;ik kake'-i kwimba'hi

west ; and while we pass (the ring) on the line your mother will stand

shie'rnai, hu'bak a shu'miwe-ifier, akwei'tchebi, hu'bak u'

on the left side, then as you pass (the line) you will fall down, and there

Gatschet.] ^10 [Dec. 18,

kake'ba hasbie'rehi." — Hu'bak ba hu'na pu'aban. — Ka

your mother will catch you." — And (so) it occurred. — That's

hui'kiem.

your tail.

Text IT. The Race of the Two Champions.
Ka'pio kawe'-ide na tii'wiban ^je' shamba'k.

"Cold-Hearted" the chief, the earth pierced through (and) came out.

above

Shamba'g pa-hwi'e muba'n, hu'ba kai'ban "Shi'ba

After emerging a lake he saw, and he named (it) " Tears

fun'-a-i," hu'ba yeti' itai' we'ban nabat'hii' tii'ei.

dark," then thence (his) people he took to the white pueblo.

Ye'dit'hii ta'ban wim'a natii'ei we ai', na'dsbur' tii'ei,

Here they found another village being there, the yellow village,

yo-u-a' i-uwe'-siem tai'nin pa'-in it'hiipan a'-i. Hu'bak

where wicked people were living. Hereupon

nadshu'ri tii'ei wesie'mnin i-ukwiewi' a'-uban nabat'hii'

the yellow pueblo, the wicked people, racers invited, of the white

tii'ei hi'tai we'-in an. Wi'en t'hii' ibemakiiamba'n,

pueblo its people (to be) with them. Four days did they make ready,

hu'bak shi'mba ibe'tiiyiban, hu'bak imi'ban natchu'ri

then all assembled, then proceeded to the yellow

tii'ei. Nabad'hii' tii'ei tai'nin an natchu'ri tii'ei

pueblo. The white pueblo people (and) the yellow pueblo

tai'nin an yu'na kumna' kierba'n, ibenahumiba'n ;

people thus their clothing laid down, they did bet;

hu'bak natchu'ri tii'ei pi'eni-ai hu'li'mihi'nab;

and the yellow pueblo (expected?) to be victorious ;

natciiii'ri tii'ei tai'nin ibe'wa humiba'n, hitu'mik

of the yellow pueblo the people their lives staked, saying

pa'y'a 'limba'-i 'ludehina'b natii'ei ii'er, en hi'ria-a

that 'who was beaten would be burnt the village with, with property

we'-in. Nabat'hii' tii'ei hiira ibe'wa humiba'n, wi'en

his. The white pueblo also their lives staked, (and) four

t'hii' we-i' kwie'win inwu/rihiei. Shi'mba tai'nin

days after the racers were to start. All the people

hitii'tcheban, witchunaida'd kwi'ewnin hinmakii'" ai. Uu'bak

assembled, of both sides the racers were ready. Hereupon

thii' be'kti hinuri'ban, wi'm'a na'hwe'-iakin tai'nin himi'ban,

the next day (they) arrived, on one eminence the people went,

hu'bak ycti' a'wan wi'tad inmi'ban. Wi'vvai wi'm'a

and from there (the racers went further. (From) single

onward only) Another

na'bwe'yak i'nkimbak, natciiii'ri tii'ei kwiewi'de be ta'kie

eminence when they disappeared, of the yellow pueblo the racer into a hawk

1891.]

211

[Gatschet.

peba'n. Pi'enabe tiiba-u' i'nmimik,

changed himself. Some distance towards east when they had gone

tua'mban nabat'hii' tii'ei kwiewi'de :

village to the racer :

he said

hakii'

good

Hue'bai

The east

takie'de

the hawk

pie'nnak

halfwavs

tua'mban

spoke

'lio'-u-ide

old woman

ufetchihi'nab

to light (them)

of the white

tieremi'k !

by!

inwa'mban

having reached

tch'um'
flew

in'mimik

having gone

ta-u'ide.

to the antelope.
/

awa'

you

kwie'r

towards

wi'-en a

four

'ba

one

shumieifiVrk

when he passed by

" Hahaha', ta-u'ide !

" Hahaha ! antelope !

wa'nhi hue'bai."

will reach the east."

tii'-u hinmabo'ribak ;

north they turned ;

hue'bai kwi'er tii'-u ;

from east towards north ;

'lio'-u-ide nabat'hii' tiiei'ti

old woman from the white pueblo

Ta-u'ide bewi'niban hu'bak ye'de

stopped and that

wie'tcheban, u'bemik

gave him, telling (him)

pie'nnai, wi'ba hue'-ii-i

(when) halfways, one from north

hue'kwi

from south

me'tchu

perhaps

hue'bai

from east

mi'rai-e-i

ahead

wi'm'a

one

The antelope

u'wir

reed-pipes

hue'bai

from east

wi'ba

one

hue'nai pie'nnab, 'ba

from west halfways, one

pie nnai.

halfwavs.

ta-u'-ide

the antelope

wi'p'a

one

tiie'iweban

ran

pie nnai ;

some distance;

befV

clouds

hio-ati'n

(and) a short way

Yo-a'btinbak

After a while

bai'tin

and then

pie nnai,

halfways,

Wi'wai

Again

mi'mik

while runnin

ye'niban,

arose,

non'amin.

it darkened.

beta'n

shook itself

pa'nab, takie'

nearly, the hawk

tu'la'ak

on a Cottonwood tree crying

haku' tieremi'k,

good by !

me'tchu hue'nai a wa'nhi ;" hu'bak ta'-uide bepi'kiirwan,

perhaps the west-point you will reach ;" then the antelope started,

hue'nai kwir bemabuo'rimik takie'-ide bakiivveba'n.

the west towards veering about the hawk overtook (it).

Shumiei'fier fi'beban : "ta'-uide, ta'sim aku' tieremi'k!

As he passed by he shouted : " antelope, now

Yu'ni nu' sie'rnin ibe-i-utama'nin.

In this manner men act towards each other.

a wa'nhi ! "

you will arrive ! "

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 136. 2 B. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1892

hue'bai kwier

east towards

i'wir fe'tchiban; ifa'ribak

reed-pipe he lighted ; when he had done

mi'mik benamakwerkie'-iban,

moving on did wrap in (both),

pa' 'lu'laidewa'na, ta-u'-ide

rain fell in heavy drops, the antelope

besu'rban ; t'a' hue'-u-i wa'nhi

wiped off (the moisture); almost the north-point going to reach

kii'wan, takie' mo'bak shi'mba pati'n

it met, the hawk it found all over wet

aru'miff. Shumiei'fierk tu-a'mban : u Hahaha'!

As he passed it said (to him):

yu m

in this

nu'

way

sie rmn

men

"Haha!

i-uta'manin ;

treat each other,

good

by!

Me'tchu

hwe'kui

May be

south

Gatschet.] ^6 [Dec. 18,

Takie'-ide shuba'n wi'wai ; ta-u'ide be-i'-eniban, hu'bak

The hawk passed by again; the antelope arose (from the ground), then

iwi'r fetchiba'n, wi'wai bena' p'i' pe'ban, nii/namim.

(another) reed-pipe he lighted, again did cloudy it become, it darkened.

Hu'bak ta-u'ide bemadu"aru'itin bepi'kurwan, wi'wai

Then the antelope did roll itself on the ground did start on a run. again

bwe'kui wa'nhi pa'nai takie' kii'wan shi'mba pa'tinmuk

at the south arriving nearly the hawk it met all over wet

aru'mio-, beshu'rmik tu'la'-ag ik. " Hako'amiam !

screaming, wiping himself on a Cottonwood tree while sitting. "Try (again)!

yu'ni nu sie'rnin yut'ama'nin! t'a' ha'ku tie'remik ; sjm

in this manner men act towards each other ! now good by; again

me'tchu bwe'kui a wa'nhi." Wi'wai ta-u'ide be madiina-

perhaps to the south you get will." Again the antelope while rolling

rurne'tinbepiku'rban, wi'wai wa'kwi wa'nhi pa'nab, takie'de

itself started to run , again at the south going to arrive almost, the hawk

bakuweba'n. Shumie'ifier t'a'-u tu'amban tu'mig: "haku'

caught up with. As he passed to the antelope he spoke saying : " good

tieremi'k, hiu'ni nu' na'dshur' tii'ei siina'nin i-utama'nin."

by, in this way of the yellow pueblo the people treat each other."

Wi'wai wa'kui kwier pie'nnab ta'-uide mi'mik wibaki'n

Again south towards some distance the antelope while going another

iwir' fatchiba'n, wi'wai banamakoarkiei'ban, no'amim ;

reed-pipe lighted, again clouds formed, (and) it darkened ;

we'bai wa'nhi pa'nai takie' kli'ban. Shumiei'rler

(when) at the east it was to arrive nearly the hawk it overtook. As he passed by

takie' tu'amban tumi'k: "Ta'sim haku' tieremi'k! yu'ni nu'

to the hawk it spoke saying: "Again good by! in this way

nabat'hii' tii'ei tai'nin i-utama'nin."

the white pueblo people treat each other."

Hu'bak shuba'n; ta'-in wa'nhi pa'nat, i-o-a' bintai'

Then it passed by (him); when on the point of arriving where they were to be

pe'hi pana't, takie'-ide wamba'n tii'ai, ta'-uide we'-i

changed into people, the hawk arrived behind, the antelope just

weri'mmik. Takie'-ide wa'na wi'm'a nasjre'yak ; ta-u'ide

starting (again). The hawk arrived on one eminence; when the antelope

weri'mmik takie'-ide bepiku'rban. Wi'wai wi'm'a na^reya'k

started the hawk began to run. Again to another eminence

nabat'hii' tii'ei ii'waide wieri'bak, t'ai'nin bamu'tcheban ;

of the white pueblo the boy arriving, the people perceived (him) ;

(runner)

natchu'ri tii'ei tai'nin hitun'we: " Hita' nabat'hii' tii'ei

of the yellow pueblo the inhabitants said to themselves: "Now the white village

kina' we i'tin na' wem.'' Nabat'hii' tii'ei tai'nin tu'ban :
ours now surely our own is." The white pueblo people said:

1891.] ^ld [Gatschet.

"Nabat'hii' tii'ei kwiewi'de tch'um' 1'hi, na'dslmri tii'ei

"The white pueblo racer ahead is going, the yellow i

kina' we i'tin na' wem." Wi'tchuna ida'd tai'mn

ours now surely ours is." On both sides the people

i-u'shu mi'ban, hu'bak i-u'shue nabat'hii' tii'ei ii'waide

to meet (the racers) went, and they met the white pueblo boy

tch'u'm i'hik ta'-in wa'mbak. Nabat'hii' tii'ei hata'

ahead coming when arriving (at the starting place). The white pueblo then

wie'n tii' we'-i shi'mba nadshu'ri tii'ei wesi'emnin

four days after all of the yellow pueblo wicked (people)

hitiinibe'itm hi'lu'deban natii'ei flerda't. Bl'tchu wi'm'a

were gathered (and) were burnt the village with. But one

wesi'emide we t'hate'wa, hu'ba we 'lu'deba; hu'ba ye'ti-i'kn

wicked (fellow) not was found, hence not was burnt; and from then

nya'n t'hii' kim we'siem t'hii'm.

to this day we have bad (people) living.

Translation of the Mythic Tale.

Somewhere, at one time, there was a village, they say, and two " Big
Head'" (Pi'-'li) children lived there. One of them, the "Big Head"
yonng woman, being with child, was unable to find some spot where she
could be delivered ; so she was taken by her brother to the prairie, where
she was delivered. He left the babe upon the prairie and took his sister
back to the village. A female antelope, finding the infant, brought it up.

Once a passing hunter met a female antelope, the boy being with her.
That boy could run faster than any antelope, and when the hunter reached
home he notified a clan-chief, who ordered that four days after all the
people should start out on a hunt, " for a boy has been seen strolling with
antelopes and we must get hold of him." Four days after, the whole
pueblo, men, women and children, went out on a hunt and found the
antelopes. They were told not to wound or slay any of the antelopes, but
to try to catch that boy only. The female antelope having noticed this
enjoined the boy not to part from her side. When the other antelopes
began to run in a ring, that antelope called the boy to her, and said to
him : "Now we will go to the northwest, and when we pass the line of the
hunters your mother will stand on the left side, and, as if passing, you will
fall to the ground and your mother will catch you." And so it was done.
Now it is your turn !

II.
The clan-chief of the " Cold-hearted people " made his way through the
earth's crust and came to the surface. After emerging from there he saw
a lake and named it "Dark Tears," and then he took his clan to the

Gatseliet.] ^14 [Dec. ig,

"White Pueblo." Near it he found another village, the "Yellow
Pueblo," inhabited by people skilled in witchcraft. Then the Yellow
Pueblo of wizards challenged the people of the White Pueblo to have a
race with them. They prepared themselves during four days, when they
gathered to proceed to the Yellow Pueblo. And the White Pueblo peo-
ple and the Yellow Pueblo people deposited their garments on the ground
and made bets. The Yellow Pueblo people expected victory with
certainty, and put their lives at stake, proclaiming that the party
conquered would be burnt, together with their village and all their
property. Four days after the racers were to start. The people all
assembled and the racers of both parties made themselves ready. The
next clay the crowds of people ascended a hill, whereas the racers alone
went onward from there.

When on their race they descended from another hill and were lost
sight of, the racer of the Yellow Pueblo transformed himself into a hawk.
When they had gone quite a distance east, he overtook Antelope, the
champion racer of the White Pueblo, and said to him : "Hahaha ! good-
by, Antelope ! Perhaps you will be alive still when you reach the east
point." Having attained that goal they turned from east to north ; Hawk
flew ahead of Antelope, and when they had gone halfway an old woman
from the White Pueblo stopped Antelope and spoke to him. She gave him
four ceremonial reed-pipes, and told him to light one of them when half-
Avay from east to north, another when halfway from the north, another
when halfway from the west, and the last one when halfway between
south and east, the starting place.

Starting again, Antelope ran towards the east for some distance and
lighted one of the pipes while on the run. When he had finished smoking
it clouds arose which moved onward and enveloped both racers, so that it
became dark. A while after rain began to fall in heavy drops. Antelope
shook his body and wiped off the moisture. When on the point of reach-
ing the goal at the north, he fell in with Hawk, who was dripping wet
and sat on a Cottonwood tree screaming. Passing by, Antelope said to
Hawk: "Halloo! good-by ! this is the way men treat each other, and
perhaps you may reach the west point." Antelope started again, veered
around towards the west and was overtaken by Hawk, who shouted to
him: "Antelope, now good-by ! in this manner men act towards each
other ; may be you will arrive south sometime ! " Hawk passed by and
Antelope arose from the ground, lit another reed-pipe, which brought on
cloudiness and darkness again. Antelope, after rolling on the ground,
started on his run again, and when he had arrived nearly at the south he
overtook Hawk, wet all over from the torrential rain, screaming and
wiping the water off while sitting on a Cottonwood tree, and said to him:
" Try it once more ! In this manner people act towards each other ; now
good-by, perhaps you will get to the south point."

Again Antelope rolled on the ground and started out, and when on the
point of reaching the south he was overtaken by Hawk. Hawk passed

1891.] ^1° [Gatschet.

him and said : " Good-by ! this is the manner by which the people of the
Yellow Pueblo treat each other."

When they had arrived at the place where human form had to be reas-
sumed Hawk arrived second, and Antelope was on the way of setting out
again. Hawk came upon a. hill and when Antelope started, Hawk (who
was transformed into a man) began to run. The boy racer of the White
Pueblo, who had been Antelope, was now sighted by the people, and the
inhabitants of the Yellow Pueblo said among themselves : " Now the
"White Pueblo is certainly our own!" But those of the White Pueblo
said : " Our racer is ahead of the other and the Yellow Pueblo is now
ours to a certainty." The people of both sides who went to greet the
racers, met the boy of the White Pueblo ahead of his rival when both
came to the starting place.

Four days after this all residents of the Yellow Pueblo of wizards were
gathered and burnt, and their village also. But one of their wicked num-
ber could not be found, and hence was not burnt ; and from that time
until now we therefore have some wizard people living.

Comments on the Mythic Tale.

The mythic tale embodied in the above pages is very popular among the-
Isleta Indians, and I obtained it from one of them, Henry Kendall, who,
in 1885 and for some years previous, was a pupil of the Indian Training
School at Carlisle, Pennsylvania. Considering his youthful years, he
showed remarkable intelligence, and could reply to almost all the ques-
tions I propounded to him on the language and ethnology of his native
tribe.

The legend is divided into two parts. I have placed the description of the
adventures of the boy-antelope before the main story, though I obtained
it as a secondary appendix to the same, and have to state that this part is
incomplete at its end, for it does not mention the capture of the boy by
the Isleta hunters, which had been the cause for sending them out on a
hunt. He and his mother were called " Big Head" on account of their
bulky hair, flowing loosely around their heads, which made the boy's
head appear to be of preternatural size when the wind was blowing into
his hair during a race.

The words, "now it is your turn," have no reference to the story, but
indicate that the tale is finished and that another narrator has his turn to
count another story. In the original these words convey the idea : " That
is your tail," ka hui'kiem.

As to the legendary migration of the " Cold-hearted " clan out of the
bowels of the earth towards the " Lake of the Dark Tears," the Indians
of Cochiti and Taos, New Mexico, are acquainted with it also, and relate
that the lake was to the north, in what is now Colorado, and that they
saw it themselves. That populations originated from the earth and
crawled out of it through an opening, is a myth very frequently found in

Gatschet.] -^Ifr [Dec. 1g>

both hemispheres. It is very conspicuous for instance iu the mythology
o 1 the Iroquois and Maskoki tribes in the eastern portion of the United
States, and among the Yokat, the Porno and the Wintun in California.

Where the White and the Yellow Pueblo were nobody can tell, but the
colors may be significative, for the Indian tribes of the West possess a
peculiar color symbolism. The Indians of Isleta exhibit certain colors by
means of paint on their faces and garments ; so the red-eye section uses
red and white ; the black-eye section, black and white ; the earth gens,
white and yellow ; the maize gens, white, yellow, red, sometimes also
black.

Their symbol colors for the points of the compass are white for the east ;
from there they go to the north, which is black ; to the west, which is
blue, and to the south, which is red.

The race proposed by the yellow or witchcraft pueblo and performed
by representatives of both towns is a race around the world. The story is
told very graphically and the oft-repeated exclamations and taunts which
one runner shouts to his rival are ceremonially used up to our day, though
some of the terms are remnants of an archaic dialect. The reed-pipe,
cigarette or calumet is a piece of reed three to four inches long, which is
filled with tobacco and smoked only for ceremonial purposes. Many are
now found in the sacrificial caves of the New Mexican Indians. It is
thought to have the power to bring on rain-showers after a drought, but
can be lit only by ministrants of sun worship. In fact all rain-clouds
originate from its smoke and the carrizo-pipe plays an important role
throughout the Pueblo legends.

Iu another version of the same story, which Mr. Charles F. Lummis
has published in the September number of St. Nicholas (1891, pp. 828-835),
the reeds were handed to the boy, not by an old witch, but by a mole,
who for this purpose crept out of his burrow and accompanied his gift by
well-meant advice.

The people of the Kapio gens or clan are called the strong, cold-hearted
or persistent people on account of the persistence and energy which they
evinced in digging their way through the crust of the earth up to its sun-
lit surface, following the behests of their clan-chief. There are many of
these clans in the Isleta Pueblo, and A. F. Bandelier has heard the names
of fourteen, whereas from Kendall's indications I obtained the Indian
names of eight only, the Kapio among them. All gentes seem to belong
either to the red-eyed or to the black-eyed section. Of the other clans we
name the shi'u tai'nin or eagle people, the na'm tai'nin or earth people, the
i'-e tai'nin or maize people, and the hu'makun or game peoplt .

According to Mr. Lummis' version, the white pueblo divided the spoils
of the witch pueblo with the Isleta Indians, and later on removed to their
village themselves. Such a removal to Isleta is also reported of some
remnants of the Tigua people, though the principal pueblo of these was
near Bernalillo, on the bank of the Rio Grande.

The two runners represent some nature powers interfered with by the

1891.] ^1 * [Gatschet.

rain gods, as the winds or the storm clouds chasiug each other in the
skies. The direction taken by the hawk and the antelope is the same
as that by which the calumet smoke is blown out by the participants in
the quarterly sun-worship festival.

The wording of the two stories is incomplete in several respects. So
the transmutation of the racers into animals for the purpose of outdoing
each other is not expressly mentioned, although the story cannot lie
understood without it. The other version also states that the boy-child
left by his uncle and mother upon the prairie, was carried to the antelopes
by a coyote, after which a mother antelope, who had lost her fawn,
adopted the tiny stranger as her own.

By an ingenious act of the mother antelope the boy was surrendered
again to his real human mother ; for when the circle of the hunters grew
smaller around the herd, the antelope took the boy to the northeast,
where his mother stood in a white robe. At last these two were the only
ones left within the circle, and when the antelope broke through the line
on the northeast, the boy followed her and fell at the feet of his own human
mother, who sprang forward and clasped him in her arms.

To acquire a correct pronunciation of this and other Tarioan (or Tehuan)
dialects is not a very difficult task for Americans, after they have suc-
ceeded in articulating the q, i and .1, as sounds pronounced with the teeth
closed ; the a is uvular besides, a, 6, u are softened vowels or TJmlaute ;
a, i, u indicate a hollow, deep sound of a, i, u, and e is the e of butler,
sinker; '1 is an 1 pronounced by pressing the fore part of the tongue
against the palate ; " and " mark length and brevity of vowels.

To give a full glossary and grammatic explanation of the texts is not
within the scope of this article. But some of the more necessary elucida-
tions are as follows :

Substantives descriptive of persons, of animals and of inanimate objects
seen to move spontaneously, are made distinct in the singular number by
the suffix -ide, in the plural by -nin, " many"; while inanimates are in
the plural marked by -n, and in the singular show no suffix. In verbs,
the ending -ban or -wan points to past tense, -hinap, -hinab, -innap, to a
subjunctive or conditional mode, and a final -k to a participle.

The Sun Worship of Isleta Pueblo.

There is so much similarity among the New Mexico Indians in appear-
ance, customs, manners and ceremonial, that we need not be surprised
at the equality of sun worship among all their pueblos, which is shared
even by the Quera Indians, who speak languages differing entirely from
those of the Tafioan family. So a sketch of the Isleta sun worship will
do for all of them.

The town of Isleta now holds about 1040 inhabitants and is divided in
two parts by a wide street, called the placa. The northern portion is
inhabited by the Isleta medicine-men or "fathers" (ka-a'-ide, plural

Gatschet.j ^-l" [Dec. 18,

kai'nin), the southern by the Laguna medicine men, who are called so
for having acquired their art in Laguna, a Quera pueblo. The differences
in the ceremonial of both sections, each of which has a separate medicine
house, are slight, and during the ceremonies the two "schools" of
medicine-men supplement each other. They are subject to the watchful
care of the captains of war, of whom there are four or five in each of the
two sections.

There are four annual periods of ceremonial sun worship in their
pueblos, and every one of them is followed by a dance. The first of these
festival periods occurs in September, the second in December, the third in
February, because wheat is planted in the month after ; the fourth, less
important, a short time after the third. They last four days, not including
the dance, and are evidently instituted for the purpose of influencing the
sun deity in favor of granting a bountiful crop to the Indians.

Both medicine houses are long-shaped, running from west to east,
where the entrance is. The fire burns not in the middle, but at the
eastern end, the chimney being to the left of the entrance. In the roof a
square opening is left for the sunlight to penetrate. Women are admitted
to the house, but everything that is non-Indian is excluded ; none of the
white man's dress or shoes are admitted ; the participants have to enter
without moccasins and to wear the hair long.

The ceremony takes place at night, and begins with the following act
of worship to the sun (tu'aide) ; each medicine-man carries a short buck-
skin bag filled with half-ground cornmeal ; he is strewing the contents
on the floor before the public, while an allocution is held to the sun,
moon and stars. The Indians grasp the meal from the ground, and
breathe upon it to blow off any disease from their bodies, for it is thought
the meal will absorb or " burn " any disease invisibly present. Then the
medicine-men throw the rest of the cornmeal in a line or "road," while
"sowing " it on the ground to the sun. When all the meal is spent, they
blow again upon their hands and breathe up health from them. This is
done during four consecutive nights, during which the medicine-men
abstain entirely from eating, drinking and sleeping, but are allowed to
smoke. The calumet or reed-pipe, which is presented during the above
act, is lighted and the smoke puffed first to the east, then to the north,
west, south, then to the sky and to the centre of the earth. No moon
worship exists among these Indians.

On the fifth day commence the dances, which are held under a large
concourse of people and last from eight p.m. to four o'clock in the morning.
The medicine-house holds about three hundred people, and nobody is
allowed to leave before the above-mentioned hour, when the conjurers
allow the people to breathe fresh air.

[In each word of the Isleta text, the emphasized syllable is marked by
an acute accent standing after the vowel.]

L891.] --*''

Stated Meeting, December 18, 1891.

Present, 15 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters of envoy were received from the Academie des
Sciences, Cracow ; K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien ;
Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir Vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau ;
K. Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig ;
Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Tash-
kent Observatory (135) ; Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica,
Helsingfors, Finland (135) ; K. Zoologisch-Botanisch Genoot-
schap, The Hague (135); R. Netherland Museum of Antiqui-
ties, Leiden (135); K. P. Meteorologische Institut, Berlin
(135); Naturhistorische Verein, Bonn (131); Turin Obser-
vatory, Academic Royale des Sciences, Turin (135) ; Prof.
William Boyd Dawkins, Manchester, Eng.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Mining
Department, Melbourne, N. Z. ; Geological Survey of India;
K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien ; Academie des
Sciences, Cracow ; Botanische Verein der Provinz Branden-
burg, Berlin ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Freiburg, i.B. ;
Verein fiir Kunst und Alterthum, Ulm ; Accademia E. delle
Scienze, Turin ; Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Me. ; Agricul-
tural Experiment Stations at Amherst, Mass., Providence, R.
I., New Haven, Conn., State College, Pa., College Park,
Md., Fayetteville, Ark., Lafayette, Ind., Starkville, Miss.,
Topeka, Kas., Lincoln, Neb., Laramie, Wyo., Tucson, Ariz. ;
Free Public Library, Jersey City; New Jersey Natural His-
tory Societjr, Trenton ; Mr. Henry Phillips, Philadelphia ;
Director of the Mint, Commissioner of Labor, Washington,
D. C.

PROC. AJIER. PHILOS. SOC. XXIX. 13G. 2 C. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1892.

220

[Dec. 18,

The death of Dom Pedro d' Alcantara, December 4, 1891
(bora December 2, 1825), was announced.

The Secretaries presented for the Proceedings a paper by
Dr. A. S. Gatschet, entitled, "A Mythic Tale of Isleta," New
Mexico.

New nomination, No. 1232, was read for the first time.

The Library Committee presented the following minute:

Stated Meeting, December 12, 1891.

On motion of Dr. Greene, the Committee was authorized to report to the
Society that in its opinion it was desirable that an appropriation of five
hundred dollars should now be made for the purchase of books of reference.

After examining into the condition of the Library, the Committee was
of the opinion that the work necessary to place the Library again in order,
after its removal and storage, had been satisfactorily performed and was
progressing properly. That the work necessary in that connection to be
properly performed requires both time and care. That some delay had
been occasioned by the necessity of giving greater accommodation for
certain classes of the books than had been originally assigned to them.

So much of the communication as related to an appropria-
tion of money was referred to the Committee on Finance.

Curator Morris made a statement referring to the condition
of the cabinets of the Society and exhibited a number of
objects, including a pantograph belonging to Thomas Jefferson.
In conclusion he requested an appropriation of $300 for the
ensuing year to enable the Curators to rehabilitate the collec-
tion.

On motion, the request was referred to the Committee on
Finance.

The President reported that owing to the indisposition of
the Treasurer, the Finance Committee had not been able to
audit the accounts and to report appropriations for the coming
year, but that they would be presented at the ensuing meeting.

Curator Morris moved that the Society request the return
of the Poinsett collection from the Academy of Natural
Sciences, where it is now on deposit, subject to call, and of the
numismatic collection from the Numismatic and Antiquarian
Society of Philadelphia.

The matter was discussed, and Dr. Cope raised the point of

L891.J 221

order that the Society had fixed 8.30 this evening for the con-
sideration of the Report of the Committee on the Publications
of the Society and that the time had passed.

He therefore requested the report should be taken up and
considered.

Curator Morris then withdrew his motion.

The report referred to was then presented by Dr. Cope.

The President stated that he had received a letter from the
Treasurer on the subject of the finances of the Society, and
asked the pleasure of the Society if it should be read.

Dr. Frazer moved that the letter of the Treasurer be read
after the debate had taken place.

Dr. Morris rose to a point of order that no report had been
presented to the Society or received by it ; that before resolu-
tions be considered there should be a report before the Society.

The President stated his impression as to how the matter
stood.

Dr. Morris calls for the reading of the report and asks for
the information the Committee was instructed to report.

Dr. Cope states that he read to the Society the original
report some months ago, since which time amendments have
been made to it.

Mr. Dudley stated that in the absence of the Treasurer
matters relating to the finances of the Society should not be
pressed, to a conclusion, and moved that the whole matter be
laid over until the next meeting and be made a special order.

Dr. Frazer objects that the motion is not in order.

The President decided, no point of order could be taken
pending the motion to postpone.

The vote being taken was decided in the negative, and
the yeas and nays being called for, the vote stood for the
motion, 4 ; against, 8. So the motion was lost.

Dr. Morris then called for the reading of the report of the
Committee.

Dr. Cope states that the report he makes is the report of
the Committee.

Dr. Morris asks if the report is in writing.

The President states all reports must be in writing.

Dr. Morris moves I ed back I

ie second me
- _

fces that I - tinaous ]

fall : : as pr -

- disjointed a:
portion of the re

Society.
Barker made - remarks.
The quest being - n, the r

tion was ado^

And the So. - ourned by the President.

INDEX TO VOL. XXIX.

Stated Meetings Held.

1891, January 2 78 1801, May 15

January 16 xl - mber-4 121

February 6 -I - ruber 18 123

February 20 84 October 2 127

March 6 October 16 ]2'j

March 20 88 November 6 133

April 3 91 November 20 149

April 17 91 December ! '. 162

May 1 93 December 18

Special Meeting, May 20, p. 07.

New Members Elected,.

February SO, 1891.

No. 2187. Commander F. M. Green U. S. Navy

May 15, 1801.

No. 2188. Rene Gregory Leipzig 97

2189. Henry W. -pangler Philadelphia

A. de Quatrefages Paris, France 17

2191. Robert S. Ball Dublin, Ireland 97

2192. Charles E. Munroe Newport, R. 1 97

2193. William Stubbs Oxford, England

2194. E. T. Hamy Paris, France 97

2195. Jules Oppert Paris, France 97

2196. Gaston Maspero Paris, France 97

October 16, 1801.

No. 2197. George Forbes London, England 132

2198. Joseph G. Rosengarten Philadelphia 132

Resignation of Member.
Dr. Harrison Allen 121

Decease of Members.

George Bancroft 84 . James Russell Lowell 123

Alexander Winchell 84 D. Humphrey Storer 129,164

Thomas B. Reed 91 William Morris Davis

S.S.Lewis 93 Alcantara Pedro <1- 22

JohnLeConte 94 J. H. B. Latrobe 164

Joseph Leidy 94 Thomas Hill 165

Julius E. Hilgard 96 Mod cure Robinson 16-5

224

Written Communications. Page.

Allen, Harbison.

On a New Species of Atalapha 5

Bache, R. Meade.

Possible Sterilization of City Water 26

A Fragment of Objectionable University Teaching 50

Baird, Henry Carey.

Carey and Two of His Recent Critics— Bohm-Baweik and Marshall 166

Boaz, Franz.

Vocabularies of the Tlingit, Haida, etc., Languages 173

Brinton, Daniel G.

Vocabularies from the Mosquito Coast 1

Carter, Oscar C. S.

Feldspar Bed in Laurentian (?) Gneiss 49

Carter, Oscar C. S., and J. P. Lesley.

Artesian Wells in Montgomery county, at Norristown, Washington Square, Wor-
cester Township, Flourtown, Williams Station, King of Prussia; Parkesburg,
Chester county ; Radnor, Delaware county, and Philadelphia 43

Gatschet, A. S.

A Mythic Tale of the Isleta Indians 208

IIeilprin, Angelo.

Observations on the Flora of Northern Yucatan 137

Horn, George H.

Notes on Calospasta Lee 'J'-'

Lesley, J. P.

On the Grapeville Gas Wells 11

Notes on Hebrew Egyptian ANX. Enoch ; Anoki ; Enos 17

On an Important Boring Through 2000 Feet of Trias, in Eastern Pennsylvania. . 20
Obituary Notice of P. W. Sheafer 39

Lesley and Carter.

See Carter.

Lesley, Mrs. J. P.

Sketch of Madame Seiler 151

LlNDAHL, J.

On a Skull of a Megalonyx leidii, n. sp 79

Morris, J. Cheston.

Notes on Hebrew Phonetics 7

Kothrock, J. T.

Some Observations on the Bahamas and Jamaica 145

PiUSCHENBERGER, Dr.

A Sketch of the Life of Dr. Gouverneur Emerson W)

Warwick, Hill Sloane.

The Electrolysis of Metallic Formates 103

Oral Communications.

Prof. Cope.

On the results of a late expedition to the Gallapagos Islands 129

225

Mr. ITolm.vn. Page.
On a new microscope, lately invented by him 94

Dr. Horn.

On the genus Calospasta 129

Prof. Lesley.

On a report by Mr. John Fulton (Johnstown, Pa.) on the diminution of the supply

of natural gas and its ratio 86

Hebrew phonetics 86

Dk. Morris.

On vital molecular vibrations SO

Miners recently entombed at Jeanesville, Ta 86

Hebrew phonetics 86

" Tepeu" 86

Miscellaneous.

Acceptance of Membership 78,85,121,162

Allen, Dr. H., resigns 121

Building Fund, Trustees' Report 91

earlier, legacy of 'J4

Committees :

Standing Committee 83

Etting Bequest 84

Paper of Dr. J. Lindahl 83

Improved Accommodations 87, 95, 98

Prof. Cope's Paper 13L

Library 85, 96, 97, OS, 131

Mr. Arthur Biddle's 81, 83

Dr. Cope's 165

Michaux 136

Prof. Cope's 81, 83, 87, 148

Hall 132

Cope, Dr. E. D., permitted to withdraw his paper on Ophidians 131

Curators' Report ... 165

Du Bois, -Curator, Reports on the Declaration of Independence 134

Election of Officers and Council 79

Exchanges ordered :

Museo de la Plata SI

Free Public Library of New Jersey, Jersey City 85

Soch'te Hongroise de Geographic Budapest ; Journal of Comparative Neurology,

Cincinnati, O . . 92

Schlesische Gesellschaft fur Vaterliindische Kultur, Breslau, Germany; Societa
Italiana delle Scienzf, Rome, Italy ; Naturwiss. Verein, Regensburg, Ger-
many ; Bureau fiir Wetter-Prognose, Leipzig, Saxony ; K. Siichs. Meteoro-
logische Iustitut, Leipzig ; K. S'ichs. Sternwarte, Leipzig ; Acad6mie des
Sciences, etc., Angiers, France ; Naturhist. Landes- Museum, Klagenfiirt,
Austria ; Soci<5te Geologique de Normandie, Havre, France ; Kg. Norske

Videnskabers Seb-kab, Throndhjem, Norway 93

Tacoma Academy of Science, Tacoma, Wash 133

Coast and Geodetic Survey Office, Washington, D. C, Massachusetts Agricultural
College, Amherst, Mass. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven,
Conn. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, College Park, Md.; Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Raleigh, N. C. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn,
Ala.; Agricultural Experiment Station, Starkville, Miss.; Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Fayetteville, Ark. ; Agricultural Experiment Station,
Laramie, Wyo. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Providence, R. I.; Agricul-

226

Exchanges ordered : Page.

tural Experiment Station, Tucson, Ariz.; Agricultural Experiment Station,

Experiment, Ga 1G2

Agricultural Experiment Station, Corvallis, Oreg. ; Botanische Verein, Provinz
Brandenburg, Berlin, Prussia ; Bowdoin College Library, Brunswick, Me. ;
Library of the University of Lyons, France; Museo Oaxcaqueflo, Oaxaca,
Mexico; American Museum Natural History, New York city, N. Y.; New

Jersey Natural History Society, Trenton, N. J 1C3

Fireproof to be obtained 132

Ford, P. L., granted permission to inspect the MS. copy of the Declaration of Inde-
pendence 130

Independence. MS. copy of the Declaration of, restored to the Hall of the Society, 130,134

Librarian, Nominations for 79

Election of 83

Peale stone-age relics to be returned to the American Philosophical Society 148

Penn mansion and graves, photograph received 123

Photographs received for the Society's album 123,130,131

Meeting, Special, of the Society 97

Nominations read 81,83,85,87,91,92,96,123,127,129,131

Seiler, Mrs. Emma, portrait of, presented 133, 149

Treasurer's Report 165

^ PROCEEDINGS

If OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXIX. Januaky to June, 1891. No. 135.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE.

Vocabularies trora the Musquito Coast. By Dr. Daniel G. Brinton. . 1

On a New Species of Atalapba. By Dr. Harrison Allen 5

Notes on Hebrew Phonetics. By Dr. J. Oheston Morris 7

On the Grapeville Gas Wells. By Prof. J. P. Lesley 11

Notes on Hebrew Etymologies from the Egyptian ANX. Enoch ;

Anoki ; Enos. By Prof. J. P. Lesley 17

On an Important Boring through 200 feet of Trias, in Eastern Penn-
sylvania. By Prof. J. P. Lesley 20

Possible Sterilization of C.ity Water. By Mr. R. Meade Bache 20

Obituary Notice of P. W. Sheafer. By Prof. J. P. Ltsley 39

Artesian Wells in Montgomery County, at Norristown, Washington
Square, Worcester Township, Flourtown, Williams Station, King
of Prussia ; Parkesburg, Chester County ; Radnor, Delaware
County ; and Philadelphia. By Profs. Oscar C. S. Carter and

J. P. Lesley 4:j

Feldspar Bed in Laurentian (?) Gneiss. By Prof. Oscar O. S. Carter 49
A Fragment of Objectionable University-Extension Teaching. By

Mr. R. Meade Bache 50

A Sketch of the Life of Dr. Gouverneur Emerson. By Dr.

Ruschenberger 60

Stated Meeting, January 2, 1S91 78

Stated Meeting, January 16, 1891 81

Stated Meeting, February 6, 1S91 84

Stated Meeting, February 20, 1S91 ^ +

Stated Meeting, March 6, 1S91 85

Stated Meeting, March 20, 1S9L 88

Stated Meeting, April 3, 1S91 91

Stated Meeting, April 17, 1S91 91

Stated Meeting, May 1. 1S91 93

Stated Meeting, May 15, 1891 95

Adjourned Meeting, May 29, 1891 97

ISP° It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

$W In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society, 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the American Philosophical Society

MacCALLA & COMPANY,

NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS.

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

Section 1 . John Hyacinth de Magellan, in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society , as a donation , the sum of two hundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums wiirbe awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM.

1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
mitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the
Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to the inspection of
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

JAp

PEOCEEDINGS

OP THE

AMEKICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Mini

Vol. XXIX. July to December, 1891. No. 136.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE.

Notes on Calospasta Lee. By George H. Horn, M.D 99

The Electrolysis of Metallic Formates. By Hill Sloane Warwick. . 103

Stated Meeting, September 4, 1S91 121

Stated Meeting, September 18, 1891 123

Stated Meeting, October 2, 1S91 127

Stated Meeting, October 16, 1891 129

Stated Meeting, November 6, 1S91 133

Observations on the Flora of Northern Yucatan. By Prof. Angelo

Reilprin 137

Some Observations on the Bahamas and Jamaica. By Dr. J. T.

Rothrock 145

Stated Meeting, November 20, 1891 149

Obituary Sketch of Mrs. Emma Seiler. By Mrs. Susan Lesley. . . . 151

Stated Meeting, December 4, 1891 162

Carey and Two of His Recent Critics. By Henry Carey Baird . . . 166

Vocabularies of the Tlingit, Haida and Tsimshian Languages. By

Dr. Franz Boas 173

A Mythic Tale of the Isleta Indians. By Albert S. Gatscliet 208

Stated Meeting, December 18, 1891 219

It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society, 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the American Philosophical Society

MacCALLA & COMPANY,

NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS.

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

Section 1. John Hyacinth de Magellan, in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society , as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums will be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
mitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

2044 093 310 605

jSBJsfW^ \

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for promoting useful knowledge"

See other formats